Google Git
Sign in
apache / openoffice / refs/heads/l10n / . / main / languages / source / he / help_swriter.po
blob: eb37f9a53c89675db71d42e0ec220e9d53cc641e [file] [log] [blame]
#*************************************************************
#*
#* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
#* or more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
#* distributed with this work for additional information
#* regarding copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file
#* to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
#* "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
#* with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
#*
#* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
#*
#* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
#* software distributed under the License is distributed on an
#* "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
#* KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the
#* specific language governing permissions and limitations
#* under the License.
#*
#************************************************************
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: AOO-4-xx\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: \n"
"PO-Revision-Date: \n"
"Last-Translator: genLang (build process)\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: genLang\n"
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#tit
msgid "To access this function..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#hd_id3156386.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"wie\"\>To access this function...\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#par_id3150253
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_wrapoff.png\" id=\"img_id3145389\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3145389\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#par_id3150211.230
msgid "Wrap Off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#par_id3156397
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_wrapon.png\" id=\"img_id3149048\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149048\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#par_id3147299.231
msgid "Wrap On"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#par_id3154558
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_wrapthrough.png\" id=\"img_id3152999\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3152999\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#par_id3153738.232
msgid "Wrap Through"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#par_id3148773
msgid "\<image src=\"res/sc06301.png\" id=\"img_id3149026\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149026\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#par_id3147174.267
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Jump to Previous Script\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#par_id3151265
msgid "\<image src=\"res/sc06300.png\" id=\"img_id3151272\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3151272\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#par_id3150260.268
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Jump to Next Script\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#tit
msgid "File Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#hd_id3149499.1
msgid "File Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#par_id3154487.42
msgid "\<variable id=\"exportdoc\"\>Menu \<emph\>File - Export\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#par_id3151242.31
msgid "\<variable id=\"sendenstarimpress\"\>Choose \<emph\>File - Send - Outline to Presentation\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#par_id3153249.32
msgid "\<variable id=\"sendenclipboard\"\>Choose \<emph\>File - Send - Outline to Clipboard\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#par_id3146962.33
msgid "\<variable id=\"sendenautoabstract\"\>Choose \<emph\>File - Send - Create AutoAbstract\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#par_id3156397.34
msgid "\<variable id=\"sendenpraeser\"\>Choose \<emph\>File - Send - AutoAbstract to Presentation\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#par_id3147404.39
msgid "\<variable id=\"html\"\>Choose \<emph\>File - Send - Create HTML Document\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#par_id3149350.35
msgid "Insert at least one address database field into a text document, then start printing the document. Answer \"Yes\" to the question whether you want to print a form letter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#par_id3083448
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3083452\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_mergedialog.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3083452\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#par_id3149025.37
msgid "Mail Merge"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#tit
msgid "Edit Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#hd_id3150344.1
msgid "Edit Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3154485.2
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - AutoText\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3151243.15
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F3"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3143228.3
msgid "On the Insert toolbar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3149048
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3156418\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_editglossary.png\" width=\"0.1665inch\" height=\"0.1665inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156418\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3150536.4
msgid "AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3149349.5
msgid "\<variable id=\"datenaust\"\>Choose \<emph\>Edit - Exchange Database\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3146316.6
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldbefehl\"\>Choose \<emph\>Edit - Fields\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3154505.7
msgid "\<variable id=\"fussnote\"\>Choose \<emph\>Edit - Footnotes\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3153737.8
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Index Entry\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3150928.16
msgid "Open context menu - choose \<emph\>Index Entry\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3148769.9
msgid "\<variable id=\"bereiche\"\>Choose \<emph\>Format - Sections\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3155990.10
msgid "\<variable id=\"autotextum\"\>Choose \<emph\>Edit - AutoText - AutoText - Rename\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3147168.17
msgid "\<variable id=\"lit\"\>Choose \<emph\>Edit - Bibliography Entry\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#par_id3973204
msgid "\<variable id=\"selection_mode\"\>Choose \<emph\>Edit - Selection Mode\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#tit
msgid "View Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#hd_id3154656.1
msgid "View Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3149502.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"lineal\"\>Choose \<emph\>View - Ruler\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3148871.3
msgid "\<variable id=\"textbegrenzungen\"\>Choose \<emph\>View - Text Boundaries\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3153248.4
msgid "Choose \<emph\>View - Field Shadings\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3154763.16
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F8"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3149052.5
msgid "Choose \<emph\>View - Field Names\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3151387.17
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F9"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3155625.6
msgid "Choose \<emph\>View - Nonprinting Characters\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3145823.18
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F10"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3154508.7
msgid "On Standard bar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3150932
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150502\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_controlcodes.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150502\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3153716.8
msgid "Nonprinting Characters"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3149712.9
msgid "Choose \<emph\>View - Web Layout\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3154640.10
msgid "On Tools bar, enable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3150765
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3147572\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_browseview.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3147572\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3149291.11
msgid "Web Layout"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3151176.12
msgid "Choose \<emph\>View - Print Layout\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#par_id3149808.15
msgid "\<variable id=\"versteckteabs\"\>Choose \<emph\>View - Hidden Paragraphs\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#hd_id3151242.1
msgid "Insert Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149130.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"manuellerumbruch\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Manual Break\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3154654.3
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3146966.90
msgid "Open context menu - choose \<emph\>Fields\</emph\> (inserted fields)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149053.44
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldbefehldatum\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Date\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3151393.45
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldbefehluhrzeit\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Time\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3146325.46
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldbefehlseitennummer\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Page Numbers\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149356.47
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldbefehlseitenanzahl\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Page Count\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3153003.48
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldbefehlthema\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Subject\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150016.49
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldbefehltitel\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Title\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150564.50
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldbefehlautor\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Author\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3148386.4
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3155990.57
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F2"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147174.5
msgid "On Insert toolbar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150760
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3146959\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertfield.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3146959\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3153619.6
msgid "Insert Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149295.56
msgid "\<variable id=\"felddokument\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other - Document\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3154692.51
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other - Cross-references\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3145411.63
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Referenced Field\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147515.52
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldfunktionen\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other - Functions\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3153581.53
msgid "\<variable id=\"felddokumentinfo\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other - DocInformation\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150710.54
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldvariablen\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other - Variables\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3152945.55
msgid "\<variable id=\"felddatenbank\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other - Database\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149810.7
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Section\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150973.70
msgid "Open \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> toolbar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3154569
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3152952\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertsection.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3152952\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150828.71
msgid "Section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3155899.69
msgid "\<variable id=\"bereicheinbereich\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Section - Section\</emph\> tab or choose \<emph\>Format - Sections\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3154197.103
msgid "\<variable id=\"sectionindents\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Section - Indents\</emph\> tab or choose \<emph\>Format - Sections\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3151322.8
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Footnote/Endnote\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3155178.91
msgid "Open context menu - choose \<emph\>Footnote/Endnote\</emph\> (inserted Footnote/Endnote)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3143279.9
msgid "Open \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> toolbar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3151261
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149099\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149099\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3148968.10
msgid "Insert Footnote Directly"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147579
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3147586\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertendnote.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3147586\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147076.66
msgid "Insert Endnote Directly"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3154385.11
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Caption\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3153358.92
msgid "Open context menu - choose \<emph\>Caption\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3156269.61
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Caption - Options\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149169.93
msgid "Open context menu - choose \<emph\>Caption - Options\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150587.12
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Bookmark\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3145785.13
msgid "Open \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> toolbar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3148884
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3151369\" src=\"sw/imglst/nc20005.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3151369\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150689.14
msgid "Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150113.15
msgid "\<variable id=\"einfscript\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Script\</emph\> (only HTML documents) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3155866.16
msgid "\<variable id=\"verzeichnisseeinf\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147471.17
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147490.18
msgid "Open \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> toolbar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3145131
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertindexesentry.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149551\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150549.19
msgid "Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149217.20
msgid "\<variable id=\"stichwortverzeichnisverz\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3156225.21
msgid "\<variable id=\"inhaltsverz\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147745.22
msgid "\<variable id=\"benutzerverz\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3146342.67
msgid "\<variable id=\"stichwortverzeichnisverz1\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147449.72
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz2\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\> tab (depending on the type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149835.73
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz21\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\> tab (when Table of Contents is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3148855.74
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz22\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\> tab (when Alphabetical Index is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3155575.75
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz23\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\> tab (when Illustration Index is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3151080.76
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz24\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\> tab (when Index of Tables is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3154777.77
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz25\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\> tab (when User-Defined is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3148448.78
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz26\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\> tab (when Table of Objects is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3145304.79
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz27\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\> tab (when Bibliography is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3153295.80
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz28\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\>, mark \"Additional Styles\" check box and then click \<emph\>...\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150173.81
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz3\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Entries\</emph\> tab (depending on type selected) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3154725.82
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz31\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Entries\</emph\> tab (when Table of Contents is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150448.83
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz32\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Entries\</emph\> tab (when Alphabetical Index is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3156101.84
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz33\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Entries\</emph\> tab (when Illustration Index is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3156125.85
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz34\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Entries\</emph\> tab (when Index of Tables is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3153982.86
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz35\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Entries\</emph\> tab (when User-Defined is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3155597.87
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz36\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Entries\</emph\> tab (when Table of Objects is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3145625.88
msgid "\<variable id=\"verz37\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Entries\</emph\> tab (when Bibliography is the selected type) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149767.89
msgid "\<variable id=\"litdef\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - \</emph\>\<emph\>Bibliography Entry\</emph\> and click \<emph\>Edit\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150918.68
msgid "\<variable id=\"stichwortverzeichnisverz3\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Styles\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149249.24
msgid "\<variable id=\"briefumschlag\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Envelope\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3155087.25
msgid "\<variable id=\"umschlagb\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Envelope - Envelope\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3146955.26
msgid "\<variable id=\"formatbr\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Envelope - Format\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3154342.27
msgid "\<variable id=\"druckerbr\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Envelope - Printer\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3148781.32
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Frame\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150084.33
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Frame/Object\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150103.34
msgid "Open \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> toolbar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149372
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149379\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertframe.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149379\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3151229.35
msgid "Insert Frame Manually"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3154251.37
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Table\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3153129.58
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F12"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3148817.38
msgid "Open \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> toolbar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3154620
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154627\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_grid.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154627\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147382.39
msgid "Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149627.40
msgid "\<variable id=\"einfhorizlinie\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Horizontal Rule\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150661.41
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - File\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150679.42
msgid "Open \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> toolbar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3149959
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149966\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertdoc.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149966\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3150599.43
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147267.59
msgid "\<variable id=\"kopfzeile\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Header\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#par_id3147290.60
msgid "\<variable id=\"fusszeile\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Footer\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tit
msgid "Format Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#hd_id3150758.1
msgid "Format Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153618.12
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Paragraph - Drop Caps\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149294.14
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New - Drop Caps\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154697.15
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Paragraph - Text Flow\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154260.17
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New - Text Flow\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154275.18
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Find & Replace - Format - Text Flow\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_idN10715
msgid "Right-click a paragraph with style \<item type=\"literal\"\>Text body\</item\>. Choose \<emph\>Edit Paragraph Style - Condition\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_idN10739
msgid "Open \<emph\>Styles and Formatting\</emph\> window. Click the \<emph\>New Style from Selection\</emph\> icon and keep the mouse button pressed. Choose \<emph\>Load Styles\</emph\> from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3152947.19
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Page\</emph\> "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153536.134
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\> - open context menu \<emph\>New/Modify\</emph\> (for Page Styles)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154470.131
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Paragraph - Outline & Numbering\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3147525.144
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New - Outline & Numbering\</emph\> tab (Paragraph Styles)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3152960.155
msgid "\<variable id=\"spaltenber\"\>Choose \<emph\>Format - Sections - Options\</emph\> button \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150836.20
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Page - Columns\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149687.123
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Frame/Object - Columns\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149298.22
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New - Columns\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3151336.23
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Frame - Columns\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3143276.156
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert/Format - Section(s) - Columns\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149817.27
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Page - Footnote\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149109.29
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New - Footnote\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3148970.157
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Section - Footnotes/Endnotes\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3147094.159
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Sections - Options\</emph\> button \<emph\>Footnotes/Endnotes\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3155140.136
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New\</emph\> (for Paragraph Styles)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153356.138
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New\</emph\> (for Character Styles)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149179.140
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New\</emph\> (for Frame Styles)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3156364.142
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New\</emph\> (for Numbering Styles)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3151370.37
msgid "\<variable id=\"eingabe\"\>Choose \<emph\>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149538.42
msgid "\<variable id=\"autoformat1\"\>Choose \<emph\>Format - AutoCorrect\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150117.43
msgid "\<variable id=\"autoformat2\"\>Choose \<emph\>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3155870.153
msgid "\<variable id=\"autoformat3\"\>Choose \<emph\>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3147413.44
msgid "\<variable id=\"autoformattab\"\>Choose \<emph\>Table - AutoFormat\</emph\> (with cursor in a table) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3147484.47
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Picture\</emph\> "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3147504.48
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Picture - From File - Properties\</emph\> button"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3145256.151
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"appl\"\>\<caseinline select=\"WRITER\"\>Choose \<emph\>Insert - Picture - From File\</emph\> (when graphics are selected) \</caseinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149562.49
msgid "On the \<emph\>Picture\</emph\> Bar (when pictures are selected), click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150557
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149214\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_framedialog.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149214\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3147740.50
msgid "Graphics Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3146337.51
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Picture - Type\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149841.124
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Frame/Object - Type\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3148856.54
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New - Type\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3147067.55
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Frame - Type\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3151082.56
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Picture - Wrap\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3148437.125
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Frame/Object - Wrap\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150169.60
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Frame - Wrap\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153299.61
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Wrap\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150454.62
msgid "\<variable id=\"kontureditor\"\>Choose \<emph\>Format - Wrap - Edit Contour\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153984.63
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Picture - Hyperlink\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3156130.126
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Frame/Object - Hyperlink\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3145337.64
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Frame - Hyperlink\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154724.65
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Picture - Options\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3145636.128
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Frame/Object - Options\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149774.68
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting -\</emph\> open context menu \<emph\>Modify/New - Options\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150922.69
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Frame - Options\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3155088.70
msgid "\<variable id=\"grafik1\"\>Choose \<emph\>Format - Picture - Picture\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3146938.72
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert/Format - Picture - Macro\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154323.129
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert/Format - Frame/Object - Macro\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153238.73
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - AutoText - AutoText (button) - Macro\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3148792.148
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - ImageMap -\</emph\> open context menu\<emph\> - Macro\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150101.149
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Hyperlink - Events\</emph\> icon (look for Help tip)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150039.150
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Character - Hyperlink\</emph\> tab\<emph\> - Events\</emph\> button"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3155114.74
msgid "\<variable id=\"formattabelle\"\>Choose \<emph\>Table - Table Properties\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149377.146
msgid "\<variable id=\"tabauf\"\>Choose \<emph\>Table - Split Table\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3155810.154
msgid "\<variable id=\"tabverb\"\>Choose \<emph\>Table - Merge Table\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3151233.75
msgid "\<variable id=\"tabformat\"\>Choose \<emph\>Table - Table Properties - Table\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154255.76
msgid "\<variable id=\"spaltentab\"\>Choose \<emph\>Table - Table Properties - Columns\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153140.77
msgid "\<variable id=\"tabelletextfluss\"\>Choose \<emph\>Table - Table Properties - Text Flow\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3148823.78
msgid "\<variable id=\"zelle\"\>Right-click in a table, choose \<emph\>Cell\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154351.79
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Merge Cells\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154370.80
msgid "On the \<emph\>Table\</emph\> Bar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153996
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154002\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_mergecells.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154002\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150662.81
msgid "Merge Cells"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154024.82
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Split Cells\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154042.83
msgid "On the \<emph\>Table\</emph\> Bar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3147270
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3147275\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_splitcell.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3147275\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150616.84
msgid "Split Cells"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149617.85
msgid "\<variable id=\"schtzenze\"\>In the context menu of a cell, choose \<emph\>Cell - Protect\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150786.86
msgid "In the context menu of a cell, choose \<emph\>Cell - Unprotect\</emph\> "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3145656.145
msgid "Open context menu in Navigator for tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3148716.87
msgid "\<variable id=\"zeile\"\>In the context menu of a cell, choose \<emph\>Row\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3155345.88
msgid "\<variable id=\"hoehez\"\>In the context menu of a cell, choose \<emph\>Row - Height\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3155536.89
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Autofit - Optimal Row Height\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3155555.90
msgid "Open \<emph\>Optimize\</emph\> toolbar from \<emph\>Table\</emph\> Bar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3145222
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3145228\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_setoptimalrowheight.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3145228\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153545.91
msgid "Optimal Row Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153569.92
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Autofit - Distribute Rows Equally\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153755.93
msgid "Open \<emph\>Optimize\</emph\> toolbar from \<emph\>Table\</emph\> Bar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3145297
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3155994\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_distributerows.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3155994\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153206.94
msgid "Distribute Rows Equally"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3145095.95
msgid "\<variable id=\"selektierenz\"\>Choose \<emph\>Table - Select - Row\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149573.99
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Delete - Rows\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149591.100
msgid "On \<emph\>Table\</emph\> Bar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3147555
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150361\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_deleterows.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150361\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3156248.101
msgid "Delete Row"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149383.102
msgid "\<variable id=\"spalte\"\>In the context menu of a cell, choose \<emph\>Column\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149406.103
msgid "\<variable id=\"breites\"\>In the context menu of a cell, choose \<emph\>Column - Width\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154752.104
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Autofit - Optimal Column Width\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3148932.105
msgid "Open \<emph\>Optimize\</emph\> toolbar from \<emph\>Table\</emph\> Bar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3157881
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3157888\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_setoptimalcolumnwidthdirect.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3157888\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150524.106
msgid "Optimal Column Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3159219.107
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Autofit - Distribute Columns Equally\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3156426.108
msgid "Open \<emph\>Optimize\</emph\> toolbar from \<emph\>Table\</emph\> Bar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3145179
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3145186\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_distributecolumns.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3145186\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3151364.109
msgid "Space Columns Equally"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153172.110
msgid "\<variable id=\"spaltesel\"\>Choose \<emph\>Table - Select - Column\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3156296.111
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Insert - Columns\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150794.96
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Insert - Rows\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150813.112
msgid "On \<emph\>Table\</emph\> Bar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150279
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150286\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertcolumns.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150286\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150872.113
msgid "Insert Column"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150895
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150902\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertrows.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150902\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3149140.98
msgid "Insert Row"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3155310.114
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Delete - Columns\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3155328.115
msgid "On \<emph\>Table\</emph\> Bar, click"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3153600
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3153607\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_deletecolumns.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3153607\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3154423.116
msgid "Delete Column"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3156355.117
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Frame/Object\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3151276
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3151283\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_framedialog.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3151283\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3145157.119
msgid "Object Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3152973
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3152980\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_framedialog.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3152980\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3147367.158
msgid "Frame Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#par_id3150140.174
msgid "Menu \<emph\>Format - Page\</emph\> - tab \<emph\>Text Grid\</emph\>, if Asian language support is enabled"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#tit
msgid "Tools Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#hd_id3154279.1
msgid "Tools Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3150710.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"silbentrennung\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Language - Hyphenation\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_idN105A1
msgid "\<variable id=\"wordcount\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Word Count\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3154100.13
msgid "\<variable id=\"kapitelnumerierung\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Outline Numbering\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3153530.40
msgid "\<variable id=\"kapitelnumerierung1\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Outline Numbering - Numbering\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3151321.33
msgid "\<variable id=\"zeilennumerierung\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Line Numbering\</emph\> (not for HTML format) \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3154477.31
msgid "\<variable id=\"fussnoteneinstellung\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3153669.15
msgid "\<variable id=\"fussnoten\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes - Footnotes\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3150972.32
msgid "\<variable id=\"endnoten\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes - Endnotes\</emph\> tab \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3152963.16
msgid "\<variable id=\"texttabelle\"\>Choose \<emph\>Table - Convert - Text to Table\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3150833.17
msgid "\<variable id=\"sortieren\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Sort\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3149692.18
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Calculate\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3159188.38
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+ plus sign"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3155174.19
msgid "\<variable id=\"aktualisieren\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Update\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3151330.20
msgid "\<variable id=\"seitenformatierung\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - Reformat Pages\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3149482.21
msgid "\<variable id=\"aktuellesverz\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - Current Index\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3149821.22
msgid "\<variable id=\"alleverz\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3151249.35
msgid "\<variable id=\"alles\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - Update All \</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3154839.36
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - Fields \</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3147090.39
msgid "F9 key"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3148970.37
msgid "\<variable id=\"aktverknuepf\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - Links\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_id3147220.41
msgid "\<variable id=\"adiagr\"\>Choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - All Charts\</emph\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_idN10792
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_idN107E7
msgid "Click \<emph\>Mail Merge\</emph\> icon on the \<emph\>Table Data\</emph\> bar:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_idN10806
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3083452\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_mergedialog.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3083452\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#par_idN10823
msgid "Mail Merge"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#tit
msgid "Page Preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#hd_id2013916
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\"\>Page Preview\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#par_id1471907
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintPreview\"\>Displays a preview of the printed page or closes the preview.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#par_id8697470
msgid "Use the icons on the \<emph\>Page Preview Bar\</emph\> to scroll through the pages of the document or to print the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#par_id4314706
msgid "You can also press Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll through the pages."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#par_id4771874
msgid "You cannot edit your document while you are in the page preview."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#par_id5027008
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>To exit the page preview, click the \<emph\>Close Preview\</emph\> button.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp#par_id2649311
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"Page View Object Bar\"\>Page View Object Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#tit
msgid "Mail Merge"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3150757.1
msgid "Mail Merge"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3151187.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeDialog\"\>Opens the \<emph\>Mail Merge\</emph\> dialog, which helps you in printing and saving form letters.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3154102.4
msgid "During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\"\>\<emph\>Database\</emph\>\</link\> tab page under \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id8186895
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select a database and table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3101901
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Click to create one big document containing all data records.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id5345011
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Click to create one document for every one data record.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id5631580
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Generate each file name from data contained in a database.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id8992889
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select the file format.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3154482.5
msgid "Records"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3154565.6
msgid "Determines the number of records for printing the form letter. One letter will be printed for each record."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3155896.7
msgid "All"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3149691.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_ALL\"\>Processes all the records from the database.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3155186.9
msgid "Selected records"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3149483.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_MARKED\"\>Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3149819.23
msgid "From"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3149104.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FROM\"\>Specifies which records to include in your form letter.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3151260.11
msgid "From:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3149034.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_FROM\"\>Specifies the number of the first record to be printed.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3153631.25
msgid "To:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3145758.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_TO\"\>Specifies the number of the last record to be printed.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3152772.13
msgid "Output"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3155138.14
msgid "Determines whether to send your form letters to a printer or save them to a file."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3150485.15
msgid "Printer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3149167.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_PRINTER\"\>Prints the form letters.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3145773.39
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3155910.40
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FILE\"\>Saves the form letters in files.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3151371.35
msgid "Single print jobs"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3155858.36
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:CB_SINGLE_JOBS\"\>Prints each form letter individually with the selected printer.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3150111.41
msgid "Path"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3150687.42
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_PATH\"\>Specifies the path to store the form letters.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3147412.43
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3149553.44
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH\"\>Opens the\<emph\> Select Path \</emph\>dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3145263.49
msgid "Generate file name from"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3150547.50
msgid "Specifies how the file name is generated."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3150561.45
msgid "Database field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3149829.46
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:LB_COLUMN\"\>Uses the content of the selected data field as the file name for the form letter.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#hd_id3149848.47
msgid "Manual setting"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp#par_id3153289.48
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME\"\>Creates the file name based on the text you enter, followed by a serial number.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp#tit
msgid "Outline to Presentation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp#hd_id3154571.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp\" name=\"Outline to Presentation\"\>Outline to Presentation\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp#par_id3155186.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpres\"\>Sends the outline of the active document to a new presentation document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp#tit
msgid "Outline to Clipboard"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp#hd_id3145241.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp\" name=\"Outline to Clipboard\"\>Outline to Clipboard\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp#par_id3150758.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard\"\>Sends the outline of a document to the clipboard in Rich Text Format (RTF).\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp#tit
msgid "Create AutoAbstract"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp#hd_id3148570.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp\" name=\"Create AutoAbstract\"\>Create AutoAbstract\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp#par_id3149286.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"autoabstracttext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:CreateAbstract\"\>Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents.\</ahelp\> You can specify the number of outline levels as well as the number of paragraphs displayed therein. All levels and paragraphs under the respective settings are hidden. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp#hd_id3147516.3
msgid "Included Outline Levels"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp#par_id3149804.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_LEVEL\"\>Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.\</ahelp\> For example, if you choose 4 levels, all paragraphs formatted with Heading 1 to Heading 4 are included, along with the number of subsequent paragraphs specified in \<emph\>Subpoints per Level\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp#hd_id3151316.5
msgid "Subpoints per Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp#par_id3155892.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_PARA\"\>Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.\</ahelp\> All of the paragraphs up to the maximum defined are included until the next paragraph with a Heading Style is reached."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp#tit
msgid "AutoAbstract to Presentation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp#hd_id3151183.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp\" name=\"AutoAbstract to Presentation\"\>AutoAbstract to Presentation\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp#par_id3145412.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpre\"\>Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp#hd_id3149801.3
msgid "Included Outline Levels"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp#par_id3153667.4
msgid "Enter the number of outline levels to include in the new presentation. For example, if you choose one level, only the paragraphs that follow the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style are included."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp#hd_id3154478.5
msgid "Subpoints per Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp#par_id3145580.6
msgid "Enter the number of paragraphs that you want to include below each outline level (heading). "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#tit
msgid "Name and Path of HTML Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#hd_id3147171.1
msgid "Name and Path of HTML Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#par_id3151175.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"htmltext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:NewHtmlDoc\"\>Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.\</ahelp\> If you choose this option, a separate page of links to all of the pages that are generated is also created. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#par_id3149801.3
msgid "Consecutive numbers are added to the file name if more than one HTML document is created. The titles of the HTML pages are created from the topmost chapter heading."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#hd_id3154568.6
msgid "Display area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#hd_id3153668.7
msgid "File name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#hd_id3155892.4
msgid "Current Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#par_id3149688.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE\"\>Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.\</ahelp\> To use this option, apply one of the heading paragraph styles to the paragraphs where you want to start a new page in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#hd_id3155187.8
msgid "File type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/01160500.xhp#hd_id3143277.9
msgid "Save"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#tit
msgid "Navigator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3151177.85
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\"\>Navigator\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3149802.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:Navigator\"\>Shows or hides the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.\</ahelp\> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\"\>dock\</link\> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3154475.3
msgid "To open the Navigator, choose \<emph\>View - Navigator\</emph\>. To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left or to the right edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, double-click in a free area of the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3149490.79
msgid "Click the plus sign (+) next to a category in the Navigator to view the items in the category. To view the number of items in a category, rest your mouse pointer over the category in the Navigator. To jump to an item in the document, double-click the item in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3149106.64
msgid "To jump to the next or previous item in a document, click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"\>Navigation\</link\> icon to open the Navigation toolbar, click the item category, and then click the up or down arrows."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3155136.90
msgid "A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text \"hidden\" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3149176.66
msgid "Toggle"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3155917.67
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open.\</ahelp\>Switches between \<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"master view\"\>master view\</link\> and normal view if a \<link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\"\>master document\</link\> is open."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150689
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150695\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150695\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3149568.68
msgid "Toggle"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3145272.69
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150558.70
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Opens the \<emph\>Navigation\</emph\> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows.\</ahelp\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"\>Navigation\</link\> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3149838.83
msgid "To continue the search, click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Repeat Search\"\>\<emph\>Repeat Search\</emph\>\</link\> icon on the \<emph\>Navigation\</emph\> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_idN1087B
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3628141\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20249.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3628141\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3154341.71
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3150096.28
msgid "Previous"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3148784.29
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the \<emph\>Navigation\</emph\> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\".\</ahelp\>Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"\>Navigation\</link\> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3154616
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154622\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20186.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154622\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150659.30
msgid "Previous Object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3150675.31
msgid "Next"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3154028.32
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"\>\<emph\>Navigation\</emph\>\</link\> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\".\</ahelp\>Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"\>Navigation\</link\> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150767
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150773\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20175.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150773\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3155359.33
msgid "Next Object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3148715.72
msgid "Page number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3155548.73
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX16\"\>Type the number of the page number that you want to jump to, and then press Enter.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3148933.74
msgid "To quickly move the cursor to another page while you are in a document, press Shift+\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F5, type the number of the page that you want to jump to, and then wait a few moments."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3155308.7
msgid "List Box"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3155325.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX7\"\>Shows or hides the \<emph\>Navigator \</emph\>list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3154949
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154955\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20233.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154955\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3146874.9
msgid "List box on/off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3146891.10
msgid "Content View"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3145596.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX8\"\>Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3154133
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154140\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154140\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3156067.12
msgid "Switch Content View"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3155932.78
msgid "To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the \"Headings\" category in the list, and then click the\<emph\> Content View\</emph\> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3155381.13
msgid "Set Reminder"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3153011.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"\>\<emph\>Navigation\</emph\>\</link\> icon, in the \<emph\>Navigation\</emph\> window click the \<emph\>Reminder\</emph\> icon, and then click the \<emph\>Previous\</emph\> or \<emph\>Next\</emph\> button.\</ahelp\>Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"\>Navigation\</link\> icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3154608
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154904\" src=\"sw/imglst/sr20014.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154904\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3153054.15
msgid "Set Reminder"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3153070.17
msgid "Header"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3159242.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX10\"\>Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3153900
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3153911\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20179.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3153911\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3147104.19
msgid "Header"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3147120.20
msgid "Footer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3147137.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX11\"\>Moves the cursor to the footer, or from the footer to the document text area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150217
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150224\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20177.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150224\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3145220.22
msgid "Footer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3145237.23
msgid "Anchor <-> Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150314.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX12\"\>Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3153100
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3153108\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20182.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3153108\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150650.25
msgid "Anchor <-> Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3154292.34
msgid "Drag Mode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3155828.35
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX4\"\>Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3155120
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3155126\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3155126\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3147042.36
msgid "Drag mode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3150938.37
msgid "Insert As Hyperlink"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150954.38
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\"\>Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3154354.39
msgid "Insert As Link"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3154371.40
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\"\>Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - Links\</emph\>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3155572.42
msgid "Insert As Copy"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3155589.43
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\"\>Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3150507.45
msgid "Outline Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150529.46
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX13\"\>Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.\</ahelp\> You can also access this command by right-clicking a heading in the Navigator window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3148808.76
msgid "1-10"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3148826.77
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\"\>Click \<emph\>1 \</emph\>to only view the top level headings in the Navigator window, and \<emph\>10\</emph\> to view all of the headings.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3153588
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3153595\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3153595\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3145554.47
msgid "Outline level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3145571.48
msgid "Chapter Up"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3145587.49
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX5\"\>Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3153268
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3153275\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3153275\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3149147.50
msgid "Chapter Up"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3154424.51
msgid "Chapter Down"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3154440.52
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX6\"\>Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3153768
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150828\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150828\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150870.53
msgid "Chapter down"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3151338.55
msgid "Promote Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3151354.56
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX14\"\>Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3155414
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3155420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3155420\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3153697.57
msgid "Promote level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3153714.58
msgid "Demote Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3150707.59
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX15\"\>Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3148414
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3148420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3148420\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3147324.60
msgid "Demote level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#hd_id3147340.61
msgid "Open Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3148999.62
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX\"\>Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word \"active\" after its name in the list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp#par_id3149025.63
msgid "You can also right-click an item in the Navigator, choose \<emph\>Display\</emph\>, and then click the document that you want to view."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#tit
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#hd_id3147745.1
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_id3149844.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\"\>If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.\</ahelp\> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_id3153293.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\"\>Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_id3156098.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\"\>Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_id3155076.3
msgid "By default, as long as you have not selected any other entry, the arrow buttons jump to the previous or the next page in the document. The arrow buttons are black if you are browsing through pages and blue if you jump to other objects."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_id3154330.4
msgid "The entries largely correspond to those in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\"\>Navigator\</link\> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the \<emph\>Set Reminder\</emph\> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the \<emph\>Navigation\</emph\> toolbar: table, text frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_id3148783.12
msgid "For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#hd_id3150031.5
msgid "Working With the Navigation Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_id3150045.6
msgid "Open the \<emph\>Navigation\</emph\> toolbar by clicking on its icon located in the vertical scrollbar. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arrange it on the screen."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_id3153141.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_VS\"\>Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the \"Previous Object\" or \"Next Object\" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_id3149968.11
msgid "You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Customize\"\>\<emph\>Tools - Customize\</emph\>\</link\>. The various tables for adapting \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp\" name=\"menus\"\>menus\</link\>, \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200.xhp\" name=\"keyboard input\"\>keyboard input\</link\> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the \"Navigate\" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the \"To Next/Previous Index Tag\" functions."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#bm_id3155338
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>searching; repeating a search\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#hd_id3155338.8
msgid "Repeat Search"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_id3155361.9
msgid "With the \<emph\>Repeat search\</emph\> icon on the \<emph\>Navigation\</emph\> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the \<emph\>Search and Replace\</emph\> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions \<emph\>Continue search forwards\</emph\> and \<emph\>Continue search backwards\</emph\>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN106DD
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN106F4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through control fields.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN1070B
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through drawing objects.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN10722
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through text frames.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN10739
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through footnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN10750
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through graphics.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN10767
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through index entries.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN1077E
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through reminders.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN10795
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Sets the cursor to the next object of the selected type.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN107AF
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through OLE objects.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN107C6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through headings.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN107DD
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through pages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN107F4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through comments.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN1080B
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Sets the cursor to the previous object of the selected type.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN10829
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through sections.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN10840
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through selections.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN10857
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through search results.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN1086E
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through table formulas.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN10885
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp#par_idN1089C
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Select this icon to browse through tables.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#tit
msgid "AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3147512.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"AutoText\"\>AutoText\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3154571.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"autotexttext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\"\>Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3143277.52
msgid "You can also click the arrow next to the \<emph\>AutoText\</emph\> icon on the \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> bar, and then choose the AutoText that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3148982.4
msgid "AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3153640.5
msgid "The \<emph\>AutoText \</emph\>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3152766.6
msgid "Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3145758.51
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_INSERT_TIP\"\>Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press Ctrl+Tab to advance through the entries.\</ahelp\> For example, to insert dummy text, type \"Dum\", and then press Enter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3149177.53
msgid "To display the list in reverse order, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3151378.9
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3155862.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_NAME\"\>Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the \<emph\>AutoText \</emph\>button, and then choose \<emph\>New\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3150113.12
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3147413.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_SHORTNAME\"\>Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3149558.65
msgid "List box"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3145257.8
msgid "Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3153300.66
msgid "You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3156124.14
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3156094.15
msgid "Inserts the selected AutoText into the current document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3148788.75
msgid "If you insert an unformatted AutoText entry into a paragraph, the entry is formatted with the current paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3150039.17
msgid "AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3153127.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_EDIT\"\>Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3154618.19
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3154635.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE\"\>Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3149643.62
msgid "New (text only)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3150668.63
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE_TEXT\"\>Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3154025.73
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3154043.74
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_COPY_TO_CLIPBOARD\"\>Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3149965.21
msgid "Replace"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3149607.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_REPLACE\"\>Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3150768.23
msgid "Rename"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3150786.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.\</ahelp\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp\" name=\"Rename Text Block\"\>Rename AutoText\</link\> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3155341.35
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3155358.36
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_EDIT\"\>Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose \<emph\>File - Save AutoText\</emph\>, and then choose \<emph\>File - Close\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3155555.43
msgid "Macro"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3145106.44
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.\</ahelp\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Assign Macro\"\>Assign Macro\</link\> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3149583.76
msgid "You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the \"text only\" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3149597.77
msgid "Import"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3148937.78
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_IMPORT\"\>Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3156038.37
msgid "Categories"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3156055.38
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_BIB\"\>Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3159217.54
msgid "Edit Categories"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3145173.55
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_BIB_BASE\"\>Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3145192.39
msgid "Category"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3150802.40
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_BIB_BASE:ED_NAME\"\>Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click \<emph\>Rename\</emph\>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click \<emph\>New\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3155318.79
msgid "Path"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3155335.80
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_BIB_BASE_LB_PATH\"\>Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3154410.41
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3154933.42
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_NEW\"\>Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the\<emph\> Name\</emph\> box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3154959.67
msgid "Rename"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3153379.68
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_RENAME\"\>Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the \<emph\>Name \</emph\>box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3154120.81
msgid "Selection list"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3154137.58
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_GLOS_GROUP_TREE\"\>Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3145615.56
msgid "Path"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3154852.57
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.\</ahelp\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp\" name=\"Edit Paths\"\>Edit Paths\</link\> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3156064.61
msgid "To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the \<emph\>Path\</emph\> button in the \<emph\>AutoText \</emph\>dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3155383.45
msgid "Save links relative to"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3155396.46
msgid "Use this area to set the way $[officename] inserts links to the AutoText directory. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3148743.47
msgid "File system"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3148762.48
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_FILE_REL\"\>Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3153020.49
msgid "Internet"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3153037.50
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_NET_REL\"\>Links to files on the Internet are relative.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3154590.71
msgid "Show preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3154610.72
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_SHOW_EXAMPLE\"\>Turns on or off a preview of the selected AutoText entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#hd_id3154909.69
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp#par_id3154922.70
msgid "Shows a preview of the selected AutoText entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp#tit
msgid "Rename AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp#hd_id3155144.1
msgid "Rename AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp#par_id3149171.2
msgid "Allows you to change the name of an AutoText entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp#hd_id3155910.3
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp#par_id3151372.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_ON\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp#hd_id3155858.5
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp#par_id3150686.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NN\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp#hd_id3150110.7
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp#par_id3145583.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NS\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#tit
msgid "Edit Bibliography Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#hd_id3147434.1
msgid "Edit Bibliography Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#par_id3145253.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"litvz\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Edits the selected bibliography entry.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#hd_id3147340.4
msgid "Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#hd_id3155961.6
msgid "Short name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#par_id3154657.7
msgid "Displays the abbreviation for the bibliography entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#hd_id3148837.8
msgid "Author, Title"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#par_id3152741.9
msgid "Displays the author and title information contained in the bibliography entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#hd_id3150214.10
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#par_id3154766.11
msgid "Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the \<emph\>Edit Bibliography Entry \</emph\>dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#hd_id3146968.12
msgid "Close"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#par_id3166468.13
msgid "Closes the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#hd_id3147299.14
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#par_id3151389.15
msgid "Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\"\>Define Bibliography Entry\</link\> dialog, where you can create a new entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#hd_id3150534.16
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#par_id3155620.17
msgid "Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\"\>Define Bibliography Entry\</link\> dialog, where you can edit the current entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp#par_id3154560.3
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\"\>Tips for working with bibliography entries\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#tit
msgid "Edit Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3150493.1
msgid "Edit Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3151184.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:FieldDialog\"\>Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.\</ahelp\> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3151168.4
msgid "You can also double-click a field in your document to open the field for editing."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3153668.5
msgid "To change the view between field names and field contents in your document, choose \<emph\>View - Fields\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3149106.59
msgid "If you select a \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\"\>DDE\</link\> link in your document, and then choose \<emph\>Edit - Fields, \</emph\>the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Links\"\>\<emph\>Edit Links\</emph\>\</link\> dialog opens."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3149036.60
msgid "If you click in front of a \"sender\" type field, and then choose \<emph\>Edit - Fields\</emph\>, the \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"User data\"\>\<emph\>User data\</emph\>\</link\> dialog opens."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3145765.9
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3155142.10
msgid "Lists the type of field that you are editing."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3151371.13
msgid "The following dialog elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3150687.56
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3150700.57
msgid "Lists the field options, for example, \"fixed\". If you want, you can click another option for the selected field type."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3155854.11
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3147409.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKNUMFORMAT\"\>Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click \"Additional formats\" in the list, and then choose a different format.\</ahelp\> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3149556.24
msgid "Offset"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3145256.25
msgid "Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for \"Next Page,\" \"Page Numbers\" or \"Previous Page\". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id5081637
msgid "If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the \<emph\>Offset\</emph\> value. To change page numbers, read the \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"\>\<emph\>Page Numbers\</emph\>\</link\> guide."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3145269.22
msgid "Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3150559.23
msgid "Change the defined values and outline levels for the \"Chapter\" field type."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3147744.14
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3149834.15
msgid "Displays the name of a field variable. If you want, you can enter a new name."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3148844.20
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3148857.21
msgid "Displays the current value of the field variable. If you want, you can enter a new value."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3153306.16
msgid "Condition"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3156124.17
msgid "Displays the condition that must be met for the field to be activated. If you want, you can enter a new \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\"\>condition\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3156103.26
msgid "Then, Else"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3155073.27
msgid "Change the field contents that are displayed depending on whether the field condition is met or not."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3154326.30
msgid "Reference"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3154339.31
msgid "Insert or modify the reference text for the selected field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3148785.18
msgid "Macro name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3148798.19
msgid "Displays the name of the macro assigned to the selected field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3150097.32
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3150027.33
msgid "Displays the placeholder text of the selected field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3150041.36
msgid "Insert Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3153126.37
msgid "Displays the text that is linked to a condition."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3153140.61
msgid "Formula"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3154624.62
msgid "Displays the formula of a formula field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3150658.63
msgid "Database selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3150671.64
msgid "Select a registered database that you want to insert the selected field from. You can also change the table or query that the selected field refers to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3154025.38
msgid "Record number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3154039.39
msgid "Displays the database record number that is inserted when the condition specified for the \"Any record\" field type is met. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3149960.47
msgid "Left Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3149602.49
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV\"\>Jumps to the previous field of the same type in the document.\</ahelp\> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3155341
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3155348\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3148728.48
msgid "Previous Field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#hd_id3155541.50
msgid "Right Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3146846.52
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT\"\>Jumps to the next field of the same type in the document.\</ahelp\> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3145117
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149575\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp#par_id3146891.51
msgid "Next Field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#tit
msgid "Footnote/Endnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#hd_id3143276.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Footnotes\"\>Footnote/Endnote\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3149097.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"fusstext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditFootnote\"\>Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3149035.13
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the footnote area at the bottom of the page, or at the end of the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3145776.11
msgid "To quickly jump to the footnote or endnote text, click the anchor for note in the document. You can also position the cursor in front of or behind the marker, and then press Ctrl+Shift+PgDn. To jump back to the anchor for the note, press PgUp."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#hd_id3155916.4
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3151373.12
msgid "Select the numbering type for the footnote or endnote."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#hd_id3150685.5
msgid "Auto"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#hd_id3155858.7
msgid "Character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#hd_id3150113.14
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3149849.19
msgid "To change the format of a footnote or endnote anchor or text, select it, and then choose \<emph\>Format - Character\</emph\>. You can press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+T\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>F11\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> to open the \<emph\>Styles and Formatting\</emph\> window and modify the footnote or endnote paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#hd_id3153296.15
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3153308.20
msgid "Select the type of note to insert, that is, footnote or endnote. A footnote is placed at the bottom of the current page, whereas an endnote is placed at the end of the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#hd_id3156130.16
msgid "Footnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3156098.21
msgid "Converts an endnote to a footnote."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#hd_id3156111.17
msgid "Endnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3155079.22
msgid "Converts a footnote to an endnote."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#hd_id3154323.23
msgid "Arrow left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3154341.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_PREV\"\>Moves to the previous footnote or endnote anchor in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3150023
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150030\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150030\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3154614.25
msgid "Previous footnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#hd_id3154630.26
msgid "Arrow right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3149638.27
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NEXT\"\>Moves to the next footnote or endnote anchor in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3154029
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154044\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154044\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3149606.28
msgid "Next footnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp#par_id3150772.33
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote\"\>Insert Footnote/Endnote\</link\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#tit
msgid "Edit Index Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3154567.1
msgid "Edit Index Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3151314.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\"\>Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3155896.30
msgid "To insert an index entry, select a word in the document, and then choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\"\>\<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3159193.3
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3149486.4
msgid "Edits the selected index entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3143272.5
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3151251.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\"\>Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.\</ahelp\> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialog. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3149107.7
msgid "Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3149823.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\"\>Edit the index entry if necessary. When you modify the index entry, the new text only appears in the index, and not at the index entry anchor in the document. \</ahelp\> For example, you can enter an index with comments such as \"Basics, see also General\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3149036.9
msgid "1st key"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3153631.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\"\>To create a multilevel index, type the name of the first level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3152773.11
msgid "2nd key"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3145758.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\"\>Type the name of the second level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3155143.13
msgid "Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3149170.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\"\>Changes the outline level of a table of contents entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3145785.15
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3155919.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_DELETE\"\>Deletes the selected entry from the index. The entry text in the document is not deleted.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3151384.18
msgid "End arrow to left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3155869.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV_SAME\"\>Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3147420
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149551\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3150550.26
msgid "End arrow to left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3147736.20
msgid "End arrow to right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3149829.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT_SAME\"\>Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3153298
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3153309\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3156108.27
msgid "End arrow to right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3155080.22
msgid "Arrow to left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3154327.23
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV\"\>Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3148785
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3148791\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_prevrecord.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3148791\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3153129.28
msgid "Left Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#hd_id3154617.24
msgid "Arrow to right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3154633.25
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT\"\>Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3150677
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154020\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3149965.29
msgid "Right Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp#par_id3155539.32
msgid "You can jump quickly to index entries with the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation Bar\"\>Navigation Bar\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#tit
msgid "Edit Sections"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#hd_id3153673.1
msgid "Edit Sections"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#par_id3155902.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"bereichetext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditRegion\"\>Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.\</ahelp\> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose \<emph\>Insert - Section\</emph\>.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#par_id3143275.3
msgid "The \<emph\>Edit Sections\</emph\> dialog is similar to the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"\>\<emph\>Insert - Section\</emph\>\</link\> dialog, and offers the following additional options:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#hd_id3149820.4
msgid "Section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#par_id3149104.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\"\>Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the \<emph\>Section \</emph\>list.\</ahelp\> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#par_id3149040.6
msgid "The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#hd_id3153638.20
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#par_id3152773.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp\" name=\"Options\"\>\<emph\>Options\</emph\>\</link\> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.\</ahelp\> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#hd_id3155143.16
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp#par_id3145413.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DISMISS\"\>Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp#tit
msgid "Ruler"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp#hd_id3149287.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp\" name=\"Ruler\"\>Ruler\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp#par_id3147514.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:Ruler\"\>Shows or hides the horizontal ruler, that you can use to adjust page margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.\</ahelp\> To show the vertical ruler, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View\</link\>\</emph\>, and then select the \<emph\>Vertical ruler\</emph\> check box in the \<emph\>Ruler\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp#par_idN1061A
msgid "\<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler\"/\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp#tit
msgid "Text Boundaries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp#hd_id3145418.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp\" name=\"Text Boundaries\"\>Text Boundaries\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp#par_id3151310.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ViewBounds\"\>Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp#tit
msgid "Field Shadings"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp#hd_id3151177.18
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp\" name=\"Field Shadings\"\>Field Shadings\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp#par_id3147513.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:Marks\"\>Shows or hides field shadings in your document, including non-breaking spaces, custom hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp#par_id3153540.17
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Nonprinting Characters On/Off\"\>Nonprinting Characters On/Off\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp#tit
msgid "Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>Field Names\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp#par_id3147171.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:Fieldnames\"\>Switches the field display between field names and field contents.\</ahelp\> A check mark indicates that the field names are displayed, and no check mark indicates that field contents are displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp#par_id3149287.4
msgid "To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View\</emph\>, and then select the\<emph\> Field codes \</emph\>checkbox in the \<emph\>Display\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp#par_id3154098.5
msgid "When you print a document with \<emph\>View - Field Names\</emph\> enabled, you are prompted to include the field names in the print out."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp#par_id3145579.3
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields\"\>Insert - Fields\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp#tit
msgid "Nonprinting Characters"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp#hd_id3154507.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Nonprinting Characters\"\>Nonprinting Characters\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp#par_id3154646.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ControlCodes\"\>Shows nonprinting characters in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp#par_id3145410.5
msgid "When you delete a paragraph mark, the paragraph that is merged takes on the formatting of the paragraph that the cursor is in."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp#par_id3147511.6
msgid "To specify which nonprinting characters are displayed, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</link\>\</emph\>, and then select the options that you want in the \<emph\>Display of\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp#tit
msgid "Web Layout"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp#hd_id3145243.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp\" name=\"Web Layout\"\>Web Layout\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp#par_id3154646.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:BrowseView\"\>Displays the document as seen in a Web browser.\</ahelp\> This is useful when you create HTML documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp#tit
msgid "Print Layout"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp#hd_id3150018.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Print Layout\"\>Print Layout\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp#par_id3145249.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintLayout\"\>Displays how the document will look when you print it.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp#tit
msgid "Hidden Paragraphs"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp#hd_id3155959.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp\" name=\"Hidden Paragraphs\"\>Hidden Paragraphs\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp#par_id3150251.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs\"\>Shows or hides hidden paragraphs.\</ahelp\> This option only affects the screen display of hidden paragraphs, and not the printing of hidden paragraphs."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp#par_id3157875.3
msgid "To enable this feature, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</link\>\</emph\>, and ensure that the \<emph\>Hidden paragraphs\</emph\> check box in the \<emph\>Display of\</emph\> area is selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp#par_id3154501.4
msgid "Use the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"field command\"\>field command\</link\> \"Hidden Paragraph\" to assign a \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\"\>condition\</link\> that must be met to hide a paragraph. If the condition is not met, the paragraph is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp#par_id3083451.5
msgid "When you hide a paragraph, footnotes and frames that are anchored to characters in the paragraph are also hidden."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Manual Break"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#hd_id3145827.1
msgid "Insert Manual Break"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3147176.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"umbruch\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\"\>Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#hd_id3151176.4
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3145420.5
msgid "Select the type of break that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#hd_id3154097.6
msgid "Line Break"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3149805.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_LINE\"\>Ends the current line, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the next line, without creating a new paragraph.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3149685.8
msgid "You can also insert a line break by pressing Shift+Enter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#hd_id3148566.9
msgid "Column Break"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3155182.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_COL\"\>Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"column\"\>column\</link\>. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#hd_id3149487.11
msgid "Page Break"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3149102.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_PAGE\"\>Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3145758.13
msgid "You can also insert a page break by pressing \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Enter. However, if you want to assign the following page a different Page Style, you must use the menu command to insert the manual page break."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#hd_id3149175.14
msgid "Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3156275.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_BREAK:LB_COLL\"\>Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#hd_id3145782.16
msgid "Change page number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3155917.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_BREAK:CB_PAGENUM\"\>Assigns the page number that you specify to the page that follows the manual page break. This option is only available if you assign a different page style to the page that follows manual page break.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#hd_id3151384.20
msgid "Page number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3150700.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_BREAK:ED_PAGENUM\"\>Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp#par_id3150554.18
msgid "To display manual breaks, choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"View - Nonprinting Characters\"\>\<emph\>View - Nonprinting Characters\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#hd_id3154108.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"bereicheinfuegen\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Section\"\>Insert Section\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#par_id3154480.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"bereich\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION\"\>Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#par_id3152955.3
msgid "You can insert an entire document in a section, or a named section from another. You can also insert a section as a \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\"\>DDE\</link\> link."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#par_id3149684.5
msgid "To edit a section, choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"\>\<emph\>Format - Sections\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#par_id3155183.6
msgid "The \<emph\>Insert Section \</emph\>dialog contains the following tabs:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#hd_id3151257.7
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp#par_id3149102.8
msgid "Inserts the section that you defined at the current cursor position in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#tit
msgid "Section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#bm_id5941038
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>sections;inserting sections by DDE\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>DDE; command for inserting sections\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3157557.37
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Section\"\>Section\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3154644.38
msgid "Sets the properties of the section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3151170.6
msgid "New Section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3145420.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:ED_RNAME\"\>Type a name for the new section.\</ahelp\> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name \"Section X\" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3154102.8
msgid "Link"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3149806.20
msgid "Link"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3154472.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:CB_FILE\"\>Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3153672.26
msgid "DDE"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3151310.27
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DDE\"\>Creates a \<emph\>DDE \</emph\>link. Select this check box, and then enter the \<emph\>DDE \</emph\>command that you want to use. The \<emph\>DDE\</emph\> option is only available if the \<emph\>Link\</emph\> check box is selected.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3143280.34
msgid "The general syntax for a DDE command is: \"<Server> <Topic> <Item>\", where server is the DDE name for the application that contains the data. Topic refers to the location of the Item (usually the file name), and Item represents the actual object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3149098.35
msgid "For example, to insert a section named \"Section1\" from a $[officename] text document abc.sxw as a DDE link, use the command: \"soffice x:\\\\abc.sxw Section1\". To insert the contents of the first cell from a MS Excel spreadsheet file called \"abc.xls\", use the command: \"excel x:\\\\[abc.xls]Sheet1 z1s1\". You can also copy the elements that you want to insert as a DDE link, and then \<emph\>Edit - Paste Special\</emph\>. You can then view the DDE command for the link, by selecting the contents and choosing \<emph\>Edit - Fields\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3153640.28
msgid "File name\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"WIN\"\> / DDE command \</caseinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3145754.29
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_FILE\"\>Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (\<emph\>...\</emph\>) to locate the file.\</ahelp\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"WIN\"\>If the \<emph\>DDE \</emph\>check box is selected, enter the DDE command that you want to use. \</caseinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3155136.39
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3156274.40
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:PB_FILE\"\>Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3149180.23
msgid "Section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3155910.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:LB_SUBREG\"\>Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3151373.25
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, you are prompted to update the links."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3150687.43
msgid "Write Protection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3150700.10
msgid "Protected"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3150110.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_PROTECT\"\>Prevents the selected section from being edited.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3145261.44
msgid "With password"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3149555.45
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_INSERT_SECTION_CB_PASSWD\"\>Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3150549.46
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3147742.47
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_INSERT_SECTION_PB_PASSWD\"\>Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3146333.48
msgid "Hide"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3149830.12
msgid "Hide"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3148849.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_HIDE\"\>Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.\</ahelp\> The components of a hidden sections appear gray in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip \"hidden\" is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3155074.50
msgid "You cannot hide a section if it is the only content on a page, or in a header, footer, footnote, frame, or table cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#hd_id3154323.16
msgid "With condition"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3154343.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_CONDITION\"\>Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.\</ahelp\> A condition is a \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"logical expression\"\>logical expression\</link\>, such as \"SALUTATION EQ Mr.\". For example, if you use the \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"mail merge\"\>mail merge\</link\> form letter feature to define a database field called \"Salutation\" that contains \"Mr.\", \"Ms.\", or \"Sir or Madam\", you can then specify that a section will only be printed if the salutation is \"Mr.\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3150086.18
msgid "Another example would be to create the field variable \"x\" and set its value to 1. Then specify a condition based on this variable for hiding a section, such as: \"x eq 1\". If you want to display the section, set the value of the variable \"x\" to \"0\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_idN108DF
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_idN108E3
msgid "You see this area of the dialog when the current document is an XForms document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_idN108E6
msgid "Editable in read-only document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_idN108EA
msgid "Select to allow editing of the section's contents even if the document is opened in read-only mode."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3150032.19
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Field commands\"\>Field commands\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp#par_id3158420.51
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Syntax for conditions\"\>Syntax for conditions\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#tit
msgid "Indents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#hd_id3155898.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp\" name=\"Indents\"\>Indents\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#par_id3155182.2
msgid "Indents the section with a left and right margin."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#hd_id3149488.3
msgid "Before section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#par_id3149824.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_BEFORE\"\>Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#hd_id3149108.5
msgid "After section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#par_id3148970.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_AFTER\"\>Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp#par_id3149032.7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Field commands\"\>Field commands\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#tit
msgid "Footnote/Endnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#hd_id3145241.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote\"\>Footnote/Endnote\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3147167.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"fussnoteein\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFootnote\"\>Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.\</ahelp\> You can choose between automatic numbering or a custom symbol. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3154645.23
msgid "\<variable id=\"endnoten\"\>The following applies to both footnotes and endnotes. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3151175.24
msgid "\<variable id=\"endnotetext\"\>Footnotes are inserted at the end of a page, and endnotes are inserted at the end of a document. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#hd_id3154106.7
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3149812.16
msgid "Select the type of numbering that you want to use for footnotes and endnotes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#hd_id3154470.8
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3153670.17
msgid "\<variable id=\"bearbeitenautomatisch\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_NUMBER_AUTO\"\>Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.\</ahelp\> To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"\>\<emph\>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes\</emph\>\</link\>. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#hd_id3152952.9
msgid "Character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3155901.18
msgid "\<variable id=\"bearbeitenzeichen\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:ED_NUMBER_CHAR\"\>Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.\</ahelp\> This can be either a letter or number. To assign a special character, click the button at the bottom. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#hd_id3155185.10
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3153526.19
msgid "\<variable id=\"bearbeitensonderzeichen\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NUMBER_CHAR\"\>Inserts a \<link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"special character \"\>special character \</link\> as a footnote or endnote anchor.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#hd_id3149493.11
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3151256.20
msgid "Select whether to insert a footnote or an endnote. Endnote numbering is separate from the footnote numbering."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#hd_id3149104.12
msgid "Footnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3148981.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_FTN\"\>Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#hd_id3153644.13
msgid "Endnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3152770.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_ENDNOTE\"\>Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp#par_id3155135.25
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with footnotes\"\>Tips for working with footnotes\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#bm_id4974211
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>bookmarks;inserting\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#hd_id3147506.1
msgid "Insert Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#par_id3149806.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"textmarkeein\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBookmark\"\>Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.\</ahelp\> In an HTML document, bookmarks are converted to anchors that you can jump to from a hyperlink. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#par_id3153677.3
msgid "To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\"\>Navigator\</link\>, click the plus sign (+) next to the\<emph\> Bookmark\</emph\> entry, and then double-click the bookmark."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#par_id3151308.4
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>You can also right-click the \<emph\>Page Number\</emph\> field at the left end of the \<emph\>Status Bar\</emph\> at the bottom of the document window, and then choose the bookmark that you want to jump to.\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#hd_id3154188.5
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#par_id3155178.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:CB_BOOKMARK\"\>Type the name of the bookmark that you want to create. The lower list contains all of the bookmarks in the current document. To delete a bookmark, select it in the list, and then click \<emph\>Delete\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#par_id3149483.13
msgid "You cannot use the following characters in a bookmark name: / \\\\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#hd_id3149817.11
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp#par_id3151251.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:BT_DELETE\"\>To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark from the \<emph\>Insert Bookmark\</emph\> dialog and click the \<emph\>Delete\</emph\> button. No confirmation dialog will follow.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#tit
msgid "Caption"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#hd_id3147173.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Caption\"\>Caption\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#par_id3149288.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"beschrifttext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CAPTION\"\>Adds a numbered caption to a selected graphic, table, frame, text frame, or drawing object.\</ahelp\> You can also access this command by right-clicking the item that you want to add the caption to. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#hd_id3154098.3
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#par_id3149804.4
msgid "Set the caption options for the current selection."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#hd_id3153533.5
msgid "Category"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#par_id3154574.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_CATEGORY\"\>Select the caption category, or type a name to create a new category. The category text appears before the caption number in the caption label. Each predefined caption category is formatted with a paragraph style of the same name. \</ahelp\> For example, the \"Illustration\" caption category is formatted with the \"Illustration\" paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.7
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#par_id3152962.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_FORMAT\"\>Select the type of numbering that you want to use in the caption.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#hd_id3155893.9
msgid "Caption"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#par_id3149688.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CAPTION:EDT_TEXT\"\>Type the text that you want to appear after the caption number.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#par_idN1068A
msgid "Separator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#par_idN10690
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter optional text characters to appear between the number and the caption text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#hd_id3154199.11
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#par_id3149486.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_POS\"\>Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#hd_id3149043.29
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp\" name=\"Options\"\>Options\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#par_idN10744
msgid "AutoCaption"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp#par_idN1074A
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#tit
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#hd_id3149287.1
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#par_id3151177.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"optionentext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_CAPTION:BTN_OPTION\"\>Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"outline level\"\>outline level\</link\> to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#hd_id3149805.3
msgid "Numbering by chapter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#par_id3153532.4
msgid "When you add chapter numbers to caption labels, the caption numbering is reset when a chapter heading is encountered. For example, if the last figure in chapter 1 is \"Figure 1.12\", the first figure in the next chapter would be \"Figure 2.1\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#hd_id3154574.5
msgid "Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#par_id3152954.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:LB_LEVEL\"\>Select the number of outline levels from the top of the chapter hierarchy down to include in the caption label.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#hd_id3151316.7
msgid "Separator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#par_id3155892.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:ED_SEPARATOR\"\>Enter the character that you want to insert between the chapter number and the caption number.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#par_idN10633
msgid "Category and frame format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#par_idN10639
msgid "Character style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#par_idN1063F
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Specifies the character style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#hd_id3143280.43
msgid "Apply border and shadow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp#par_id3149826.44
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CAPTION:CB_COPY_ATTR\"\>Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#tit
msgid "Envelope"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#bm_id7094027
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>inserting;envelopes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>letters;inserting envelopes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>envelopes\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#hd_id3145245.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp\" name=\"Envelope\"\>Envelope\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#par_id3149289.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"briefum\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertEnvelope\"\>Creates an envelope.\</ahelp\> On three tab pages, you can specify the addressee and sender, the position and format for both addresses, the size of the envelope, and the envelope orientation.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#hd_id3153540.4
msgid "New doc."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#par_id3154473.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_PRINT\"\>Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#hd_id3152959.6
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#par_id3151320.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_INSERT\"\>Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#hd_id8208563
msgid "To delete an envelope from a document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#par_id396130
msgid "Click into the envelope page to make it the current page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#par_id7174596
msgid "Right-click the field on the status line that shows \"Envelope\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#par_id7657704
msgid "A submenu opens showing some page styles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#par_id5187536
msgid "Choose the \"Default\" page style from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#par_id6952726
msgid "This removes the special \"Envelope\" page formatting."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp#par_id1777092
msgid "Delete the frames for sender and recipient. Click the border of each frame and press the Del key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#tit
msgid "Envelope"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#hd_id3145243.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp\" name=\"Envelope\"\>Envelope\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#par_id3147172.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_ENV\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#hd_id3149295.3
msgid "Addressee"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#par_id3145415.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Enter the delivery address.\</ahelp\> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#hd_id3154102.5
msgid "Sender"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#par_id3153527.6
msgid "\<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND\"\>Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the \<emph\>Sender \</emph\>check box, and then enter the return address.\</ahelp\> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the \<emph\>Sender \</emph\>box, but you can also enter the data that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#hd_id3154571.9
msgid "Database"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#par_id3154480.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_DATABASE\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#hd_id3151310.11
msgid "Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#par_id3155898.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_TABLE\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#hd_id3149695.13
msgid "Database field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp#par_id3155180.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_ENV_ENV:BTN_INSERT\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#tit
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3151180.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\"\>Format\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3149295.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_FMT\"\>Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3147515.42
msgid "Addressee"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3154105.43
msgid "Sets the position and the text formatting options of the addressee field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3153527.3
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3154563.4
msgid "Sets the position of the recipient's address on the envelope."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3154471.15
msgid "from left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3152957.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_LEFT\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3151319.17
msgid "from top"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3155895.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_TOP\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3149692.5
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3154201.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_ADDR_EDIT\"\>Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3143272.7
msgid "Character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3149481.8
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3149815.11
msgid "Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3149828.12
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3151262.44
msgid "Sender"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3149107.45
msgid "Sets the position and the text formatting options of the sender field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3148980.46
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3149041.47
msgid "Sets the position of the sender's address on the envelope."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3153636.29
msgid "from left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3152776.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_LEFT\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3145766.31
msgid "from top"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3155149.32
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_TOP\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3149179.19
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3156281.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_SEND_EDIT\"\>Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3145787.21
msgid "Character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3155918.22
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3151378.25
msgid "Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3150112.26
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3150687.34
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3150700.35
msgid "Select the envelope size format that you want to use, or create a custom size."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3155868.36
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3147422.37
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENV_FMT_BOX_SIZE_FORMAT\"\>Select the envelope size that want, or select \"User Defined\", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3145256.38
msgid "Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3149551.39
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_WIDTH\"\>Enter the width of the envelope.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#hd_id3149567.40
msgid "Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#par_id3150561.41
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_HEIGHT\"\>Enter the height of the envelope.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#tit
msgid "Printer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3154104.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp\"\>Printer\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3153531.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_PRT\"\>Set the print options for the envelope.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3152960.3
msgid "Consult the documentation that came with your printer for setting up the printer for envelopes. Depending on the printer model, envelopes may have to be placed left, right, in the middle, and either face up or face down."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3153665.5
msgid "Horizontal left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3154564.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_LEFT\"\>Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3155898.7
msgid "Horizontal center"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3149694.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_CNTR\"\>Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3155174.9
msgid "Horizontal right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3143273.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_RGHT\"\>Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3149488.11
msgid "Vertical left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3149823.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_LEFT\"\>Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3151260.13
msgid "Vertical center"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3148968.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_CNTR\"\>Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3153633.15
msgid "Vertical right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3149037.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_RGHT\"\>Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3152773.17
msgid "Print from top"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3145763.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_TOP\"\>Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3155146.19
msgid "Print from bottom"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3149178.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_BOTTOM\"\>Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3156279.21
msgid "Shift right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3145784.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_RIGHT\"\>Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3155921.23
msgid "Shift down"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3151383.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_DOWN\"\>Enter the amount to shift the print area down.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3150123.25
msgid "Current printer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3150696.26
msgid "Displays the name of the current printer."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#hd_id3155862.27
msgid "Setup"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#par_id3147418.28
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP\"\>Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#tit
msgid "Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#hd_id3151171.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>Fields\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#par_id3149805.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertField\"\>Inserts a field at the current cursor position.\</ahelp\> The dialog lists all available fields. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#hd_id3155903.178
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#par_id3154190.179
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FIELD_INSERT\"\>Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the \<emph\>Close \</emph\>button.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp#par_id5591296
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Closes the dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#tit
msgid "Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hd_id3150017.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp\" name=\"Document\"\>Document\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3147167.2
msgid "Fields are used to insert information about the current document, for example, file name, template, statistics, user data, date, and time."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3154470.3
msgid "For the HTML export and import of date and time fields, \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#datumuhrzeit\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\"\>special $[officename] formats\</link\> are used."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hd_id3151312.4
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3153672.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE\"\>Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the \<emph\>Select \</emph\>list, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\> The following fields are available:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3155182.6
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3143272.7
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3151248.10
msgid "Author"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3148975.11
msgid "Inserts the name of the current user. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3145759.18
msgid "Chapter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3149172.19
msgid "Inserts the chapter number and/or the chapter name."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3145771.14
msgid "Date"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3151370.15
msgid "Inserts the current date. You can insert the date as a fixed field - \<item type=\"literal\"\>Date (fixed)\</item\> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - \<item type=\"literal\"\>Date\</item\> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the \<item type=\"literal\"\>Date\</item\> field, press F9."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3150699.12
msgid "File name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3150122.13
msgid "Inserts the filename and/or the directory path of the current document, as well as the filename without extension."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3147495.20
msgid "Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3145264.21
msgid "Inserts the page number of the current, previous, or next page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3150561.8
msgid "Sender"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3146341.9
msgid "Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user-data that is displayed by choosing \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - User Data\"\>$[officename] - User Data\</link\>\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3148863.22
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3151091.23
msgid "Inserts document statistics, such as page and word counts, as a field. To view the statistics of a document, choose \<emph\>File - Properties\</emph\>, and then click the \<emph\>Statistics\</emph\> tab. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3153302.16
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3156123.17
msgid "Inserts the filename, the path, or the filename without the file extension of the current template. You can also insert the names of the \"Category\" and the \"Style\" formats used in the current template. To view the names of the template categories and the styles used in the templates, choose \<emph\>File - Templates -\</emph\>\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Organize\"\>\<emph\>Organize\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3146939.24
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3154340.25
msgid "Inserts the current time. You can insert the time as a fixed field - \<item type=\"literal\"\>Time (fixed)\</item\> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - \<item type=\"literal\"\>Time\</item\> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the \<item type=\"literal\"\>Time\</item\> field, press F9."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3154631.26
msgid "The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hd_id3150660.27
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3150678.28
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\"\>Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3155537.53
msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> and double-click the field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3155359.30
msgid "Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3154220.31
msgid "Function"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3145107.32
msgid "Previous page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3149595.33
msgid "Inserts the page number of the previous page in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3146896.34
msgid "Next page "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3148923.35
msgid "Inserts the page number of the next page in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3156032.36
msgid "Page Number "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3159212.37
msgid "Inserts the current page number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3159229.38
msgid "In the \<emph\>Format\</emph\>, click the numbering format that you want to use."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3145188.39
msgid "If you want, you can enter an \<emph\>Offset \</emph\>for the displayed page number. With an \<emph\>Offset\</emph\> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hd_id3150891.45
msgid "Offset"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3155312.46
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKVALUE\"\>Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example \"+1\".\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3154948.54
msgid "If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the \<emph\>Offset\</emph\> value. To change page numbers, read the \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"\>\<emph\>Page Numbers\</emph\>\</link\> guide."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hd_id3145595.41
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3145613.42
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKFORMAT\"\>Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3150138.49
msgid "\<variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat\"\>When you click \"Additional formats\", the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp\" name=\"Number Format\"\>\<emph\>Number Format\</emph\>\</link\> dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3154867.50
msgid "If you choose \"Chapter number without separator\" for a chapter field, the separators that are specified for chapter number in \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Outline numbering\"\>\<emph\>Tools - Outline numbering\</emph\>\</link\> are not displayed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3156079.63
msgid "If you choose \"chapter number\" as the \<emph\>format\</emph\> for reference fields, only the number of the chapter heading containing the referenced object is displayed in the field. If the paragraph style for the chapter heading is not numbered, the field is left blank."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3148682.56
msgid "The following number range formats are for paragraphs formatted with numbered or bulleted lists:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3150006.57
msgid "Category and number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3155386.58
msgid "The format contains everything between the beginning of the paragraph and directly after the number-range field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3146919.59
msgid "Caption text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3155929.60
msgid "The format contains the text following the number-range field up to the end of the paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3148733.61
msgid "Number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3148755.62
msgid "The format only contains the reference number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id0902200804313432
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hd_id3153026.43
msgid "Layer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3154580.44
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKLEVEL\"\>Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hd_id3154598.51
msgid "Offset in days/minutes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3154899.52
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\"\>Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#hd_id3154922.47
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp#par_id3153049.48
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\"\>Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#tit
msgid "Cross-references"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#hd_id3153641.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"Cross-references\"\>Cross-references\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3155142.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"reftext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3159197.19
msgid "The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#hd_id4333628
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id4516129
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Selection list, and then click Insert.\</ahelp\> The following fields are available:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3151380.3
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3150700.4
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3155862.5
msgid "Set Reference"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3147422.6
msgid "Set target for a referenced field. Under \<emph\>Name\</emph\>, enter a name for the reference. When inserting the reference, the name will then appear as an identification in the list box \<emph\>Selection\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3149556.7
msgid "In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For the target in HTML documents, you have to \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"insert a bookmark\"\>insert a bookmark\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3150548.8
msgid "Insert Reference"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3147746.9
msgid "Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with \"Set Reference\" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under \<emph\>Selection\</emph\> is not possible."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3146344.16
msgid "In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered \"by hand\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3149847.10
msgid "In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For referenced fields in HTML documents, you have to \<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp\" name=\"insert a hyperlink\"\>insert a hyperlink\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id2408825
msgid "Headings"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id9988402
msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all headings in the order of their appearance in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id6401257
msgid "Numbered Paragraphs"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id5841242
msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all numbered headings and numbered paragraphs in the order of their appearance in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id306711
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3150907.11
msgid "After inserting a bookmark in the document with \<emph\>Insert - Bookmark\</emph\>, the bookmarks entry on the \<emph\>References\</emph\> tab becomes usable. Bookmarks are used to mark certain text passages in a document. In a text document, you can use the bookmarks, for example, to jump from one passage in the document to another."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3155080.12
msgid "In an HTML document, these bookmarks become anchors <A name>, which determine the target of hyperlinks for example."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011072
msgid "Footnotes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011049
msgid "If your documents contains a footnote, you can select the Footnotes entry. A reference to a footnote returns the footnote number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id6794030
msgid "(Inserted objects with captions)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id7096774
msgid "You can set references to objects that have captions applied. For example, insert a picture, right-click the picture, choose Caption. Now the object shows up as a numbered \"Illustration\" in the list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3154772.18
msgid "References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as \"unformatted text\" at the same position using the command \<emph\>Edit - Paste special\</emph\>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#hd_id5824152
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id7374187
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\"\>Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the \"Insert reference to\" list, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id7729728
msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> and double-click the field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id2171086
msgid "In the \<emph\>Insert reference to\</emph\> list, click the format that you want to use."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#hd_id3154333.21
msgid "Insert reference to"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3148786.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_REF:LB_REFFORMAT\"\>Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.\</ahelp\> The following formats are available:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id7576525
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id641193
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3150039.23
msgid "Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3153134.24
msgid "Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3150681.27
msgid "Reference"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3154040.28
msgid "Inserts the complete reference target text. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3149972.29
msgid "Above/Below"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3149619.30
msgid "Inserts \"above\" or \"below\", depending on the location of the reference target relative to the position of the reference field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3148705.31
msgid "As Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3148728.32
msgid "Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target using the format specified in the page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id5699942
msgid "Number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id6420484
msgid "Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including superior levels depending on the context. See note below this table for more information."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id6986602
msgid "Number (no context)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id616779
msgid "Inserts only the number of the heading or numbered paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id791039
msgid "Number (full context)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id1953489
msgid "Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including all superior levels."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3154635.25
msgid "Chapter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3149646.26
msgid "Inserts the number of the chapter containing the reference target."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3155553.33
msgid "Category and Number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3155356.34
msgid "Inserts the category (caption type) and the number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3154224.35
msgid "Caption Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3145105.36
msgid "Inserts the caption label of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3149587.37
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3146883.38
msgid "Inserts the caption number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id757469
msgid "The \"Number\" format inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph. The superior levels are included depending on the context, as necessary. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id5189062
msgid "For example, when you are in a chapter 1, subchapter 2, subpart 5, this may be numbered as 1.2.5. When you insert here a reference to text in the previous subpart \"1.2.4\" and you apply the \"Number\" format, then the reference will be shown as \"4\". If in this example the numbering is set to show more sublevels, the same reference will be shown as \"2.4\" or \"1.2.4\", depending on the setting. If you use the \"Number (full context)\" format, you will always see \"1.2.4\", no matter how the numbered paragraph is formatted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#hd_id3156242.13
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3156259.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_REF:ED_REFNAME\"\>Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.\</ahelp\> To set a target, click \"Set Reference\" in the \<emph\>Type\</emph\> list, type a name in this box, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the \<emph\>Selection\</emph\> list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3156032.17
msgid "In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the\<emph\> Selection\</emph\> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the \<emph\>Name \</emph\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id0903200802250745
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined fields.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id3159216.15
msgid "If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the contents of the field that you insert."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp#par_id6501968
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Edit the value.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#tit
msgid "Functions"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3149123.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Functions\"\>Functions\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3150343.45
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCVALUE\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3151242.2
msgid "Depending on the field type that you select, you can assign conditions to certain functions. For example, you can define a field that executes a macro when you click the field in the document, or a condition that, when met, hides a field. You can also define placeholder fields that insert graphics, tables, frames and other objects into your document when needed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352037
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the \<emph\>Select \</emph\>list, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3150537.3
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3155623.4
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3152999.5
msgid "Conditional text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3149881.6
msgid "Inserts text if a certain \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\"\>condition\</link\> is met. For example, enter \"sun eq 1\" in the \<emph\>Condition\</emph\> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable \"sun\" equals \"1\" in the \<emph\>Then \</emph\>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the \<emph\>Else\</emph\> box. To define the variable \"sun\", click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\"\>\<emph\>Variables\</emph\>\</link\> tab, select \"Set variable\", type \"sun\" in the\<emph\> Name\</emph\> box, and its value in the\<emph\> Value\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3153719.47
msgid "Input list"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3147564.48
msgid "Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an \<emph\>Input list\</emph\> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Choose Item\"\>\<emph\>Choose Item\</emph\>\</link\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3153146.7
msgid "Input field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3149287.8
msgid "Inserts a text field that you can open by \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"clicking\"\>clicking\</link\> it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3154691.9
msgid "Execute macro"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3147515.10
msgid "Inserts a text field that runs a macro when you click the field in the document. To assign a macro to the field, click the \<emph\>Macro\</emph\> button. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3152946.11
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3153527.12
msgid "Inserts a placeholder field in the document, for example, for graphics. When you click a placeholder field in the document, you are prompted to insert the item that is missing."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3150973.13
msgid "Hidden text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3147524.14
msgid "Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</link\>\</emph\> and clear the \<emph\>Fields: Hidden text\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3154480.15
msgid "Hidden Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3153677.16
msgid "Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</link\>\</emph\> and clear the \<emph\>Fields: Hidden paragraph\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3154192.39
msgid "Combine characters "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3159199.42
msgid "Combines up to 6 characters, so that they behave as a single character. This feature is only available when Asian fonts are supported."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352213
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3151329.17
msgid "For function fields, the format field is only used for fields of the type placeholder. Here, the format determines the object for which the placeholder stands."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3149494.18
msgid "Condition"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3143281.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBCONDITION\"\>For fields linked to a \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\"\>condition\</link\>, enter the criteria here.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3151248.20
msgid "Then, Else"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3154830.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2\"\>Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the \<emph\>Then \</emph\>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the \<emph\>Else \</emph\>box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3146865.22
msgid "You can also insert database fields in the \<emph\>Then \</emph\>and \<emph\>Else \</emph\>boxes using the format \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3147583.24
msgid "If the table or the field name does not exist in a database, nothing is inserted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3152585.23
msgid "If you include the quotes in \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\", the expression is inserted as text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3155136.26
msgid "Reference"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3155149.27
msgid "Type the text that you want to display in the field. If you are inserting a placeholder field, type the text that you want to display as a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3147071.28
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3147084.29
msgid "Select the macro that you want to run when the field is clicked."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3154384.30
msgid "Macro name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3153351.31
msgid "Displays the name of the selected macro."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3156269.32
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3156282.33
msgid "Type the text that you want to appear in the placeholder field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3150587.34
msgid "Hidden text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3149173.35
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide if a condition is met."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3151028.40
msgid "Characters"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3145771.43
msgid "Enter the characters that you want to combine. You can combine a maximum of 6 characters. This option is only available for the \<emph\>Combine characters\</emph\> field type."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3156369.41
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3151370.44
msgid "Enter a value for the selected field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3148877.36
msgid "Macro"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3155912.37
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_BT_FUNCMACRO\"\>Opens the \<emph\>Macro Selector\</emph\>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.\</ahelp\> This button is only available for the \"Execute macro\" function field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3150111.49
msgid "The following controls are displayed for \<emph\>Input list\</emph\> fields:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3155860.50
msgid "Item"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3150688.51
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTITEM\"\>Enter a new item.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3147413.52
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3147473.53
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTADD\"\>Adds the \<emph\>Item\</emph\> to the list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3147496.54
msgid "Items on list"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3147618.55
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_FUNC_LB_LISTITEMS\"\>Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3145263.56
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3149558.57
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTREMOVE\"\>Removes the selected item from the list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3145126.58
msgid "Move Up"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3155970.59
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTUP\"\>Moves the selected item up in the list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3150549.60
msgid "Move Down"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3156221.61
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTDOWN\"\>Moves the selected item down in the list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3149215.62
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3147733.63
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTNAME\"\>Enter a unique name for the \<emph\>Input list\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3146332.64
msgid "Choose Item"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3147455.65
msgid "This dialog is shown when you click an \<emph\>Input list\</emph\> field in the document. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3149837.66
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_LB_LISTITEMS\"\>Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3147602.67
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3148855.68
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT\"\>Displays the \<emph\>Edit Fields: Functions\</emph\> dialog, where you can edit the \<emph\>Input list\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#hd_id3155558.69
msgid "Next"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#par_id3148434.70
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT\"\>Closes the current \<emph\>Input list\</emph\> and displays the next, if available.\</ahelp\> You see this button when you open the \<emph\>Choose Item\</emph\> dialog by Ctrl+Shift+F9."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#tit
msgid "DocInformation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#hd_id3154479.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp\" name=\"DocInformation\"\>DocInformation\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3149692.2
msgid "DocInformation fields contain information about the properties of a document, such as the date a document was created. To view the properties of a document, choose \<emph\>File - Properties\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3148982.3
msgid "When you export and import an HTML document containing DocInformation fields, \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#dokumentinfo\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\"\>special $[officename] formats\</link\> are used."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290053
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3155140.4
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3149176.5
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3145774.6
msgid "Modified"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3155915.7
msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time of the last save."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3150108.8
msgid "Editing time"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3155860.9
msgid "Inserts the amount of time spent on editing a document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3150700.10
msgid "Comments"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3147490.11
msgid "Inserts the comments as entered in the \<emph\>Description\</emph\> tab page of the \<emph\>Properties\</emph\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3145262.12
msgid "Document number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3150556.13
msgid "Inserts the version number of the current document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3146326.14
msgid "Created"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3149833.15
msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time when the document was created."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3148856.16
msgid "Info 0 - 3"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3154784.17
msgid "Inserts the contents of the info fields found on the \<emph\>User Defined \</emph\>tab of the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100300.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties\"\>\<emph\>File - Properties\</emph\>\</link\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3150177.18
msgid "Last printed"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3156094.19
msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date or time that the document was last printed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3156122.20
msgid "Keywords"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3150912.21
msgid "Inserts the keywords as entered in the \<emph\>Description \</emph\>tab of the \<emph\>File Properties \</emph\>dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3154328.22
msgid "Subject"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3146942.23
msgid "Inserts the subject as entered in the \<emph\>Description \</emph\>tab of the \<emph\>File Properties \</emph\>dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3150092.24
msgid "Title"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3150033.25
msgid "Inserts the title as entered in the \<emph\>Description \</emph\>tab of the \<emph\>File Properties \</emph\>dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290272
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3149956.26
msgid "For the \"Created\", \"Modified\", and \"Last printed\" field types, you can include the author, date, and time of the corresponding operation."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290382
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#hd_id3149608.28
msgid "Fixed content"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3150767.29
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FLD_DOKINF:CB_DOKINFFIXEDCONTENT\"\>Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp#par_id3155554.30
msgid "Fields with fixed content are only evaluated when you create a new document from a template that contains such a field. For example, a date field with fixed content inserts the date that a new document was created from the template."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#tit
msgid "Variables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#bm_id8526261
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>user-defined fields, restriction\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#hd_id3153716.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\"\>Variables\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3150764.2
msgid "Variable fields let you add dynamic content to your document. For example, you can use a variable to reset the page numbering."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3149759.3
msgid "User-defined fields are only available in the current document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243625
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the \<emph\>Select \</emph\>list, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3150703.4
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3154096.5
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3149803.6
msgid "Set Variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3150996.7
msgid "Defines a variable and its value. You can change the value of a variable by clicking in front of the variable field, and then choosing \<emph\>Edit - Field\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3154571.8
msgid "Show Variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3153669.9
msgid "Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the \<emph\>Selection \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3147531.10
msgid "DDE field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3149684.11
msgid "Inserts a \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\"\>DDE\</link\> link into the document, that you can update as often as you want through the assigned name."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3159196.12
msgid "Insert Formula"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3151322.13
msgid "Inserts a fixed number, or the result of a formula."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3149494.14
msgid "Input field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3154829.15
msgid "Inserts a new value for a variable or a User Field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3149098.37
msgid "The value of a variable in an Input field is only valid from where the field is inserted and onwards. To change the value of the variable later in the document, insert another Input field of the same name, but with a different value. However, the value of a User Field is changed globally."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3151255.38
msgid "The variables are displayed in the \<emph\>Selection\</emph\> field. When you click the \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> button, the dialog\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"Input Field\"\>\<emph\>Input Field\</emph\>\</link\> appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3149034.16
msgid "Number range"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3152772.17
msgid "Inserts automatic numbering for tables, graphics, or text frames."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3147073.18
msgid "Set page variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3154389.19
msgid "Inserts a reference point in the document, after which the page count restarts. Select \"on\" to enable the reference point, and \"off\" to disable it. You can also enter an offset to start the page count at a different number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3156267.20
msgid "Show Page Variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3150588.21
msgid "Displays the number of pages from the \"Set page variable\" reference point to this field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3145779.22
msgid "User Field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3151377.23
msgid "Inserts a custom global variable. You can use the User Field to define a variable for a condition statement. When you change a User Field, all instances of the variable in the document are updated."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243892
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3148886.25
msgid "For user-defined fields, click the format that you want to apply in the \<emph\>Format \</emph\>list, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243880
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243951
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3155860.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARFORMAT\"\>In the \<emph\>Format\</emph\> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#hd_id3888363
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id7453535
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\"\>Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3326822
msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> and double-click the field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3150696.36
msgid "In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the \"Set variable\" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the \<emph\>Value \</emph\>box is converted to an opening HTML \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags\" name=\"tag\"\>tag\</link\> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3149555.46
msgid "If you double-click an entry while holding the Ctrl key or select the desired variable and press the spacebar, it is immediately inserted into your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#hd_id3155969.27
msgid "Formula"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3155982.28
msgid "This option is only available if the \"Insert formula\" field type is selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#hd_id3149229.29
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3156233.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_CB_VARINVISIBLE\"\>Hides the field contents in the document.\</ahelp\> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the \"Set Variable\" and \"User Field\" field types."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#hd_id3146326.39
msgid "Chapter numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3146340.40
msgid "Sets the options for resetting chapter numbers."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#hd_id3147456.41
msgid "Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3149836.42
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARCHAPTERLEVEL\"\>Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#hd_id3147594.43
msgid "Separator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3148846.44
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_VAR_ED_VARSEPARATOR\"\>Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#hd_id3147057.31
msgid "Apply"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3155562.32
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_APPLY\"\>Adds the user-defined field to the \<emph\>Selection\</emph\> list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#hd_id3151080.33
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3154769.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_DELETE\"\>Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.\</ahelp\> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3145318
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3153293\" src=\"svx/res/nu02.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3153293\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp#par_id3150169.35
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#tit
msgid "Database"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#hd_id3153536.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\"\>Database\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3154471.2
msgid "You can insert fields from any database, for example, address fields, into your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id090220080439090
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the \<emph\>Select \</emph\>list, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3154196.3
msgid "Field type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3149484.4
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3149096.5
msgid "Any Record"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3151257.6
msgid "Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the \<emph\>Record Number\</emph\> box as a mail merge field if the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Condition\"\>\<emph\>Condition\</emph\>\</link\> that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3147100.7
msgid "You can use this field to insert several records into a document. Simply insert the \<emph\>Any Record\</emph\> field in front of the form letter fields that use a certain record."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3153632.8
msgid "Database Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3152776.9
msgid "Inserts the name of the database table selected in the \<emph\>Database selection \</emph\>box. The \"Database Name\" field is a global field, that is, if you insert a different database name in your document, the contents of all previously inserted \"Database Name\" fields are updated."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3149167.15
msgid "Mail merge field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3145779.16
msgid "Inserts the name of a database field as a placeholder, so that you can create a mail merge document. The field content is automatically inserted when you print the form letter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3151372.12
msgid "Next record"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3150114.13
msgid "Inserts the contents of the next mail merge field in your document, if the condition that you define is met. The records that you want to include must be selected in the data source view."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3155861.14
msgid "You can use the \"Next record\" field to insert the contents of consecutive records between the mail merge fields in a document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3147412.10
msgid "Record number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3147495.11
msgid "Inserts the number of the selected database record."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#hd_id3149565.17
msgid "Database Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3145268.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_DB_SELECTION_TLB\"\>Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.\</ahelp\> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id0902200804391084
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3147739.19
msgid "If you want, you can assign a condition that must be met before the contents of the \"Any Record\" and \"Next Record\" fields are inserted. The default condition is \"True\", that is, the condition is always true if you do not change the condition text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#hd_id3146336.20
msgid "Record number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3149836.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBSETNUMBER\"\>Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.\</ahelp\> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3153305.22
msgid "If you refer to fields in a different database (or in a different table or query within the same database), $[officename] determines the record number relative to the current selection."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#hd_id3156109.23
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3156122.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#hd_id3150904.25
msgid "From database"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3150922.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBOWNFORMAT\"\>Uses the format defined in the selected database.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_idN1076E
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_idN10772
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"878711313\"\>Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#hd_id3155084.27
msgid "User defined"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3154333.28
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBFORMAT\"\>Applies the format that you select in the \<emph\>List of user-defined formats\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#hd_id3146948.29
msgid "List of user-defined formats"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_id3150093.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DB:LB_DBFORMAT\"\>Lists the available user-defined formats.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_idN107FF
msgid "Printing a form letter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_idN10803
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\"\>Mail Merge\</link\> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_idN10812
msgid "Do not show warning again"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp#par_idN10816
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Suppresses this dialog from now on. There is no easy way to get it back!\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#tit
msgid "Special Tags"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#bm_id3154106
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tags; in $[officename] Writer\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>$[officename] Writer; special HTML tags\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>HTML;special tags for fields\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>fields;HTML import and export\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>time fields;HTML\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>date fields;HTML\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>DocInformation fields\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#hd_id3154106.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp\" name=\"Special Tags\"\>Special Tags\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3153669.3
msgid "When you save a document that contains fields as an HTML document, $[officename] automatically converts date, time, and DocInformation fields to special HTML tags. The field contents are inserted between the opening and closing HTML tags of the converted fields. These special HTML tags do not correspond to standard HTML tags."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3152960.4
msgid "$[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#hd_id3154570.5
msgid "Date and Time Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3149696.6
msgid "For \"Date\" and \"Time\" fields, the TYPE parameter equals DATETIME. The format of the date or the time is specified by the SDNUM parameter, for example, DD:MM:YY for dates, or HH:MM:SS for time."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3155183.7
msgid "For fixed date and time fields, the date or the time is specified by the SDVAL parameter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3149485.8
msgid "Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3151257.9
msgid "Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3148970.10
msgid "$[officename] Tag"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3147102.11
msgid "Date is fixed"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3153634.12
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4239988426\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/YY\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3155137.13
msgid "Date is variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3156275.14
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/YY\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3145774.15
msgid "Time is fixed"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3155915.16
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4240335648\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3150110.17
msgid "Time is variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3155862.18
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#hd_id3147409.23
msgid "DocInformation Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3147487.24
msgid "For DocInformation fields, the TYPE parameter equals DOCINFO. The SUBTYPE parameter displays the specific field type, for example, for the \"Created\" DocInformation field, SUBTYPE=CREATE. For date and time DocInformation fields, the FORMAT parameter equals DATE or TIME, and the SDNUM parameter indicates the number format that is used. The SDFIXED parameter indicates if the content of the DocInformation field is fixed or not."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3147501.25
msgid "The contents of a fixed date or time field are equal to the SDVAL parameter, otherwise the contents are equal to the text found between the SDFIELD HTML tags."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3149562.26
msgid "Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3147738.27
msgid "Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3146334.28
msgid "$[officename] Tag"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3149846.29
msgid "Description (fixed content)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3148863.30
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=COMMENT SDFIXED>Description</SDFIELD>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3151083.31
msgid "Creation date"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3153298.32
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM=\"1031;1031;QQ YY\">1. Quarter 98</SDFIELD>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3150175.33
msgid "Creation time (fixed content)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3156134.34
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=TIME SDVAL=\"0\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS AM/PM\" SDFIXED>03:58:35 PM</SDFIELD>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3155077.35
msgid "Modification date"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#par_id3154330.36
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CHANGE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM=\"1031;1031;NN DD MMM, YY\">Mo 23 Feb, 98</SDFIELD>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp#tit
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp#hd_id3147515.1
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp#par_id3146041.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLD_INPUT\"\>Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.\</ahelp\> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp#par_id3154470.7
msgid "To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp#hd_id3153669.3
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp#par_id3154571.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:DLG_FLD_INPUT:ED_EDIT\"\>The upper box displays the name that you entered in the \<emph\>Reference\</emph\> box of the Input Field on the \<emph\>Functions \</emph\>tab of the \<emph\>Fields\</emph\> dialog. The lower box displays the contents of the field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp#hd_id3155897.5
msgid "Next"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp#par_id3149691.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_FLD_INPUT:PB_NEXT\"\>Jumps to the next input field in the document.\</ahelp\> This button is only available when you position the cursor directly before an input field, and then press Shift+Ctrl+F9."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#tit
msgid "Defining Conditions"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#bm_id3145828
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>logical expressions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formulating conditions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>conditions; in fields and sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>fields;defining conditions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>sections;defining conditions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>variables; in conditions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>user data;in conditions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>databases;in conditions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>hiding; database fields\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#hd_id3145828.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"defining_conditions\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\"\>Defining Conditions\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3145242.13
msgid "Conditions are logical expressions that you can use to control the display of \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\"\>fields\</link\> and \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\"\>sections\</link\> in your document. Although the following examples apply to fields, they also apply to sections."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147171.93
msgid "You can define conditions for the following field types:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3151185.14
msgid "Conditional text: displays text A if the condition is true, or text B if the condition is false."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149289.15
msgid "Hidden text: hides the contents of the field if the condition is true."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3145412.16
msgid "Hidden paragraph: hides the paragraph if the condition is true."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147515.17
msgid "Any record and next record: controls the access to database records."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149802.18
msgid "The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a \<emph\>Condition \</emph\>box using the following values:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153677.19
msgid "TRUE"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3152960.20
msgid "The condition is always met. You can also enter any value not equal to 0 as the conditional text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155900.21
msgid "FALSE"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154191.22
msgid "The condition is not met. You can also enter the value 0."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147090.23
msgid "If you leave the \<emph\>Condition \</emph\>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148980.24
msgid "When you define a condition, use the same \<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\"\>elements\</link\> for defining a formula, namely comparative operators, mathematical and statistical functions, number formats, variables and constants."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153638.25
msgid "You can use the following types of variables when you define a condition:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155135.27
msgid "Predefined \<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\"\>$[officename] variables\</link\> that use statistics on document properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156273.26
msgid "Custom variables, that are a created with the \"Set variable\" field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149174.94
msgid "Variables based on user data"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3145781.28
msgid "Variables based on the contents of database fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155916.29
msgid "You cannot use internal variables, such as page and chapter numbers, in condition expression."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#hd_id3151375.30
msgid "Conditions and Variables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150122.31
msgid "The following examples use a variable called \"x\":"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147417.32
msgid "x == 1 or x EQ 1"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147500.33
msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" is equal to 1."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3145259.34
msgid "x != 1 or x NEQ 1"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150551.35
msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" does not equal 1."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147749.36
msgid "sinx == 0"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3146345.37
msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" is a multiple of pi."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149846.38
msgid "To use comparative operators with strings, the operands must be bounded by double quotation marks:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3151078.39
msgid "x == \"ABC\" or x EQ \"ABC\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150162.40
msgid "Checks if variable \"x\" contains (true) the \"ABC\" string, or not (false)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153301.41
msgid "x == \"\" or x EQ \"\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156120.90
msgid "or"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156133.42
msgid "!x or NOT x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156112.44
msgid "Checks if the variable \"x\" contains an empty string."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150097.45
msgid "The \"equal\" comparative operator must be represented by two equal signs (==) in a condition. For example, if you define a variable \"x\" with the value of 1, you can enter the condition as x==1."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#hd_id3148791.95
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150028.96
msgid "You can include user data when you define conditions. To change your user data, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - $[officename] - User data\</emph\>. User data must be entered in the form of strings. You can query the user data with \"==\" (EQ), \"!=\" (NEQ), or \"!\"(NOT)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153124.97
msgid "The following table lists user data variables and their meanings:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149632.130
msgid "Variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150662.131
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154026.98
msgid "user_firstname"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149953.99
msgid "First name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147272.100
msgid "user_lastname"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149601.101
msgid "Last name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150770.102
msgid "user_initials"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155529.103
msgid "Initials"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148705.104
msgid "user_company"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148728.105
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155361.106
msgid "user_street"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154222.107
msgid "Street"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3145108.108
msgid "user_country"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3146885.109
msgid "Country"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149580.110
msgid "user_zipcode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156241.111
msgid "Zip code"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148922.112
msgid "user_city"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148945.113
msgid "City"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156053.114
msgid "user_title"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3159219.115
msgid "Title"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156435.116
msgid "user_position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3145178.117
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150797.118
msgid "user_tel_work"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150820.119
msgid "Business telephone number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150894.120
msgid "user_tel_home"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155320.121
msgid "Home telephone number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154400.122
msgid "user_fax"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153363.123
msgid "Fax number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153390.124
msgid "user_email"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154948.125
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3145603.126
msgid "user_state"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150129.127
msgid "State (not in all $[officename] versions)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150147.128
msgid "For example, to hide a paragraph, text, or a section from a user with a specific initial, such as \"LM\", enter the condition: user_initials==\"LM\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#hd_id3154115.46
msgid "Conditions and Database Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154128.47
msgid "You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the contents of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156066.132
msgid "Example"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156088.133
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155948.48
msgid "Database.Table.Company"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148673.91
msgid "Database.Table.Company NEQ \"\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148687.92
msgid "Database.Table.Company != \"\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155373.49
msgid "The condition is true if the COMPANY field is not empty. (In the first example, no operator is required.)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149977.7
msgid "!Database.Table.Company"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149991.129
msgid "NOT Database.Table.Company"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150004.50
msgid "Database.Table.Company EQ \"\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3146911.9
msgid "Database.Table.Company ==\"\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148733.8
msgid "Returns TRUE if the COMPANY field is empty."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148762.5
msgid "Database.Table.Company !=\"Sun\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153016.149
msgid "Database.Table.Company NEQ \"Sun\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153040.6
msgid "Returns TRUE if the current entry in the COMPANY field is not \"Sun\". (Exclamation sign represents a logical NOT.)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154605.51
msgid "Database.Table.Firstname AND Database.Table.Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153059.52
msgid "Returns TRUE if the record contains the first and the last name."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3159247.53
msgid "Note the difference between the boolean NOT \"!\" and the comparative operator not equal \"!=\" (NEQ)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153876.54
msgid "When you refer to a database field in a condition, use the form Databasename.Tablename.Fieldname. If one of the names contains a character that is an operator, such as a minus sign (-), enclose the name in square brackets, for example, Databasename.[Table-name].Fieldname. Never use spaces inside field names."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153891.55
msgid "Example: Hiding an Empty Database Field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150051.56
msgid "You may want to create a condition that hides an empty field, for example, if the COMPANY field is empty for some of the data records."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150067.57
msgid "Select the \<emph\>Hidden Paragraph\</emph\> list entry, and type the following condition: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ \"\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147110.150
msgid "or type the following"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147123.151
msgid "NOT Addressbook.Addresses.Company"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147136.152
msgid "If the COMPANY database field is empty, the condition is true and the paragraph is hidden."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150232.58
msgid "To display hidden paragraphs on the screen, you can choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</emph\>, and clear the \<emph\>Fields: Hidden paragraphs\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#hd_id3145218.59
msgid "Examples of Conditions in Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3145231.60
msgid "The following examples use the Conditional text field, although they can be applied to any fields that can be linked to a condition. The syntax used for conditions is also used for the Hidden text, Hidden paragraph, Any record or Next record fields."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#hd_id3150311.61
msgid "To display conditional text based on the number of pages:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150333.136
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\>, and then click the \<emph\>Functions\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147471.62
msgid "In the \<emph\>Type\</emph\> list, click \"Conditional text\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154294.63
msgid "In the \<emph\>Condition \</emph\>box, type \"page == 1\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154319.64
msgid "In the \<emph\>Then\</emph\> box, type \"There is only one page\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150640.65
msgid "In the \<emph\>Or \</emph\>box, type \"There are several pages\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153086.137
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>, and then click \<emph\>Close\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#hd_id3155814.67
msgid "To display conditional text based on a user-defined Variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155836.138
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\>, and then click the \<emph\>Variables\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155109.68
msgid "In the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>list, click \"Set Variable\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147008.139
msgid "In the\<emph\> Name\</emph\> box, type \"Profit\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147032.140
msgid "In the\<emph\> Value\</emph\> box, type \"5000\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3152974.141
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3152998.70
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Functions\</emph\> tab, and click \"Conditional text\" in the \<emph\>Type\</emph\> list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150952.142
msgid "In the \<emph\>Condition\</emph\> box, type \"Profit < 5000\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156291.71
msgid "In the \<emph\>Then\</emph\> box, type \"Target is not met\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3156317.72
msgid "In the \<emph\>Or \</emph\>box, type \"Target is met\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154366.143
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3154389.73
msgid "To edit the contents of the \"Profit\" variable, double-click the variable field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#hd_id3155573.74
msgid "To display conditional text based on the contents of a database field:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3155587.144
msgid "The first part of this example inserts a space between the \"First Name\" and \"Last Name\" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename]."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150523.145
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\>, and then click the \<emph\>Database\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148811.75
msgid "In the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>list, click \"Mail merge fields\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3148841.76
msgid "In the\<emph\> Database selection\</emph\> box, double-click an address book, click \"First Name\", and then click\<emph\> Insert\</emph\>. Repeat for \"Last Name\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3147549.78
msgid "In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the \<emph\>Fields \</emph\>dialog:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150416.79
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Functions\</emph\> tab, and then click \"Conditional text\" in the \<emph\>Type\</emph\> list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153589.146
msgid "In the \<emph\>Condition \</emph\>box, type: \"Addressbook.addresses.firstname\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153615.80
msgid "In the \<emph\>Then \</emph\>box, type a space and leave the \<emph\>Or \</emph\>box blank."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3153562.84
msgid "You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the First Name field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150574.147
msgid "In the \<emph\>Fields \</emph\>dialog, click the \<emph\>Functions \</emph\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3150605.85
msgid "In the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>box, click \"Conditional text\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3151277.86
msgid "In the \<emph\>Condition \</emph\>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == \"Michael\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3151303.87
msgid "In the \<emph\>Then \</emph\>box, type \"Dear\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149138.88
msgid "In the \<emph\>Else\</emph\> box, type \"Hello\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#par_id3149163.148
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp#tit
msgid "Indexes and Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp#hd_id3151380.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp\" name=\"Indexes and Tables\"\>Indexes and Tables\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp#par_idN105AC
msgid "Opens a menu to insert index entries and to insert indexes and tables."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp#par_id3150114.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Indexes\"\>Instructions for Indexes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp#hd_id3147416.3
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Entry\"\>Entry\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp#hd_id3147501.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"Indexes and Tables\"\>Indexes and Tables\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp#hd_id3155620.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Entry\"\>Bibliography Entry\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Index Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3154508.1
msgid "Insert Index Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3150565.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"eintrag\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\"\>Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3147571.15
msgid "To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Index Entry\"\>\<emph\>Edit - Index Entry\</emph\>\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3145760.22
msgid "You can leave the \<emph\>Insert Index Entry\</emph\> dialog open while you select and insert entries."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3145410.3
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3147508.5
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3154103.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_TYPE\"\>Select the index that you want to add the entry to.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3153527.7
msgid "Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3151312.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_ENTRY\"\>Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3154480.9
msgid "1st key"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3152953.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PRIM_KEY\"\>Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key, the index entry is \"weather, cold\".\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3154572.11
msgid "2nd key"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3155904.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_SEC_KEY\"\>Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key and \"winter\" as the 2nd key, the index entry is \"weather, winter, cold\".\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3155174.39
msgid "Phonetic reading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3149484.40
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PHONETIC_READING\"\>Enter the phonetic reading for the corresponding entry. For example, if a Japanese Kanji word has more than one pronunciation, enter the correct pronunciation as a Katakana word. The Kanji word is then sorted according to the phonetic reading entry.\</ahelp\> This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3143284.24
msgid "Main Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3151248.25
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_MAIN_ENTRY\"\>Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.\</ahelp\> $[officename] displays the page number of the main entry in a different format than the other entries in the index."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3149821.13
msgid "Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3147098.14
msgid "Entries using the paragraph format \"Heading X\" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_LEVEL\"/\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3149175.16
msgid "This option is available only for table of contents and user-defined index entries."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3156278.19
msgid "Apply to all similar texts"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3145783.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_APPLY_ALL\"\>Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3155920.21
msgid "You cannot use the function for an \<emph\>Entry \</emph\>that you entered manually in this dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3147496.18
msgid "To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose\<emph\> Edit - Find & Replace\</emph\>, and click \<emph\>Find All\</emph\>. Then choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\</emph\> and click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3149568.32
msgid "Match case"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3147741.33
msgid "Whole words only"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3146345.26
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3149845.27
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_OK\"\>Marks an index entry in your text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3148855.34
msgid "Close"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3154777.35
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_CLOSE\"\>Closes the dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3151083.28
msgid "New user-defined index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3150161.29
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEW\"\>Opens the \<emph\>Create New User-defined Index\</emph\> dialog where you can create a custom index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#hd_id3153296.30
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3153507.31
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_NEW_USER_IDX:ED_NAME\"\>Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp#par_id3156124.38
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\"\>Using Tables of Content and Indexes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Index/Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp#hd_id3151312.1
msgid "Insert Index/Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp#par_id3154476.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"verzeichnisse\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertMultiIndex\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.\</ahelp\> To edit an index or table of contents, place the cursor in the index or table of contents, and then choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables\</emph\>.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp#par_id3154575.3
msgid "You can also preview the index or table in this dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp#par_id3155905.4
msgid "Depending on the type of index or table that you select, the following tabs are present."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp#par_id3149481.5
msgid "Use this tab to specify the column layout for the index or table of contents. By default, the index title is one-column wide and extends out from left page margin."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp#par_id3149095.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\"\>Using Tables of Content and Indexes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#tit
msgid "Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#hd_id3145825.36
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp\" name=\"Styles\"\>Styles\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#par_id3154505.37
msgid "You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#hd_id3150565.26
msgid "Assignment"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#hd_id3147171.28
msgid "Levels"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#par_id3151180.29
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_LEVEL\"\>Select the index level that you change the formatting of.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#hd_id3147571.30
msgid "Paragraph Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#par_id3149290.31
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_PARALAY\"\>Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (\<emph\><) \</emph\>button.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#hd_id3145418.32
msgid "<"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#par_id3154099.33
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_TOX_STYLES_BT_ASSIGN\"\>Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#hd_id3149807.34
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#par_id3153539.35
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_STD\"\>Resets the formatting of the selected level to the \"Default\" paragraph style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#hd_id3154474.38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp#par_id3153675.39
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_EDIT_STYLE\"\>Opens the \<emph\>Paragraph Style\</emph\> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#tit
msgid "Index/Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#hd_id3150933.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\"\>Index/Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#par_id3148390.2
msgid "Use this tab to specify and define the type of \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"index\"\>index\</link\> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#par_id3153921.3
msgid "Depending on the type of index that you select, this tab contains the following options."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#hd_id3147175.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Table of Contents\"\>Table of Contents\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#hd_id3151183.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Alphabetical Index\"\>Alphabetical Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#hd_id3154645.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Illustration Index\"\>Illustration Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#hd_id3151265.7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"Index of Tables\"\>Index of Tables\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#hd_id3153152.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined\"\>User-Defined\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#hd_id3149759.9
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"Table of Objects\"\>Table of Objects\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#hd_id3145410.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography\"\>Bibliography\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#par_id3154278.11
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\"\>Using Tables of Content and Indexes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp#par_id3152942.12
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\"\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#tit
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3150018.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index\"\>Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3150570.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"verzeichnis\"\>The following options are available when you select \<emph\>Table of Contents \</emph\>as the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\"\>index\</link\> type. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3150763.3
msgid "Type and Title"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3149286.4
msgid "Specify the type and title of the index."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3151171.5
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3145418.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_TYPE\"\>Select the type of index that you want to insert.\</ahelp\> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables\</emph\>, you can then edit that index."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3149801.7
msgid "Title"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3153532.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_TOX_SELECT:ED_TITLE\"\>Enter a title for the selected index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3151317.9
msgid "Protected against manual changes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3153665.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY\"\>Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.\</ahelp\> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</emph\>, and then select the \<emph\>Cursor in protected areas - Enabled \</emph\>check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3155893.11
msgid "Create index for"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3149688.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_AREA\"\>Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3154199.13
msgid "Evaluation level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3143270.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TOX_SELECT:NF_LEVEL\"\>Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3149484.15
msgid "Create from"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3149096.16
msgid "Use this area to specify which information to include in an index."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3149815.17
msgid "Outline"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3151253.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMHEADINGS\"\>Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id1209200804373840
msgid "You can also assign the outline levels in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\"\>Outline & Numbering\</link\> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3153633.21
msgid "Additional Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3152772.22
msgid "\<variable id=\"vorlg\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_ADDSTYLES\"\>Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the \<emph\>Assign Styles\</emph\> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the \<emph\>Assign Styles (...\</emph\>) button to the right of this box.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3149168.23
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3145776.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:PB_ADDSTYLES\"\>Opens the \<emph\>Assign Styles\</emph\> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#hd_id3151374.25
msgid "Index marks"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#par_id3155861.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_TOXMARKS\"\>Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\</emph\> in the index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#tit
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3147338.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Index\"\>Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3155962.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"verzeichnis\"\>The following options are available when you select \<emph\>Alphabetical Index \</emph\>as the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\"\>index\</link\> type. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3153247.3
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3154651.5
msgid "Combine identical entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3153810.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_COLLECTSAME\"\>Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 43\" are combined as \"View 10, 43\".\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3147403.7
msgid "Combine identical entries with p or pp"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3083451.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USEFF\"\>Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a \"p\" or \"pp\". For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10pp\", and \"View 10, View 11\" as \"View 10p\".\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3157870.9
msgid "Combine with -"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3145825.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USE_DASH\"\>Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10-12\".\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3154502.11
msgid "Case sensitive"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3149880.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE\"\>Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.\</ahelp\> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select \<emph\>Combine identical entries\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_idN10671
msgid "To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select \<emph\>Case sensitive\</emph\>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3150569.13
msgid "AutoCapitalize entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3148772.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS\"\>Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3155986.15
msgid "Keys as separate entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3147170.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_KEYASENTRY\"\>Inserts index keys as separate index entries.\</ahelp\> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3151184.17
msgid "To define an index key, choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert Index Entry\"\>\<emph\>Insert Index Entry\</emph\>\</link\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3154646.18
msgid "Concordance file"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3156322.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_FROMFILE\"\>Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3150258.24
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3149287.25
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_MENUBUTTON_TP_TOX_SELECT_MB_AUTOMARK\"\>Select, create, or edit a concordance file.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3152950.32
msgid "Sort"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3149812.33
msgid "Sets the options for sorting the index entries."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3150347.34
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3154475.35
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_LANGUAGE\"\>Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#hd_id3153675.36
msgid "Key type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#par_id3147530.37
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_SORTALG\"\>Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#tit
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#hd_id3147570.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Index\"\>Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3145415.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"verzeichnis\"\>The following options are available when you select the \<emph\>Illustration Index \</emph\>as the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\"\>index\</link\> type.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#hd_id3153534.3
msgid "Create from"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3151315.4
msgid "Specify the information to be combined to form an index."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#hd_id3154478.5
msgid "Captions"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3153677.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMCAPTIONS\"\>Creates index entries from object captions.\</ahelp\> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose \<emph\>Insert - Caption\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#hd_id3154576.7
msgid "Category"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3149687.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_CAPTIONSEQUENCE\"\>Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#hd_id3154195.9
msgid "Display"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3155186.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_DISPLAYTYPE\"\>Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.\</ahelp\> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text \"Illustration 24: The Sun\", where \"Illustration 24\" was automatically generated, and \"The Sun\" was added by the user."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3151260.11
msgid "Selections in the Display list box"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3148972.12
msgid "Entry in the Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3147213.13
msgid "Reference Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3153636.14
msgid "Illustration 24: The Sun"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3152768.15
msgid "Category and Number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3155145.16
msgid "Illustration 24"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3149168.17
msgid "Caption"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3145781.18
msgid "The Sun"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3155915.19
msgid "If you select \"Caption Text\", the punctuation and the space at the beginning of the caption does not appear in the index entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#hd_id3151378.20
msgid "Object names"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp#par_id3155863.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMOBJECTNAMES\"\>Creates index entries from object names.\</ahelp\> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp#tit
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp#hd_id3151387.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"Index\"\>Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp#par_id3146320.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"verzeichnis\"\>The following options are available when you select \<emph\>Index of Tables \</emph\>as the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\"\>index\</link\> type.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#tit
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#hd_id3150568.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"Index\"\>Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#par_id3151183.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"verzeichnis\"\>The following options are available when you select \<emph\>User-Defined \</emph\>as the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\"\>index\</link\> type.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#par_id3151174.4
msgid "User-defined indexes are available in the \<emph\>Type\</emph\> box when you insert an index entry in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#hd_id3154097.5
msgid "Create from"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#hd_id3149802.7
msgid "Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#hd_id3151320.8
msgid "Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#par_id3154473.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMTABLES\"\>Includes tables in the index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#hd_id3154569.10
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#par_id3153676.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMGRAPHICS\"\>Includes graphics in the index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#hd_id3149685.12
msgid "Text frames"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#par_id3154195.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMFRAMES\"\>Includes text frames in the index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#hd_id3155182.14
msgid "OLE objects"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#par_id3143282.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMOLE\"\>Includes OLE objects in the index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#hd_id3149095.16
msgid "Use level from source chapter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#par_id3151250.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_LEVELFROMCHAPTER\"\>Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp#par_id3147088.18
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Defining an index entry\"\>Defining an index entry\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp#tit
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp#hd_id3145247.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"Index\"\>Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp#par_id3147175.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"verzeichnis\"\>The following options are available when you select \<emph\>Table of Objects \</emph\>as the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\"\>index\</link\> type.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp#hd_id3151174.3
msgid "Create from the following objects"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp#par_id3153417.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_OLE_CHECKLB\"\>Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#tit
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#hd_id3146322.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"Index\"\>Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#par_id3145825.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"verzeichnis\"\>The following options are available when you select \<emph\>Bibliography \</emph\>as the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\"\>index\</link\> type.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#hd_id3148773.3
msgid "Formatting of the entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#hd_id3147167.5
msgid "Number entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#par_id3154647.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_SEQUENCE\"\>Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.\</ahelp\> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\"\>Entries\</link\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#hd_id3150759.7
msgid "Brackets"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp#par_id3149295.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_BRACKET\"\>Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp#tit
msgid "Assign Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp#hd_id3155621.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp\" name=\"Assign Styles\"\>Assign Styles\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp#par_id3145828.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp#hd_id3145249.3
msgid "Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp#par_id3150566.4
msgid "The list contains the paragraph styles that you can assign to index levels."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp#par_id3147176.5
msgid "To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the\<emph\> Styles\</emph\> list, and then click the \<emph\>>> \</emph\>button to move the style to the index level that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp#hd_id3150762.6
msgid "<<"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp#par_id3149289.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_LEFT\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp#hd_id3151178.8
msgid ">>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp#par_id3157903.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_RIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#tit
msgid "Entries (indexes/tables)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#hd_id3149349.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp\" name=\"Entries (indexes/tables)\"\>Entries (indexes/tables)\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#par_id3154504.2
msgid "\<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"HID_TP_TOX_ENTRY\"\>Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\"\>Index/Table\</link\> tab.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#hd_id3148770.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"Table of Contents\"\>Table of Contents\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#hd_id3147564.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Alphabetical Index\"\>Alphabetical Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#hd_id3151188.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Illustration Index\"\>Illustration Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#hd_id3150761.7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"Index of Tables\"\>Index of Tables\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#hd_id3153517.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined\"\>User-Defined\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#hd_id3151175.9
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"Table of Objects\"\>Table of Objects\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp#hd_id3147506.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography\"\>Bibliography\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tit
msgid "Entries (table of contents)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3145827.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"Entries (table of contents)\"\>Entries (table of contents)\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3150017.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"eintraege\"\>Specify the format of the entries in the table of contents.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3148774.3
msgid "Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3147169.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the level that you want to define.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3147569.6
msgid "Structure and formatting"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3154638.7
msgid "The \<emph\>Structure \</emph\>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3149292.35
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Displays the remainder of the \<emph\>Structure \</emph\>line.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3147512.8
msgid "To delete a code from the \<emph\>Structure \</emph\>line, click the code, and then press the \<item type=\"keycode\"\>Delete\</item\> key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3149806.9
msgid "To replace a code from the \<emph\>Structure \</emph\>line, click the code, and then click a code button."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3154480.10
msgid "To add a code to the \<emph\>Structure \</emph\>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3153675.11
msgid "Chapter number (E#)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3154567.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO\"\>Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose\<emph\> Tools - Outline Numbering\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3149691.13
msgid "Entry text (E)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3154199.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRY\"\>Inserts the text of the chapter heading.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3143276.15
msgid "Tab stop (T)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3149490.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB\"\>Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the \<emph\>Fill character box\</emph\>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the \<emph\>Tab stop position \</emph\>box, or select the \<emph\>Align right \</emph\>check box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3151257.17
msgid "Page number (#)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3148981.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_PAGENO\"\>Inserts the page number of the entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3147212.19
msgid " Hyperlink (LS and LE)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3153631.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_HYPERLINK\"\>Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the \<emph\>Structure \</emph\>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3152766.36
msgid "All"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3155137.37
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ALL_LEVELS\"\>Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3153355.21
msgid "Character Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3156277.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHARSTYLE\"\>Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the \<emph\>Structure line\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3145772.23
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3151372.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE\"\>Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3155909.25
msgid "Fill character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3150112.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_FILLCHAR\"\>Select the tab leader that you want use.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3155859.27
msgid "Tab stop position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3150689.28
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TOX_ENTRY:MF_TABPOS\"\>Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3147415.29
msgid "Align right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3147495.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_AUTORIGHT\"\>Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3145269.31
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id6499221
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#hd_id3149559.33
msgid "Tab position relative to Paragraph Style indent"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#par_id3150554.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_RELTOSTYLE\"\>Positions the tab stop relative to the \"indent from left\" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the \<emph\>Styles\</emph\> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#tit
msgid "Entries (alphabetical index)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#hd_id3147506.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Entries (alphabetical index)\"\>Entries (alphabetical index)\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#par_id3154100.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"eintraege\"\>Specify the format of the alphabetical index entries. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#par_id3153532.3
msgid "Level \"S\" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, select the \<emph\>Alphabetical delimiter\</emph\> check box in the \<emph\>Format\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#hd_id3152957.4
msgid "Chapter Info"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#par_id3154573.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_CHAPTERINFO\"\>Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the \<emph\>Chapter entry \</emph\>box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#hd_id3149692.6
msgid "Chapter entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#par_id3155174.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHAPTERENTRY\"\>Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#hd_id7605517
msgid "Evaluate up to level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#par_id6739402
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the maximum hierarchy level down to which objects are shown in the generated index.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#hd_id3149493.8
msgid "Character Style for main entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#par_id3149109.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_MAIN_ENTRY_STYLE\"\>Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose \<emph\>Edit - \</emph\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"\>\<emph\>Index Entry\</emph\>\</link\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#hd_id3148977.10
msgid "Alphabetical delimiter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#par_id3147100.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_ALPHADELIM\"\>Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#hd_id3147226.12
msgid "Key separated by commas"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp#par_id3153631.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_COMMASEPARATED\"\>Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp#tit
msgid "Entries (illustration index)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp#hd_id3145244.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Entries (illustration index)\"\>Entries (illustration index)\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp#par_id3148769.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"eintraege\"\>Specify the format for the illustration index entries. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp#par_id3154639.3
msgid "Illustration Indexes only have one index level."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp#tit
msgid "Entries (index of tables)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp#hd_id3147406.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"Entries (index of tables)\"\>Entries (index of tables)\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp#par_id3146318.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"eintraege\"\>Specify the format for the entries in an Index of Tables. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp#par_id3150020.3
msgid "An Index of Tables only has one index level."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp#tit
msgid "Entries (user-defined index)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp#hd_id3147406.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"Entries (user-defined index)\"\>Entries (user-defined index)\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp#par_id3146318.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"eintraege\"\>Specify the format for the entries in a user-defined index. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp#par_id3150020.3
msgid "User-defined indexes do not support sub-keys."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp#tit
msgid "Entries (table of objects)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp#hd_id3147401.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"Entries (table of objects)\"\>Entries (table of objects)\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp#par_id3083447.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"eintraege\"\>Specify the format for the entries in a Table of Objects. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp#par_id3150017.3
msgid "A Table of Objects only has one index level."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#tit
msgid "Entries (bibliography)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3151388.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries (bibliography)\"\>Entries (bibliography)\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3083449.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"eintraege\"\>Specify the format for bibliography entries.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id31544970
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3150017.3
msgid "The types that are displayed depend on the different literature sources."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3150570.4
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3147175.5
msgid "Lists the available bibliography entries. \<ahelp hid=\".\"\>To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\> Use the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\"\>Define Bibliography Entry\</link\> dialog to add new entries."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3149287.6
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3151178.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHINSERT\"\>Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3154096.8
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3149807.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHREMOVE\"\>Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3154470.10
msgid "Sort by"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3154482.11
msgid "Specify the sorting options for the bibliography entries."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3153665.12
msgid "Document position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3151314.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_DOCPOS\"\>Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.\</ahelp\> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3154576.14
msgid "Content"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3149687.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTCONTENT\"\>Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3155175.16
msgid "Sort keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3143270.18
msgid "1, 2 or 3"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3149491.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_THIRDKEY\"\>Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the \<emph\>Content\</emph\> radio button in the \<emph\>Sort by\</emph\> area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3149826.20
msgid "AZ"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3147098.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTUP3\"\>Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#hd_id3148981.22
msgid "ZA"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp#par_id3149041.23
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTDOWN3\"\>Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#tit
msgid "Define Bibliography Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#hd_id3147176.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\"\>Define Bibliography Entry\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#par_id3151183.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTH_ENTRY\"\>Change the content of a bibliography entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#hd_id3151175.3
msgid "Entry data"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#par_id3145419.4
msgid "Enter a short name and select the appropriate source type. You can now enter data into the other fields belonging for the entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#hd_id3154097.5
msgid "Short name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#par_id3145582.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER\"\>Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#par_id3153527.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4\"\>This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#hd_id3155185.7
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#par_id3143283.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE\"\>Select the source for the bibliography entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp#par_id3147091.12
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Formatting bibliography entries\"\>Formatting bibliography entries\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#tit
msgid "Edit Concordance File"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#bm_id3148768
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>editing; concordance files\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>concordance files; definition\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#hd_id3148768.1
msgid "Edit Concordance File"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3151180.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTOMARK\"\>Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.\</ahelp\> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id837427
msgid "You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows to enter every word just once, then use the list many times."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#hd_id3154645.19
msgid "To access the Edit Concordance File dialog:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3149292.20
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3145420.21
msgid "In the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>box, select \"Alphabetical Index\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3154107.22
msgid "In the \<emph\>Options \</emph\>area, select the \<emph\>Concordance file\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3153668.23
msgid "Click the \<emph\>File\</emph\> button, and then choose \<emph\>New\</emph\> or \<emph\>Edit\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3154470.24
msgid "A concordance file contains the following fields: "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3152953.3
msgid "\"Search term\" refers to the index entry that you want to mark in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3155896.4
msgid "\"Alternative entry\" refers to the index entry that you want to appear in the index."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3154194.5
msgid "The 1st and 2nd Keys are parent index entries. The \"Search term\" or the \"Alternative entry\" appears as a subentry under the 1st and 2nd Keys."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3155184.6
msgid "\"Match case\" means that uppercase and lowercase letters are considered."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3143282.7
msgid "\"Word only\" searches for the term as a single word."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3147220.8
msgid "To enable the \"Match case\" or \"Word only\" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then select the check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#hd_id3153629.25
msgid "To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialog:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3153644.9
msgid "Use the following format guidelines when you create a concordance file:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3152770.10
msgid "Each entry in the concordance file is on a separate line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3155142.26
msgid "Commented lines start with #."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3153354.11
msgid "Use the following format for the entries:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3149172.12
msgid "Search term;Alternative entry;1st key;2nd key;Match case;Word only"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3156270.13
msgid "The entries \"Match case\" and \"Word only\" are interpreted as \"No\" or FALSE if they are empty or zero (0). All other contents are interpreted as \"Yes\" or TRUE."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#hd_id3145778.27
msgid "Example"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3155907.14
msgid "For example, to include the word \"Boston\" in your alphabetical index under the \"Cities\" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3151370.15
msgid "Boston;Boston;Cities;;0;0 "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3151383.16
msgid "This also finds \"Boston\" if it is written in lowercase letters."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3155866.17
msgid "To include the \"Beacon Hill\" district in Boston under the \"Cities\" entry, enter the following line:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp#par_id3150116.18
msgid "Beacon Hill;Boston;Cities; "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Bibliography Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#hd_id3151187.1
msgid "Insert Bibliography Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3154642.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"literaturvz\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry\"\>Inserts a bibliography reference.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#hd_id3145416.3
msgid "Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#hd_id3157721.15
msgid "From bibliography database"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3154096.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_COMP_RB\"\>Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#hd_id3149805.17
msgid "From document content"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3153536.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_DOC_RB\"\>Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.\</ahelp\> An entry that is stored in the document has priority over an entry that is stored in the bibliography database."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3154200.19
msgid "When you save a document that contains bibliography entries, the corresponding records are automatically saved in a hidden field in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#hd_id3143273.5
msgid "Short name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3149490.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_ID_LISTBOX\"\>Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#hd_id3151260.7
msgid "Author, Title"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3149824.8
msgid "If available, the author and the full title of the selected short name are displayed in this area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#hd_id3149105.9
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3147100.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_OK\"\>Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#hd_id3147216.11
msgid "Close"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3149036.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CLOSE\"\>Closes the dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#hd_id3153634.13
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3147579.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CREATE_ENTRY\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\"\>Define Bibliography Entry\</link\> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose \<emph\>Tools - Bibliography Database\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#hd_id3155142.20
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3157900.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_EDIT_ENTRY\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\"\>Define Bibliography Entry\</link\> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#par_id3149172.22
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\"\>Tips for working with bibliography entries\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#tit
msgid "Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#hd_id3151189.1
msgid "Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#par_id3145420.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"rahm\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrame\"\>Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#par_id3153678.37
msgid "To edit a frame, click the border to select it, and then choose \<emph\>Format - Frame/Object\</emph\>. You can also resize or move a selected frame using special \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\"\>shortcut keys\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#par_id3152952.38
msgid "To delete a frame, click the border of the frame, and then press Delete."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#par_id3151311.23
msgid "If you see small red arrows at the beginning and the end of text in frame, use the arrow keys to scroll through the remaining text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#par_id3155896.25
msgid "In the preview area of the \<emph\>Frame\</emph\> dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#par_id3149694.26
msgid "You can also preview the effects when you change the frame anchor to \"As Character\". The \"Baseline\" is drawn in red, \"Character\" is the font height, and \"line\" is the height of the line, including the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#hd_id3149107.5
msgid "Icon on the Insert toolbar:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#par_id3148970.6
msgid "\<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\"\>Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp#tit
msgid "Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp#bm_id3154506
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>moving;objects and frames\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>objects;moving and resizing with keyboard\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>resizing;objects and frames, by keyboard\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp#hd_id3154506.1
msgid "Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp#par_id3145248.2
msgid "You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp#par_id3148771.4
msgid "To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>, and then press an arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp#par_id3150762.5
msgid "To resize a selected frame or object, first press Ctrl+Tab. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press Ctrl+Tab again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>, and then press an arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp#par_id3149294.6
msgid "The increment by which you move an object with the keyboard is determined by the document grid. To change the properties of the document grid, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp\" name=\"Text document - Grid\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid\</link\>\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#tit
msgid "Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp\"\>Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3149355.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"tabelletext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTable\"\>Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3153922.3
msgid "To insert a table from another document, copy the table, and then paste the table into the current document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3151181.49
msgid "To convert text into a table, select the text, and then choose \<emph\>Table - Convert - Text to Table\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_idN10642
msgid "To insert a table into a table, click in a cell in the table and choose \<emph\>Table - Insert - Table\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3154638.50
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format numbers that you enter in a table cell, for example, dates and times. To activate this feature, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table\</emph\> and click the\<emph\> Number recognition \</emph\>check box in the \<emph\>Input in tables\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3154099.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_NAME\"\>Enter a name for the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3149806.9
msgid "Table size"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3153533.10
msgid "Specify the number of columns and rows in the new table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3153672.11
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3154576.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_COL\"\>Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3152954.13
msgid "Rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3154477.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_ROW\"\>Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3155903.37
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3149694.41
msgid "Set the options for the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3154198.42
msgid "Heading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3155188.43
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\"\>Includes a heading row in the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3143270.38
msgid "Repeat heading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3151252.44
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\"\>Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_idN10754
msgid "The first ... rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_idN10758
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\"\>Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3149821.39
msgid "Do not split the table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3149106.45
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\"\>Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3154838.40
msgid "Border"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3148970.46
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\"\>Adds a border to the table cells.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3147213.35
msgid "AutoFormat"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3149036.36
msgid "\<variable id=\"autoformattext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:BT_AUTOFORMAT\"\>Opens the \<emph\>AutoFormat\</emph\> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#hd_id3147575.15
msgid "Icon on the Insert toolbar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3153511.16
msgid "On the Insert toolbar, click the \<emph\>Table\</emph\> icon to open the \<emph\>Insert Table\</emph\> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3155912.52
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Table - Text Flow\"\>Table - Table Properties - Text Flow\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp#par_id3150688.53
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Table\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#tit
msgid "Exchange Database"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#bm_id3145799
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>databases; exchanging\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>address books; exchanging\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>exchanging databases\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>replacing;databases\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#hd_id3145799.1
msgid "Exchange Database"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3156384.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"datenbankaustext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ChangeDatabaseField\"\>Change the data sources for the current document.\</ahelp\> To correctly display the contents of inserted fields, the replacement database must contain identical field names. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3153818.8
msgid "For example, if you inserting address fields in a form letter from an address database, you can then exchange the database with another address database to insert different addresses."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#hd_id3149130.3
msgid "Exchanging Databases"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3154651.4
msgid "You can only change one database at a time in this dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#hd_id3146965.5
msgid "Databases in Use"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3149053.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\"\>Lists the databases that are currently in use.\</ahelp\> The current document contains at least one data field from each of the databases in the list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#hd_id3147300.6
msgid "Available Databases"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3150533.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\"\>Lists the databases that are registered in \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_idN106DB
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_idN106DF
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"1419596301\"\>Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#hd_id3149349.7
msgid "Define"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3145827.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\"\>Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the \<emph\>Available Databases \</emph\>list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#hd_id3154506.12
msgid "To exchange a database:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3149881.13
msgid "Ensure that both databases contain matching field names and field types."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3148386.14
msgid "Click in the document that you want to change the data source for."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3150564.15
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Exchange Database\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3153925.16
msgid "In the \<emph\>Databases in Use\</emph\> list, select the database table that you want to replace."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3147169.17
msgid "In the \<emph\>Available Databases\</emph\> list, select the replacement database table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp#par_id3151273.18
msgid "Click \<emph\>Define\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert (File)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp#hd_id3147562.1
msgid "Insert (File)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp#par_id3145411.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"datei\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertDoc\"\>Inserts a text file at the current cursor position.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp#par_idN105BD
msgid "To always have the latest version of the contents of a file, insert a section into your document, and then insert a link to the text file in the section. See \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\"\>insert a section\</link\> for details."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Script"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1
msgid "Insert Script"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id3155620.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"scripttext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertScript\"\>Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id3149880.4
msgid "An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"View\"\>View\</link\>\</emph\>, and select the \<emph\>Comments\</emph\> check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id3150572.5
msgid "If your document contains more than one script, the \<emph\>Edit Script\</emph\> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id0903200802541668
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Jump to Previous Script.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id0903200802541770
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Jump to Next Script.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#hd_id3154644.7
msgid "Contents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#hd_id3149294.9
msgid "Script Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id3145413.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_TYPE\"\>Enter the type of script that you want to insert.\</ahelp\> The script is identified in the HTML source code by the tag <SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\">."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#hd_id3154097.13
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id3149810.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_URL\"\>Adds a link to a script file. Click the \<emph\>URL \</emph\>radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (\<emph\>...\</emph\>), locate the file, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id3152963.15
msgid "<SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\" SRC=\"url\">"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id3153678.16
msgid "/* ignore all text here */"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id3154574.17
msgid "</SCRIPT>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#hd_id3155903.19
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id3154188.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:PB_URL\"\>Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#hd_id3155184.11
msgid "Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp#par_id3143272.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:RB_EDIT\"\>Enter the script code that you want to insert.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04210000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Horizontal Rule"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04210000.xhp#hd_id3145249.1
msgid "Insert Horizontal Rule"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04210000.xhp#par_id3150758.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertGraphicRuler\"\>Inserts a horizontal line at the current cursor position.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04210000.xhp#par_id3149806.5
msgid "The pictures of graphical lines belong to the \<emph\>Rulers \</emph\>\<link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\"\>Gallery\</link\> theme. If you want to add more pictures to the list, open the \<emph\>Gallery\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04210000.xhp#hd_id3151315.3
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04210000.xhp#par_id3152960.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_VS_RULER\"\>Select the type of line that you want to insert, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>. The \"Plain\" type inserts an empty paragraph with a line as lower border.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04210000.xhp#par_idN10667
msgid "\<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line\"/\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp#tit
msgid "Header"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp#hd_id3146320.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp\" name=\"Header\"\>Header\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp#par_id3145827.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageHeader\"\>Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.\</ahelp\> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp#par_id2326425
msgid "The headers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable \<emph\>View - Print Layout\</emph\>)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp#par_id3150570.3
msgid "A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp#par_id3153921.4
msgid "To remove a header, choose \<emph\>Insert - Header\</emph\>, and then select the page style containing the header. The header is removed from all of the pages that use this page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp#par_id3150761.5
msgid "To add or remove headers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose \<emph\>Insert - Header - All\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp#par_id3156410.6
msgid "To format a header, choose \<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Header\"\>\<emph\>Format - Page - Header\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp#tit
msgid "Footer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp#hd_id3147403.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp\" name=\"Footer\"\>Footer\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp#par_id3149353.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageFooter\"\>Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.\</ahelp\> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp#par_id7026276
msgid "The footers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable \<emph\>View - Print Layout\</emph\>)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp#par_id3150018.3
msgid "A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp#par_id3150566.4
msgid "To remove a footer, choose \<emph\>Insert - Footer\</emph\>, and then select the page style containing the footer. The footer is removed from all of the pages that use this page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp#par_id3153923.5
msgid "To add or remove footers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose \<emph\>Insert - Footer - All\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp#par_id3151187.6
msgid "To format a footer, choose \<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Footer\"\>\<emph\>Format - Page - Footer\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp#tit
msgid "Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp#hd_id3147405.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>Fields\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp#par_id3145827.2
msgid "Inserts a field at the current cursor position. The submenu lists the most common field types. To view all of the available fields, choose \<emph\>Other\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp#hd_id3147571.3
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Other\"\>Other\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#tit
msgid "Text Flow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#bm_id2502212
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text flow;at breaks\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>paragraphs;keeping together at breaks\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>protecting;text flow\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>widows\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>orphans\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>block protect, see also widows or orphans\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3083447.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"\>Text Flow\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3145824.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH_EXT\"\>Specify hyphenation and pagination options.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3149882.3
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3150564.4
msgid "Specify the \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"hyphenation\"\>hyphenation\</link\> options for text documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3153920.5
msgid "Automatically"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3154640.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_HYPHEN\"\>Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3150766.7
msgid "Characters at line end"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3149291.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENBEFORE\"\>Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3145413.9
msgid "Characters at line begin"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3147515.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENAFTER\"\>Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3149804.11
msgid "Maximum no. of consecutive hyphens"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3153536.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_MAXHYPH\"\>Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3153665.43
msgid "Breaks"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3154470.44
msgid "Specify the page or column \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"break\"\>break\</link\> options."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3152957.15
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3154574.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGEBREAK\"\>Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3149687.39
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3154195.41
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKTYPE\"\>Select the break type that you want to insert.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3145766.40
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3155187.42
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKPOSITION\"\>Select where you want to insert the break.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3149482.25
msgid "With Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3143275.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGECOLL\"\>Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3149104.27
msgid "Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3154837.28
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:LB_PAGECOLL\"\>Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3149827.37
msgid "Page number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3147089.38
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_PAGENUM\"\>Enter the page number that you want to appear on the first page after the break. If you want to use the current page numbering, select \"0\".\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3148978.13
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3147219.14
msgid "Specify the text flow options for paragraphs that appear before and after a page break."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3153635.29
msgid "Do not split paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3149040.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_KEEPTOGETHER\"\>Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3147585.31
msgid "Keep with next paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3152779.32
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:CB_KEEPTOGETHER\"\>Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3153345.33
msgid "Orphan control"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3156279.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_ORPHANS\"\>Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the \<emph\>Lines \</emph\>box.\</ahelp\> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the \<emph\>Lines \</emph\>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#hd_id3149180.35
msgid "Widow control"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3155918.36
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_WIDOWS\"\>Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the \<emph\>Lines \</emph\>box.\</ahelp\> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the \<emph\>Lines \</emph\>box, the position of the break is adjusted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp#par_id3155860.45
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#schuster\" name=\"Orphans\"\>Orphans\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#tit
msgid "Drop Caps"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#bm_id7635731
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>first letters as large capital letters\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>capital letters;starting paragraphs\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>drop caps insertion\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#hd_id3150252.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp\" name=\"Drop Caps\"\>Drop Caps\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#par_id3154763.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_DROPCAPS\"\>Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#hd_id3151388.3
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#hd_id3147295.5
msgid "Show Drop Caps"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#par_id3150536.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_SWITCH\"\>Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#hd_id3155626.19
msgid "Whole word"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#par_id3154554.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_WORD\"\>Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#hd_id3154505.7
msgid "Number of characters"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#par_id3149881.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DROPCAPS\"\>Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. \</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#hd_id3150932.9
msgid "Lines"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#par_id3148391.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_LINES\"\>Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.\</ahelp\> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#hd_id3149030.11
msgid "Distance from text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#par_id3153926.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DISTANCE\"\>Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#hd_id3153723.13
msgid "Contents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#hd_id3154638.15
msgid "Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#par_id3147569.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_DROPCAPS_EDT_TEXT\"\>Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#hd_id3150763.17
msgid "Character Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp#par_id3151181.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_BOX_TEMPLATE\"\>Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.\</ahelp\> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None]."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#tit
msgid "Outline & Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id3151173.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Numbering\"\>Outline & Numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3154100.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUMPARA\"\>Adds or removes outline level, numbering, or bullets from the paragraph. You can also select the style of numbering to use, and reset the numbering in a numbered list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3153536.14
msgid "To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and \</emph\>Formatting, and then click the \<emph\>Paragraph Styles \</emph\>icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>, and then click the\<emph\> Outline & Numbering\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3154470.26
msgid "To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose \<emph\>Format -\</emph\>\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"\>\<emph\>Paragraph\</emph\>\</link\>, and then click the\<emph\> Outline & Numbering\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id1209200804371034
msgid "Outline level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id1209200804371097
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.\</ahelp\> Select \<emph\>Body text\</emph\> to reset the outline level."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id3143283.5
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id3154188.3
msgid "Numbering Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3155178.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_NUMPARA:LB_NUMBER_STYLE\"\>Select the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\"\>Numbering Style\</link\> that you want to apply to the paragraph.\</ahelp\> These styles are also listed in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\"\>Styles and Formatting\</link\> window if you click the \<emph\>Numbering Style\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3149106.7
msgid "This section only appears when you edit the properties of the current paragraph by choosing \<emph\>Format - Paragraph\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id3151250.8
msgid "Restart at this paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3154831.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_NEW_START\"\>Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id3147096.24
msgid "Start with"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3148979.25
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START\"\>Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id3147226.10
msgid "\"Start with\" spin button"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3153632.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_NEW_START\"\>Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.\</ahelp\> The following paragraphs are numbered consecutively from the number that you enter here."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id3147581.15
msgid "Line numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3152771.16
msgid "Specify the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Line numbering\"\>Line numbering\</link\> options. To add line numbers to your document, choose \<emph\>Tools - Line Numbering\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id3153345.17
msgid "Include this paragraph in line numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3156267.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_COUNT_PARA\"\>Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id3151026.19
msgid "Restart at this paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3149168.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_RESTART_PARACOUNT\"\>Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#hd_id3145775.21
msgid "Start with"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp#par_id3149355.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_RESTART_PARA\"\>Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp#tit
msgid "Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1
msgid "Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp#par_id3148774.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"seitetext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:PageDialog\"\>Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#tit
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3149875.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"Columns\"\>Columns\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3151392.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"spaltentext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"HID_COLUMN\"\>Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3155625.3
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3149352.4
msgid "You can select from predefined column layouts, or create your own. When you apply a layout to a page style, all pages that use the style are updated. Similarly, when you apply a column layout to a frame style, all frames that use that style are updated. You can also change the column layout for a single frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3154562.5
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3154508.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_NUMBER\"\>Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3149884.47
msgid "You can also select one of the predefined column layouts."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3150933.45
msgid "Selection fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3148386.52
msgid "Evenly distribute contents to all columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3149024.53
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically.\</ahelp\>Evenly distributes the text in \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"multi-column sections\"\>multi-column sections\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3153924.19
msgid "Width and spacing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3147176.20
msgid "If the \<emph\>Automatic width\</emph\> check box is not selected, enter the width and spacing options for the columns."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3147562.21
msgid "(Column number)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3145206.22
msgid "Displays the column number, as well as width and distance to the adjacent columns."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3156324.23
msgid "Left Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3150761.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_DOWN\"\>Moves the column display one column to the left.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3149287
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149750\" src=\"res/sc06301.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149750\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3154694.48
msgid "Left Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3145421.25
msgid "Right Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3153576.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_UP\"\>Moves the column display one column to the right.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3152938
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3152948\" src=\"res/sc06300.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3152948\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3153540.49
msgid "Right Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3154470.42
msgid "Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3152963.43
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_3\"\>Enter the width of the column.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3151308.7
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3153672.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_DIST2\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3147530.9
msgid "AutoWidth"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3150986.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_COLUMN_CB_AUTO_WIDTH\"\>Creates columns of equal width.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3155892.44
msgid "The column layout preview only shows the columns and not the surrounding page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3149685.11
msgid "Separator line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3154188.12
msgid "This area is only available if your layout contains more than one column."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3155775.13
msgid "Line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3159190.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_STYLE\"\>Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"None\".\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3155184.15
msgid "Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3149309.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_HEIGHT\"\>Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the height of the column area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3143271.17
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3149485.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_POSITION\"\>Select the vertical alignment of the separator line. This option is only available if \<emph\>Height\</emph\> value of the line is less than 100%.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#hd_id3151248.50
msgid "Apply to"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp#par_id3154827.51
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_COLUMN_LB_APPLY_TO\"\>Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.\</ahelp\> This option is only available if you access this dialog by choosing \<emph\>Format - Columns\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp#tit
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp#hd_id3149871.1
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp#par_id3148569.2
msgid "Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for the section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp#par_id3151390.4
msgid "Sections follow the text flow behavior of the page they are inserted into."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp#par_id3083448.5
msgid "For example, if you insert a section that uses a two-column layout into a page style that uses a four-column layout, the two-column layout is nested inside one of the four columns."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp#par_id3155625.6
msgid "You can also nest sections, that is, you can insert a section into another section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#tit
msgid "Footnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#hd_id3154767.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"\>Footnote\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3149351.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_PAGE\"\>Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#hd_id3154646.3
msgid "Footnote area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3151168.4
msgid "Set the height of the footnote area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#hd_id3145412.5
msgid "Not larger than page area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3147514.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:RB_MAXHEIGHT_PAGE\"\>Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#hd_id3154099.7
msgid "Maximum Footnote Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3149807.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3154568.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_MAXHEIGHT\"\>Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#hd_id3151318.11
msgid "Distance from text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3153665.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_DIST\"\>Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#hd_id3155897.13
msgid "Separator Line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3149689.14
msgid "Specifies the position and length of the separator line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#hd_id3154194.15
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3155184.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINEPOS\"\>Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#hd_id3143284.17
msgid "Length"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3154827.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEWIDTH\"\>Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#hd_id3151253.19
msgid "Weight"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3149105.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINETYPE\"\>Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"0.0 pt\".\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#hd_id3149828.21
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3148970.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEDIST\"\>Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp#par_id3155145.24
msgid "To specify the spacing between two footnotes, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Paragraph\</item\>, and then click the \<emph\>Indents & Spacing\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#tit
msgid "Footnotes/Endnotes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3149028.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp\" name=\"Footnotes/Endnotes\"\>Footnotes/Endnotes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3147170.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Specifies where footnotes and endnotes are displayed as well as their numbering formats.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3149800.3
msgid "This tab is not available in \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Print Layout\"\>Print Layout\</link\> view."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3153538.4
msgid "Footnotes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3154480.5
msgid "Collect at end of text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3151309.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3152960.6
msgid "Restart numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3153677.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3149688.13
msgid "Start at"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3154196.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_FTN_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3155185.15
msgid "Custom format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3143283.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.\</ahelp\> This check box is only available if the \<emph\>Restart numbering\</emph\> check box is selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3151258.17
msgid "Before"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3149827.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3154827.19
msgid "Spin button own format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3147092.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_FTN_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Select the numbering style for the footnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3148975.21
msgid "After"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3147221.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3149044.7
msgid "Endnotes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3153639.8
msgid "Collect at end of section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3147585.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Adds endnotes at the end of the section.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3152780.9
msgid "Restart numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3153345.25
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3149166.26
msgid "Start at"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3156270.27
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_END_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3151027.28
msgid "Custom format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3145776.29
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.\</ahelp\> This check box is only available if you the \<emph\>Restart numbering\</emph\> check box is selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3151383.30
msgid "Before"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3155921.31
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3150699.32
msgid "Spin button own format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3150123.33
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_END_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Select the numbering style for the endnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#hd_id3155871.34
msgid "After"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp#par_id3147425.35
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#tit
msgid "Text Grid"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#bm_id3150760
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text grid for Asian layout\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#hd_id3150760.18
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp\" name=\"Text Grid\"\>Text Grid\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#par_id3151171.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under \<emph\>Language Settings - Languages\</emph\> in the Options dialog box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#hd_id3154101.16
msgid "Grid"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#par_id3149805.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_RB_CHARSGRID\"\>Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#hd_id3153537.14
msgid "Grid layout"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#hd_id3154478.12
msgid "Lines per page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#par_id3151308.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_LINESPERPAGE\"\>Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#hd_id3152957.10
msgid "Characters per line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#par_id3153674.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_CHARSPERLINE\"\>Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#hd_id3149684.8
msgid "Max. base text size"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#par_id3154193.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_TEXTSIZE\"\>Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#hd_id3155182.6
msgid "Max. Ruby text size"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#par_id3143283.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_RUBYSIZE\"\>Enter the font size for the Ruby text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#hd_id3149496.4
msgid "Ruby text below/left from base text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#par_id3149816.3
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_CB_RUBYBELOW\"\>Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#hd_id3149100.2
msgid "Grid display"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp#par_id3147089.1
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_LB_COLOR\"\>Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp#tit
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp#par_id3148774.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"grafiktext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\"\>Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected graphic.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp#par_id3147167.5
msgid "You can also change some of the properties of the selected graphic with \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\"\>shortcut keys\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp#par_id3150759.3
msgid "The \<emph\>Graphics\</emph\> dialog contains the following tab pages:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"\>Wrap\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#tit
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#bm_id9646290
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>resizing;aspect ratio\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>aspect ratio;resizing objects\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3151389.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp\" name=\"Type\"\>Type\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3150568.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_STD\"\>Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3147168.3
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3147567.5
msgid "Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3151180.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_WIDTH\"\>Enter the width that you want for the selected object.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3154646.7
msgid "Relative"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3145413.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_WIDTH\"\>Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3147516.9
msgid "Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3154099.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_HEIGHT\"\>Enter the height that you want for the selected object.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3149809.11
msgid "Relative"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3154563.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_HEIGHT\"\>Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3151313.13
msgid "Keep ratio"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3153675.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FIXEDRATIO\"\>Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3154470.41
msgid "Original Size"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3155898.42
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_STD:BT_REALSIZE\"\>Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3149102.44
msgid "This option is not available for frames."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3149824.15
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3151262.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\"\>Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3152773.43
msgid "The \<emph\>Automatic\</emph\> option is only available when you select a frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3155144.17
msgid "Anchor"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3153352.18
msgid "Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialog from the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3156269.45
msgid "To page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3149169.46
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PAGE\"\>Anchors the selection to the current page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3151028.60
msgid "To paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3145777.61
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PARA\"\>Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3155913.62
msgid "To character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3151377.63
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AT_CHAR\"\>Anchors the selection to a character.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3150115.47
msgid "As character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3155863.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AS_CHAR\"\>Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3150693.25
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3147413.26
msgid "Specify the location of the selected object on the current page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3147488.27
msgid "Horizontal"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3145121.28
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_HORIZONTAL\"\>Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.\</ahelp\> This option is not available if you chose \"anchor as character\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3149554.29
msgid "by"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3145258.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_HORZ_POS\"\>Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the \<emph\>To\</emph\> box.\</ahelp\> This option is only available if you select \"From Left\" in the \<emph\>Horizontal\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3150545.48
msgid "to"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3149213.49
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_HORI_RELATION\"\>Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3149230.51
msgid "You can see the result of the alignments options that you select in the Preview box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3147746.52
msgid "Mirror on even pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3146337.53
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_MIRROR\"\>Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3148446.54
msgid "You can also use the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Graphics\"\>\<emph\>Graphics\</emph\>\</link\> flip options to adjust the layout of objects on even and odd pages."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3145310.31
msgid "Vertical"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3150161.32
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_VERTICAL\"\>Select the vertical alignment option for the object.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3150463.59
msgid "If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the \"Bottom\" and \"Center\" alignment options are available."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3154724.33
msgid "by"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3156130.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_VERT_POS\"\>Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the \<emph\>To\</emph\> box.\</ahelp\> This option is only available if you select \"From Top\" or \"From Bottom\" (as character) in the \<emph\>Vertical\</emph\> box. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#hd_id3150912.56
msgid "to"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3155075.57
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_VERT_RELATION\"\>Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_idN10A8E
msgid "Follow text flow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_idN10A92
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"sw:CheckBox:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FOLLOWTEXTFLOW\"\>Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_idN10AA6
msgid "By default, the \<emph\>Follow text flow\</emph\> option is selected when you open a document that was created in a version of %PRODUCTNAME older than %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION. However, this option is not selected when you create a document or when you open a document in Microsoft Word format (*.doc)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3149241.58
msgid "The green rectangle represents the selected object and the red rectangle represents the alignment reference point. If you anchor the object as a character, the reference rectangle changes to a red line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3146949.66
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05260000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Anchor\"\>\<emph\>Format - Anchor\</emph\>\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp#par_id3153231.67
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05070000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Alignment\"\>\<emph\>Format - Alignment\</emph\>\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#tit
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3153527.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"\>Wrap\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3154478.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"umlauftext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:TextWrap\"\>Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.\</ahelp\> You can also specify the spacing between the text and the object. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3151249.56
msgid "To wrap text around a table, place the table in a frame, and then wrap the text around the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3154829.3
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3148971.5
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3147100.6
msgid "\<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_NO_WRAP\"\>Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3149038
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149044\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr07.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149044\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3155139.49
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3153351.17
msgid "Before"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3149171.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_LEFT\"\>Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3145774
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3145780\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr02.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3145780\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3151384.43
msgid "Before"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3155870.19
msgid "After"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3150700.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_RIGHT\"\>Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3149560
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149567\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr03.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149567\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3155966.44
msgid "After"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3149213.21
msgid "Parallel"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3147740.22
msgid "\<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_PARALLEL\"\>Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3148845
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3148851\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr04.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3148851\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3148442.45
msgid "Parallel"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3151081.11
msgid "Through"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3154089.12
msgid "\<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_THROUGH\"\>Places the object in front of the text.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3150162
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150169\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr05.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150169\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3156104.50
msgid "Through"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3150451.23
msgid "Optimal"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3154716.24
msgid "\<variable id=\"dynamischertext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapIdeal\"\>Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped. \</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3150904
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150910\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr06.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150910\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3149237.46
msgid "Optimal"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3146940.26
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3146953.27
msgid "Specify the text wrap options."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3153229.28
msgid "First Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3154333.29
msgid "\<variable id=\"ersterabsatztext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapAnchorOnly\"\>Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.\</ahelp\> The space between the paragraphs is determined by the size of the object. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3148790.30
msgid "In Background"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3150100.31
msgid "\<variable id=\"hintergrundtext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapThroughTransparent\"\>Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the\<emph\> Through\</emph\> wrap type.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3149358.47
msgid "Contour"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3155793.48
msgid "\<variable id=\"konturtext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapContour\"\>Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the \<emph\>Through\</emph\> wrap type, or for frames.\</ahelp\> To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose \<emph\>Format - Wrap - \</emph\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\"\>\<emph\>Edit Contour\</emph\>\</link\>. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3154620.51
msgid "Only outside"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3147377.52
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_WRAP:CB_ONLYOUTSIDE\"\>Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.\</ahelp\> This option is not available for frames."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3147397.33
msgid "Gaps"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3149637.34
msgid "Specify the amount of space to leave between the selected object and the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3150659.35
msgid "Left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3150678.36
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_LEFT_MARGIN\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3154032.37
msgid "Right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3149956.38
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3149974.39
msgid "Top"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3147284.40
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_TOP_MARGIN\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#hd_id3149609.41
msgid "Bottom"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#par_id3157884.42
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_BOTTOM_MARGIN\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#tit
msgid "Contour Editor"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3153539.1
msgid "Contour Editor"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3153677.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"konturtext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\"\>Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"text wrap\"\>text wrap\</link\> options for the object.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3155892.46
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_GRAPHWND\"\>Displays a preview of the contour.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3159195.3
msgid "Apply"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3155184.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_APPLY\"\>Applies the contour to the selected object.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3149827
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3151253\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3148971.5
msgid "Apply"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3147091.6
msgid "Wrap Region"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3147217.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_WORKPLACE\"\>Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3147579
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3147585\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3153351.8
msgid "Work area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3149170.9
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3156270.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_SELECT\"\>Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3151370
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3151377\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3150121.11
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3155868.12
msgid "Rectangle"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3150696.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_RECT\"\>Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3149559
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149565\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_rect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149565\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3145137.14
msgid "Rectangle"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3155980.15
msgid "Ellipse"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3150558.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_CIRCLE\"\>Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.\</ahelp\> To draw a circle, hold down shift while you drag."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3146332
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3146338\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_ellipse.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3146338\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3148857.17
msgid "Ellipse"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3148443.18
msgid "Polygon"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3154774.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLY\"\>Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3145304
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3145311\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_polygon.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3145311\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3150164.20
msgid "Polygon"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3156096.21
msgid "Edit Points"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3156112.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYEDIT\"\>Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3154711
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154717\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3145632.23
msgid "Edit Points"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3150909.24
msgid "Move Points"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3150925.25
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYMOVE\"\>Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3146940
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3146947\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_beziermove.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3146947\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3154330.26
msgid "Move Points"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3150086.27
msgid "Insert Points"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3150103.28
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYINSERT\"\>Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3149357
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149363\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_bezierinsert.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149363\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3153120.29
msgid "Insert Points"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3153136.30
msgid "Delete Points"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3154624.31
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYDELETE\"\>Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3149637
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149643\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_bezierdelete.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149643\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3154028.32
msgid "Delete Points"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3149949.33
msgid "Auto Contour"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3149966.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_AUTOCONTOUR\"\>Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3149615
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149621\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3145655.35
msgid "AutoContour"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3148705.36
msgid "Undo"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3148722.37
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_UNDO\"\>Reverses the last action.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3149200
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149206\" src=\"svx/res/cd020.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149206\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3157890.38
msgid "Undo"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3157907.39
msgid "Redo"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3154219.40
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_REDO\"\>Reverses the action of the last \<emph\>Undo \</emph\>command.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3154058
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154073\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_redo.png\" width=\"0.2228inch\" height=\"0.2228inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154073\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3153195.41
msgid "Redo"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3153212.42
msgid "Color Replacer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3145098.43
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE\"\>Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the \<emph\>Tolerance\</emph\> box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3149578
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149585\" src=\"sd/res/pipette.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149585\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3149381.44
msgid "Color Replacer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#hd_id3149398.45
msgid "Tolerance"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp#par_id3154735.47
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#tit
msgid "Picture"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#hd_id3154473.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Graphics\"\>Picture\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3152961.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_GRF_EXT\"\>Specify the flip and the link options for the selected graphic.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#hd_id3154191.3
msgid "Flip"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#hd_id3155174.7
msgid "Vertically"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3149485.8
msgid "\<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_VERT\"\>Flips the selected graphic vertically.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#hd_id3154829.5
msgid "Horizontally"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3151261.6
msgid "\<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_HOR\"\>Flips the selected graphic horizontally.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#hd_id3147101.15
msgid "On all pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3147212.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_ALL_PAGES\"\>Flips the selected graphic horizontally on all pages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#hd_id3153632.17
msgid "On left pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3149037.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_LEFT_PAGES\"\>Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on even pages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#hd_id3147580.19
msgid "On right pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3152775.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_RIGHT_PAGES\"\>Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on odd pages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#hd_id3153349.9
msgid "Link"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3149164.10
msgid "Inserts the graphic as a link."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#hd_id3149178.11
msgid "File name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3156278.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_GRF_EXT:ED_CONNECT\"\>Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the browse button (\<emph\>...\</emph\>) and then locate the file that you want to link to. \</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#hd_id3145776.13
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3151373.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_GRF_EXT:PB_BROWSE\"\>Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click \<emph\>Open\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3155855.21
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05240000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Flip\"\>Format - Flip\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp#par_id3158743.22
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Links\"\>Edit - Links\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#tit
msgid "Macro"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#hd_id3145241.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Macro\"\>Macro\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3158429.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\"\>Specifies the macro to run when you click a graphic, frame, or an OLE object.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#hd_id3147176.3
msgid "Event"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3147564.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\"\>Lists the events that can trigger a macro.\</ahelp\> Only the events that are relevant to the selected object are listed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149286.23
msgid "The following table lists the object types and the events that can trigger a macro:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3152949.24
msgid "Event"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149808.25
msgid "Event trigger"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3152957.26
msgid "OLE object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3154564.27
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3153675.28
msgid "Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3154473.29
msgid "AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149684.30
msgid "ImageMap area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3154197.31
msgid "Hyperlink"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3155182.32
msgid "Click object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149489.33
msgid "object is selected"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3151249.34
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149104.35
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3147089.36
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3153637.37
msgid "Mouse over object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3147579.38
msgid "mouse pointer moves over the object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3152779.39
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3153349.40
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149174.41
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3151031.42
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3145784.43
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3155910.44
msgid "Trigger Hyperlink"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3155857.45
msgid "hyperlink that is assigned to the object is clicked"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3150693.46
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3147423.47
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3145256.48
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149554.49
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3155976.50
msgid "Mouse leaves object "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149216.51
msgid "mouse pointer moves off the object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3147739.52
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3146336.53
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149841.54
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3148436.55
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3151082.56
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3154780.57
msgid "Graphics load successful "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3145304.58
msgid "graphic is loaded successfully"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3150169.59
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3154718.60
msgid "Graphics load terminated"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3156136.61
msgid "loading of the graphic is terminated by the user (for example, when downloading)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3156105.62
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3155079.63
msgid "Graphics load faulty"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149250.64
msgid "graphic is not successfully loaded"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3154327.65
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3148779.66
msgid "Input of alpha characters "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3150030.67
msgid "text is inputted"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3155792.68
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3154623.69
msgid "Input of non-alpha characters "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3147391.70
msgid "Nonprinting characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3150666.71
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149963.72
msgid "Resize frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3147284.73
msgid "frame is resized"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3150774.74
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3148713.75
msgid "Move frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3155349.76
msgid "frame is moved"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3155553.77
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3154227.78
msgid "Before inserting AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3155785.79
msgid "before AutoText is inserted"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3145292.80
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3145096.81
msgid "After inserting AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149577.82
msgid "after AutoText is inserted"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3156237.83
msgid "x"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3159203.89
msgid "For events that are linked to controls in forms, see \<link href=\"text/shared/02/01170103.xhp\" name=\"Control properties\"\>Control properties\</link\> or \<link href=\"text/shared/02/01170202.xhp\" name=\"Form properties\"\>Form properties\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#hd_id3156030.5
msgid "Macros"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3156043.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3156058.84
msgid "Frames allow you to link certain events to a function that then decides if the event is handled by $[officename] Writer or by the function. See the $[officename] Basic Help for more information."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#hd_id3149271.7
msgid "Category"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3149284.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\"\>Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.\</ahelp\> Within this list, select the location where you want to save the macros."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#hd_id3156441.9
msgid "Macro name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3148458.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\"\>Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click \<emph\>Assign\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#hd_id3145173.11
msgid "Assign"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3145197.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_ASSIGN\"\>Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#hd_id3150811.15
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp#par_id3150882.16
msgid "\<variable id=\"aufheb\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_DELETE\"\>Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#tit
msgid "Hyperlink"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#bm_id3150980
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>objects; defining hyperlinks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>frames; defining hyperlinks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pictures; defining hyperlinks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>hyperlinks; for objects\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hd_id3150980.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp\" name=\"Hyperlink\"\>Hyperlink\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#par_id3154188.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_URL\"\>Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hd_id3155180.3
msgid "Link to"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#par_id3143275.4
msgid "Set the link properties."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hd_id3149485.5
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#par_id3154831.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_URL\"\>Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hd_id3151260.17
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#par_id3149109.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_URL:PB_SEARCH\"\>Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click \<emph\>Open\</emph\>.\</ahelp\> The target file can be on your machine or on an \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\"\>FTP server\</link\> in the Internet."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hd_id3148972.19
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#par_id3147217.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_NAME\"\>Enter a name for the hyperlink.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hd_id3153636.7
msgid "Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#par_id3149042.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_FRAME\"\>Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.\</ahelp\> The predefined target frame names are described \<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100500.xhp\" name=\"here\"\>here\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hd_id3152772.9
msgid "Image Map"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#par_id3155138.10
msgid "Select the type of \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap\" name=\"ImageMap\"\>ImageMap\</link\> that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hd_id3153357.13
msgid "Server-side image map"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#par_id3149176.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_SERVER\"\>Uses a server-side image map.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#hd_id3156278.15
msgid "Client-side image map"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#par_id3151036.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_CLIENT\"\>Uses the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\"\>image map\</link\> that you created for the selected object.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp#par_id3151380.21
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url\" name=\"URL\"\>URL\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#tit
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3149879.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp\" name=\"Options\"\>Options\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3149708.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_ADD\"\>Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3151183.3
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3147568.4
msgid "Specifies the name of the selected item, and associated links."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3151178.5
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3147510.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_NAME\"\>Enter a name for the selected item.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3154565.7
msgid "Assign an object, graphic or frame a meaningful name, so that you can quickly locate it afterwards in long documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3153674.15
msgid "Alternative text (floating frames, graphics, and objects only)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3150977.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_ALT_NAME\"\>Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3155903.23
msgid "Previous link"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3154192.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_PREV\"\>Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3159198.25
msgid "Next link"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3149485.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_NEXT\"\>Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3143280.27
msgid "Protect"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3154834.28
msgid "Specifies protection options for the selected item."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3149820.9
msgid "Protect Contents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3149105.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT\"\>Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3147099.29
msgid "You can still copy the contents of the selected item."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3148979.10
msgid "Protect Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3147225.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_FRAME\"\>Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3153629.12
msgid "Protect Size"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3147576.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_SIZE\"\>Locks the size of the selected item.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3152770.8
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3155137.16
msgid "Specifies print and text options for the selected item."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3153345.18
msgid "Editable in read-only document (frames only)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3149167.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_EDIT_IN_READONLY\"\>Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3156269.14
msgid "Print"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3151028.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PRINT_FRAME\"\>Includes the selected item when you print the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#hd_id3145776.33
msgid "Text flow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3151374.32
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW\"\>Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select \<emph\>Use superordinate object settings \</emph\>from the list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp#par_id3150689.34
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040200.xhp\" name=\"Text direction\"\>Text direction\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp#tit
msgid "Object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp#hd_id3150536.1
msgid "Object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp#par_id3149352.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"objekttext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameDialog\"\>Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.\</ahelp\>. \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp#hd_id3145249.61
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"\>Wrap\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp#tit
msgid "Table Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp#hd_id3147172.1
msgid "Table Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp#par_id3154643.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"tabelletext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\"\>Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#tit
msgid "Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#bm_id3154762
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables; positioning\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>tables; inserting text before\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3154762.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp\" name=\"Table\"\>Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3146322.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_TABLE\"\>Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3154560.3
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3149881.5
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3145244.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_NAME\"\>Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3150567.7
msgid "Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3149026.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_WIDTH\"\>Enter the width of the table.\</ahelp\> This check box is only available if the \<emph\>Automatic\</emph\> option in the \<emph\>Alignment\</emph\> area is not selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3154644.9
msgid "Relative"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3151183.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:CB_REL_WIDTH\"\>Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3151168.13
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3145412.14
msgid "Set the alignment options for the selected table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3147511.15
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3154108.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FULL\"\>Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.\</ahelp\> This is the recommended setting for tables in HTML documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3149807.17
msgid "Left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3153540.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_LEFT\"\>Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3151311.36
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3153672.37
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FROM_LEFT\"\>Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the \<emph\>Left \</emph\>box in the \<emph\>Spacing \</emph\>area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3150982.19
msgid "Right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3154567.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_RIGHT\"\>Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3155899.21
msgid "Centered"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3149696.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_CENTER\"\>Centers the table horizontally on the page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3159188.23
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3155180.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FREE\"\>Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the \<emph\>Left\</emph\> and \<emph\>Right\</emph\> boxes in the\<emph\> Spacing\</emph\> area.\</ahelp\> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"column widths\"\>column widths\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3149824.25
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3149102.27
msgid "Left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3154836.28
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_LEFT_DIST\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.\</ahelp\> This option is not available if the \<emph\>Automatic \</emph\>or the \<emph\>Left\</emph\> option is selected in the \<emph\>Alignment\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3147094.29
msgid "Right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3147220.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_RIGHT_DIST\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.\</ahelp\> This option is not available if the \<emph\>Automatic \</emph\>or the \<emph\>Right\</emph\> option is selected in the \<emph\>Alignment\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3147576.31
msgid "Above"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3152771.32
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_TOP_DIST\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#hd_id3155142.33
msgid "Below"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3145763.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_BOTTOM_DIST\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp#par_id3145782.35
msgid "To insert a paragraph before a table at the beginning of a document, header or footer, place the cursor before any content in the first cell, and then press Enter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#tit
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#hd_id3150756.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"Columns\"\>Columns\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#par_id3149294.2
msgid "Specify the column width properties."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#hd_id3147510.3
msgid "Adapt table width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#par_id3154280.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_MOD_TBL\"\>Maintains the current width of the table when you change the width of a column.\</ahelp\> This option is not available if \<emph\>Automatic\</emph\> is selected in the \<emph\>Alignment \</emph\>area on the \<emph\>Table \</emph\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#hd_id3145587.5
msgid "Adjust columns proportionally"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#par_id3153530.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_PROP\"\>Resizes the table width in relation to the column width that you enter.\</ahelp\> This option is not available if \<emph\>Automatic\</emph\> is selected in the \<emph\>Alignment \</emph\>area on the \<emph\>Table \</emph\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#hd_id3150349.7
msgid "Remaining space"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#par_id3154571.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:ED_SPACE\"\>Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the \<emph\>Table \</emph\>tab.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#hd_id3154476.9
msgid "Column width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#par_id3150976.10
msgid "Specify the column widths for the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#hd_id3155899.11
msgid "Column widths"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#par_id3159193.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_MF_6\"\>Enter the width that you want for the column.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#hd_id3155182.13
msgid "Left Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#par_id3149494.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_DOWN\"\>Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#hd_id3149814.15
msgid "Right Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp#par_id3149099.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_UP\"\>Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#tit
msgid "Editing Tables Using the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#bm_id3154506
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables; editing with the keyboard\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#hd_id3154506.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"tabelle_tastatur\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp\" name=\"Editing Tables Using the Keyboard\"\>Editing Tables Using the Keyboard\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3145244.2
msgid "You can resize and delete table columns with the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#hd_id3150564.3
msgid "Resizing Columns and Rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3153920.4
msgid "To resize a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down Alt, and then press the left or the right arrow. To resize the column without changing the width of the table, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl+Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>, and then press the left or the right arrows."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3147566.5
msgid "To increase the left indent of the table, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift, and then press the right arrow."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3150759.11
msgid "To resize a row, place the cursor in the row, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>, and then press the up or the down arrows."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3149286.12
msgid "To move the table downwards on the page, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift, and then press the down arrow."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#hd_id3151176.8
msgid "Inserting and deleting columns or rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3147512.9
msgid "To insert a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> and press Insert, release, and then press the left or the right arrow."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3152940.13
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in the column that you want to delete, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> and press Delete, release, and then press the left or the right arrow."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3154105.14
msgid "To insert a row, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> and press Insert, release, and then press the up or the down arrow."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3153531.15
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in the row that you want to delete, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> and press Delete, release, and then press the up or the down arrow."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3150983.10
msgid "To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table\</link\>\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#par_id3154196.16
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0204.xhp\" name=\"Table Bar\"\>Table Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#tit
msgid "Text Flow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#bm_id3154558
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables;text flow around text tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>text flow;around text tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>columns; breaks in text tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>row breaks in text tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>tables; allowing page breaks\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>page breaks; tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>splitting tables;row breaks\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3154558.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"\>Text Flow\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3145245.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_TABLE_TEXTFLOW\"\>Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3153920.3
msgid "Text flow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3153720.4
msgid "Break"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3154643.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGEBREAK\"\>Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3151183.6
msgid "Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3149286.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKPAGE\"\>Inserts a page break before or after the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3150981.8
msgid "Column"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3151310.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKCOLUMN\"\>Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3155898.10
msgid "Before"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3149695.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKBEFORE\"\>Inserts a page or column break before the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3159189.12
msgid "After"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3155179.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKAFTER\"\>Inserts a page or column break after the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3149490.14
msgid "With Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3143282.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGECOLL\"\>Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3154839.16
msgid "Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3149098.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_PAGECOLL\"\>Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3149819.18
msgid "Page number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3148978.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_PAGENUM\"\>Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3147100.33
msgid "Allow table to split across pages and columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3153629.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT\"\>Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_idN108D6
msgid "Allow row to break across pages and columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_idN108DA
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"sw:TriStateBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT_ROW\"\>Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.\</ahelp\> This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the \<emph\>Repeat Heading\</emph\> option is selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3149034.35
msgid "Keep with next paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3147577.36
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_KEEP\"\>Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3152772.19
msgid "Repeat heading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3153350.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_HEADLINE\"\>Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_idN1091C
msgid "The first ... rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_idN10920
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\"\>Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_idN10940
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_idN10944
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_TEXTDIRECTION\"\>Select the direction for the text in the cells.\</ahelp\> You can also use a combination of the following %PRODUCTNAME formatting options to specify the orientation of text in table cells:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_idN10964
msgid "horizontal text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_idN10968
msgid "vertical text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_idN1096C
msgid "right-to-left (vertical) direction"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_idN10970
msgid "left-to-right direction."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#hd_id3151028.23
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp#par_id3149164.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_VERTORIENT\"\>Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp#tit
msgid "Cell"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp#hd_id3150765.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp\" name=\"Cell\"\>Cell\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp#par_id3147567.2
msgid "This command is only available if you have selected a table in your document, or if the cursor is in a table cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp#tit
msgid "Protect"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp#hd_id3146322.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp\" name=\"Protect\"\>Protect\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp#par_id3145822.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\"\>Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp#par_id3154641.3
msgid "When the cursor is in a read-only cell, a note appears on the \<emph\>Status Bar\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp#par_id3149292.4
msgid "To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Cell - Unprotect\"\>\<emph\>Cell - Unprotect\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp#tit
msgid "Unprotect"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp#hd_id3149052.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Unprotect\"\>Unprotect\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp#par_id3083450.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly\"\>Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp#par_id3154558.3
msgid "To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+T."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp#par_id3150765.4
msgid "You can also remove cell protection from a table in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\"\>Navigator\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp#tit
msgid "Row"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp#hd_id3149502.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp\" name=\"Row\"\>Row\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp#par_id3154652.2
msgid "Set the height of rows, or select, insert, and delete rows."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp#hd_id3083451.3
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp\" name=\"Height\"\>Height\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp#hd_id3149349.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal Height\"\>Optimal Height\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp#hd_id3149883.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"Insert...\"\>Insert...\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#tit
msgid "Row Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#hd_id3149871.1
msgid "Row Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#par_id3149053.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"hoehetext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\"\>Changes the height of the selected row(s).\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#hd_id3155625.3
msgid "Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#par_id3154554.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:ED_HEIGHT\"\>Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#hd_id3149878.5
msgid "Fit to size"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#par_id3145244.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\"\>Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp#par_id3154646.7
msgid "You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Row - Optimal Height\"\>\<emph\>Row - Optimal Height\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp#tit
msgid "Optimal Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp#hd_id3150010.1
msgid "Optimal Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp#par_id3147436.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"zeilenhoehetext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.\</ahelp\> This is the default setting for new tables.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp#par_id3154765.3
msgid "This option is only available if the table contains a row with a fixed height."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp#tit
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp#hd_id3154650.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp\" name=\"Select\"\>Select\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp#par_id3151389.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireRow\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Selects the row that contains the cursor.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp#par_id3149352.3
msgid "This option is only available if the cursor is in a table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp#tit
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp#hd_id3149502.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp\" name=\"Delete\"\>Delete\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp#par_id3149050.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"loeschentext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\"\>Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp#tit
msgid "Column"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp#hd_id3154762.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp\" name=\"Column\"\>Column\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp#par_id3149052.2
msgid "Set the width of columns, or select, insert, and delete columns."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp#hd_id3146322.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp\" name=\"Width...\"\>Width...\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp#hd_id3154558.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal width\"\>Optimal width\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp#hd_id3150564.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"Insert...\"\>Insert...\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#tit
msgid "Column Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#hd_id3150345.1
msgid "Column Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#par_id3149503.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"breitetext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:SetColumnWidth\"\>Changes the width of the selected column(s).\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#hd_id3083452.3
msgid "Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#hd_id3146323.4
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#par_id3145822.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_COL\"\>Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#hd_id3154502.6
msgid "Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp#par_id3149880.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_WIDTH\"\>Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp#tit
msgid "Optimal Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp#hd_id3149500.1
msgid "Optimal Width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp#par_id3149050.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"spaltenbreitetext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth\"\>Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.\</ahelp\> Changing the width of a column does not affect the width of the other columns in the table. The width of the table cannot exceed the page width.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp#par_id5611743
msgid "The change affects only selected cells. You can adjust multiple cells next to each other if you select the cells together."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp#tit
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp#hd_id3154660.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp\" name=\"Select\"\>Select\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp#par_id3154765.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireColumn\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Selects the column that contains the cursor.\</ahelp\> This option is only available if the cursor is in a table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Columns/Rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#par_idN1058C
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Inserts a row into the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#par_idN105A7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Inserts a column into the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#hd_id3148489.1
msgid "Insert Columns/Rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#par_id3151241.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"einfuegentext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"SW:MODALDIALOG:DLG_INS_ROW_COL\"\>Inserts a row or column into the table.\</ahelp\> This command is only available when the cursor is in a table.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#hd_id3083447.3
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#par_id3155626.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:ED_COUNT\"\>Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#hd_id3145829.6
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#par_id3154504.11
msgid "Specifies where to insert the columns or rows."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#hd_id3150015.7
msgid "Before"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#par_id3150564.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_BEFORE\"\>Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#hd_id3149024.9
msgid "After"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp#par_id3153718.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_AFTER\"\>Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp#tit
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp#hd_id3145801.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp\" name=\"Delete\"\>Delete\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp#par_id3153418.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"loeschentext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\"\>Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp#par_id3156385.3
msgid "This command is only available if the cursor is in a table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#tit
msgid "Styles in Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#bm_id4005249
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>styles;categories\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>character styles;style categories\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>paragraph styles;style categories\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>frames; styles\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>page styles;style categories\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>numbering;style categories\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#hd_id3150344.1
msgid "Styles in Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3149052.2
msgid "The following information concerns Writer styles that you can apply using the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\"\>Styles and Formatting\</link\> window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3150015.62
msgid "If you want, you can edit the styles of the current document, and then save the document as a template. To save the document as template, choose \<emph\>File - \</emph\>\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"Templates - Save\"\>\<emph\>Templates - Save\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#hd_id3150572.4
msgid "Style Category"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3153721.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:LISTBOX:RID_STYLECATALOG:BT_TOOL\"\>These are the different categories of formatting styles.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3151271.65
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3153154.66
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3151172.6
msgid "Character Styles "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3147512.7
msgid "Use Character Styles to format single characters, or entire words and phrases. If you want, you can nest Character Styles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3150713.8
msgid "Paragraph Styles "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3149810.9
msgid "Use Paragraph Styles to format paragraphs, including the font type and size. You can also select the paragraph style to apply to the next paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3151308.10
msgid "Frame Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3147527.11
msgid "Use Frame Styles to format text and graphic frames."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3152960.12
msgid "Page Styles "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3155897.13
msgid "Use Page Styles to organize the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3154196.63
msgid "Numbering Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3149298.64
msgid "Use Numbering Styles to format numbered or bulleted lists."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#hd_id3149821.61
msgid "Style Groups"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3154828.18
msgid "These are the style groups that you can display in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3148977.67
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3149032.68
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3153642.19
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3152769.20
msgid "Displays styles appropriate to the current context."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3154374.21
msgid "All Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3153351.22
msgid "Displays all styles of the active style category."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3150590.23
msgid "Applied Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3149168.24
msgid "Displays the styles (of selected category) applied in the current document. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3156368.25
msgid "Custom Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3145780.26
msgid "Displays all user-defined styles in the selected style category."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3155908.27
msgid "Character Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3150114.28
msgid "Displays formatting styles for text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3150700.29
msgid "Chapter Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3147412.30
msgid "Displays formatting styles for headings."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3147500.31
msgid "List Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3149568.32
msgid "Displays formatting styles for numbered or bulleted lists."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3145263.33
msgid "Index Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3155975.34
msgid "Displays formatting styles for indexes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3149213.35
msgid "Special Region Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3147736.36
msgid "Displays formatting styles for headers, footers, footnotes, endnotes, tables, and captions."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3146339.59
msgid "HTML Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3149845.60
msgid "Displays a list of styles for HTML documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3155560.37
msgid "Conditional Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3154774.38
msgid "Displays the user-defined conditional styles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3151090.39
msgid "Hierarchical"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3148448.40
msgid "Displays the styles in the selected category in a hierarchical list. To view the styles in a sublevel, click on the plus sign (+) next to the sublevel name."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#hd_id3155580.56
msgid "Template Management"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp#par_id3145622.57
msgid "Use the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Template Management\"\>\<emph\>Template Management\</emph\>\</link\> dialog to copy styles from one document to another."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp#tit
msgid "Character Style "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp#hd_id3148489.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp\" name=\"Character Style\"\>Character Style\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp#par_id3154650.2
msgid "Here, you can create a font style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp#tit
msgid "Numbering Style "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp#hd_id3155961.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\"\>Numbering Style\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp#par_id3149501.2
msgid "Here you can create a Numbering Style. The Numbering Styles are organized in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\"\>Styles and Formatting\</link\> window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp#par_id3151390.3
msgid "When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called \"named\" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"direct formatting\"\>direct formatting\</link\>, can be created in the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Numbering/bullets\"\>Bullets and Numbering\</link\> dialog or with the icons of the \<link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"object bar\"\>object bar\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#tit
msgid "Condition"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#bm_id3154656
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>styles; conditional\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>conditional styles\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#hd_id3154656.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp\" name=\"Condition\"\>Condition\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3154766.2
msgid "Define conditions for conditional styles here."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3151391.10
msgid "Conditional styles are paragraph styles that have different properties depending on the context. Once defined, you cannot change the conditional properties of a conditional style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3149349.11
msgid "$[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a \<emph\>Context\</emph\> that has an \<emph\>Applied Style\</emph\> linked to it, then the \<emph\>Paragraph Style\</emph\> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the \<emph\>Context\</emph\>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3149883.12
msgid "Open a blank text document and write a short business letter with a header (\<emph\>Format\</emph\> - \<emph\>Page\</emph\> - \<emph\>Header\</emph\>)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3148768.21
msgid "Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing \<emph\>New\</emph\> in the \<emph\>Styles and Formatting\</emph\> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the \<emph\>Paragraph Style\</emph\> dialog. Name this style \"Business letter\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3153723.23
msgid "Then click the \<emph\>Condition\</emph\> tab and select the \<emph\>Conditional style\</emph\> field to define the new Paragraph Style as a conditional style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3154647.24
msgid "In \<emph\>Context\</emph\>, select the header entry and under \<emph\>Paragraph Styles\</emph\> select the style for the header in your business letter; for example, the default Paragraph Style \"Header\". You also can select your own style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3150760.25
msgid "You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the \<emph\>Paragraph Styles\</emph\> list box or by using \<emph\>Apply\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3149753.26
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new \"Business letter\" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display \<item type=\"literal\"\>All Styles\</item\> or \<item type=\"literal\"\>Custom Styles\</item\> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3145412.27
msgid "The header text now has the attributes you specified in the Header Paragraph Style, while the other parts of the document have the attributes defined in the business letter conditional Paragraph Style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3154473.13
msgid "The \"Text body\" Style was created as a conditional style. Therefore, any styles you derive from it can be used as conditional styles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3151321.14
msgid "The Paragraph Style applied to the context is used when exporting to other formats (RTF, HTML, and so on)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#hd_id3152952.3
msgid "Conditional style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3150974.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION\"\>Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#hd_id3153672.4
msgid "Context"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3147530.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_COND_COLL_TABLIST\"\>Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#hd_id3155896.5
msgid "Applied Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3149689.17
msgid "Here you can see the list of all Paragraph Styles applied to a context."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#hd_id3154194.6
msgid "Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3159195.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:LB_STYLE\"\>A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#hd_id3149306.8
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3151335.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_REMOVE\"\>Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#hd_id3149483.9
msgid "Assign"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp#par_id3154829.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_ASSIGN\"\>Click \<emph\>Assign\</emph\> to apply the \<emph\>selected Paragraph Style\</emph\> to the defined \<emph\>context\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#tit
msgid "Styles and Formatting"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#bm_id3907589
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>Styles and Formatting window;applying styles\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\"\>Styles and Formatting\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3148391.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Use the Styles and Formatting window to apply, create, edit, add, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id0122200903183687
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_idN106EF
msgid "To \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\"\>dock\</link\> the Styles and Formatting window, drag its title bar to the left or to the right side of the workspace. To undock the window, double-click a free space on its toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#hd_id3147167.37
msgid "How to apply a style:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3151264.38
msgid "Select the text. To apply a Character Style to one word, click the word. To apply a Paragraph Style, click the paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3150756.39
msgid "Double-click the style in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_idN1071D
msgid "You can assign shortcut keys to Styles on the \<emph\>Tools - Customize - Keyboard\</emph\> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3154643.4
msgid "The Styles and Formatting toolbar contains icons for formatting your documents:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#hd_id3153146.5
msgid "Style Category"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3147506
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3147512\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam2.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3147512\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3154106.6
msgid "Paragraph Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3149800.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ParaStyle\"\>Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.\</ahelp\> Use paragraph styles to apply the same \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"formatting\"\>formatting\</link\>, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3151319
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3152955\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam1.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3152955\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3150351.8
msgid "Character Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3154570.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:CharStyle\"\>Displays formatting styles for characters.\</ahelp\> Use character styles to apply font styles to selected text in a paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3159194
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3159200\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf03.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3159200\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3151332.10
msgid "Frame Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3143282.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameStyle\"\>Displays formatting styles for frames.\</ahelp\> Use frame styles to format frame layouts and position."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3149819
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149826\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf04.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149826\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3148976.12
msgid "Page Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3147220.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:PageStyle\"\>Displays formatting styles for pages.\</ahelp\> Use page styles to determine page layouts, including the presence of headers and footers."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3152766
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3152772\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf05.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3152772\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3154390.28
msgid "List Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3153361.27
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:TemplateFamily5\"\>Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.\</ahelp\> Use list styles to format number and bullet characters and to specify indents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3150576
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150590\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150590\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3145786.14
msgid "Fill Format Mode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3156379.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN\"\>Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.\</ahelp\> To exit this mode, click the icon again, or press Esc."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3150114
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150122\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_stylenewbyexample.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150122\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3147490.18
msgid "New Style from Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_idN109BB
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens a submenu with more commands.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_idN109DA
msgid "New style from selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3149552.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_idN10A04
msgid "Update style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3146333.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE\"\>The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_idN10A31
msgid "Load style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_idN10A36
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the Load Styles dialog to import styles from another document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#par_id3148860.25
msgid "More information about \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"styles\"\>styles\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp#hd_id3155576.26
msgid "Applied Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp#tit
msgid "AutoCorrect"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp#bm_id3153925
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>AutoCorrect function;text documents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp#hd_id3153925.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat\"\>AutoCorrect\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp#par_id3151182.2
msgid "Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect\"\>\<emph\>Tools - AutoCorrect\</emph\> \<emph\>Options\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp#hd_id1029200810080924
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\"\>AutoCorrect Options\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp#par_id1029200810080924
msgid "Opens the AutoCorrect dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp#par_id3147570.3
msgid "To open the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat for Tables\"\>AutoFormat for Tables\</link\> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose \<emph\>Table - AutoFormat\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp#tit
msgid "While Typing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp#hd_id3147436.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp\" name=\"While Typing\"\>While Typing\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp#par_id3154017.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:OnlineAutoFormat\"\>Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose \<emph\>Tools - AutoCorrect\</emph\>\<emph\> Options\</emph\>, and then click the \<emph\>Options \</emph\>tab.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp#par_id3148488.3
msgid "You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp\" name=\"word completion\"\>word completion\</link\> only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp#par_id3147407.24
msgid "To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose \<emph\>Edit - \</emph\>\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp\" name=\"Undo\"\>\<emph\>Undo\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp#par_id3150536.25
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"Other AutoFormat rules\"\>Other AutoCorrect rules\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#tit
msgid "AutoFormat for Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#bm_id2655415
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables;AutoFormat function\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>styles;table styles\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>AutoFormat function for tables\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3148485.1
msgid "AutoFormat for Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3149500.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"autoformattabelle\"\>\<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFMT_TABLE\"\>Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3151388.3
msgid "Applying an AutoFormat to a Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3145828.4
msgid "Click in a table cell, or select the cells that you want to format."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3153006.5
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - AutoFormat\</emph\>, and then click the format that you to want to apply."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3145585.30
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3148386.8
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3149022.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:LB_FORMAT\"\>Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3153722.10
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3151185.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ADD\"\>Adds a new table style to the list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3154646.12
msgid "Format a table in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3156320.13
msgid "Select the table, and then choose \<emph\>Table - AutoFormat\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3153156.14
msgid "Click \<emph\>Add\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3151168.15
msgid "In the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"Add AutoFormat\"\>\<emph\>Add AutoFormat\</emph\>\</link\> dialog, enter a name, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3147516.16
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3150707.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_REMOVE\"\>Deletes the selected table style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3152946.18
msgid "More"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3149802.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:MOREBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_MORE\"\>Displays more formatting options for tables. Click again to hide the options.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3153534.31
msgid "Formatting"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3154477.32
msgid "Select the formatting attributes that you to include in the selected table style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3151317.33
msgid "Number format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3150970.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_NUMFORMAT\"\>Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3150350.24
msgid "Font"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3152961.25
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_FONT\"\>Includes font formatting in the selected table style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3154575.20
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3155896.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ALIGNMENT\"\>Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3149690.22
msgid "Border"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3154200.23
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_BORDER\"\>Includes border styles in the selected table style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3159201.26
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3151325.27
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_PATTERN\"\>Includes background styles in the selected table style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#hd_id3149302.28
msgid "Rename"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp#par_id3149490.29
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_RENAME\"\>Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename the \"Standard\" table style.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp#tit
msgid "Combine"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp#hd_id3154502.1
msgid "Combine"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp#hd_id3150020.2
msgid "Minimum Size"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp#par_id3145241.3
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:RID_OFADLG_PRCNT_SET:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\"\>Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#tit
msgid "Apply"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#bm_id5028839
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>automatic heading formatting\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#bm_id
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>AutoCorrect function;headings\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>headings;automatic\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>separator lines;AutoCorrect function\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#hd_id3155962.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"Apply\"\>Apply\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3149871.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatApply\"\>Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under \<emph\>Tools - AutoCorrect\</emph\> \<emph\>Options\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3147404.15
msgid "When you apply automatic formats, the following rules apply:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#hd_id3155625.3
msgid "AutoCorrect for Headings"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3154505.4
msgid "A paragraph is formatted as a heading when the following conditions are met:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3145241.19
msgid "paragraph begins with a capital letter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3148386.20
msgid "paragraph does not end with a punctuation mark"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3150564.21
msgid "empty paragraph above and below the paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#hd_id3149030.8
msgid "AutoCorrect for Bullets / Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3156316.9
msgid "To create a bulleted list, type a hyphen (-), star (*), or plus sign (+), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3150763.18
msgid "To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a period (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3147507.16
msgid "Automatic numbering is only applied to paragraphs formatted with the \<emph\>Standard\</emph\>, \<emph\>Text body\</emph\> or \<emph\>Text body indent\</emph\> paragraph styles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#hd_id3152941.10
msgid "AutoCorrect for Separator Lines"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3154105.11
msgid "If you type three or more hyphens (---), underscores (___) or equal signs (===) on line and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"lower border\"\>lower border\</link\> of the preceding paragraph. The following rules apply:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3153530.12
msgid "Three hyphens (-) yield a single line (0.05 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3154477.13
msgid "Three underscore (_) yield a single line (1 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp#par_id3150982.14
msgid "Three equal signs (=) yield a double line (1.10 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#tit
msgid "Apply and Edit Changes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#hd_id3149353.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp\" name=\"Apply and Edit Changes\"\>Apply and Edit Changes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#par_id3152999.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply\"\>Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under \<emph\>Tools - AutoCorrect\</emph\>\<emph\> Options\</emph\>. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#hd_id3148775.4
msgid "Accept All"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#par_id3149029.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT\"\>Applies all of the formatting changes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#hd_id3153722.6
msgid "Reject All"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#par_id3149711.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT\"\>Rejects all of the formatting changes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#hd_id3150756.8
msgid "Edit Changes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#par_id3147570.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG\"\>Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp#par_id3151184.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp\" name=\"Accept or Reject AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab\"\>Accept or Reject Changes, Filter tab\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#tit
msgid "Load Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#hd_id3151242.1
msgid "Load Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#par_id3083446.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"vorlagentext\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:LoadStyles\"\>Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#hd_id3149354.6
msgid "Categories"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#par_id3154561.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_REGION\"\>Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the \<emph\>Templates \</emph\>list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#hd_id3149885.8
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#par_id3145249.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_TEMPLATE\"\>Lists the available templates for the selected category.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#hd_id3148392.10
msgid "Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#par_id3149026.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_TEXT_STYLE\"\>Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#hd_id3153717.12
msgid "Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#par_id3156320.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_FRAME_STYLE\"\>Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#hd_id3147565.14
msgid "Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#par_id3154642.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_PAGE_STYLE\"\>Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#hd_id3153147.18
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#par_id3152587.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_NUM_STYLE\"\>Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#hd_id3151176.16
msgid "Overwrite"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#par_id3147514.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_MERGE_STYLE\"\>Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#par_id3150358.20
msgid "Styles with identical names are automatically overwritten."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#hd_id3153668.21
msgid "From file"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05170000.xhp#par_id3147526.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_NEW_FILE_PB_LOAD_FILE\"\>Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click \<emph\>Open\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#tit
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#hd_id3145826.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"\>Wrap\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#par_id3153002.2
msgid "Sets the text wrap options for graphics, objects, and frames."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#hd_id3150022.3
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"No wrap\"\>No wrap\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#hd_id3150934.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Page wrap\"\>Page wrap\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#hd_id3149027.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Dynamic page wrap\"\>Dynamic page wrap\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#hd_id3153718.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap through\"\>Wrap through\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"In background\"\>In background\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#hd_id3151180.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Contour\"\>Contour\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#hd_id3147566.9
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\"\>Edit Contour\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#hd_id3149294.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"First paragraph\"\>First paragraph\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp#hd_id3147341.11
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Edit\"\>Edit\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#tit
msgid "Split Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#bm_id3153246
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables; splitting\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>splitting tables; at cursor position\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>dividing tables\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#hd_id3153246.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp\" name=\"Split Table\"\>Split Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#par_id3083450.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\"\>Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.\</ahelp\> You can also access this command by right-clicking in a table cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#hd_id3149351.3
msgid "Mode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#hd_id3154554.5
msgid "Copy heading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#par_id3154503.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_CNTNT\"\>Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#hd_id3149880.7
msgid "Custom heading (apply style)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#par_id3148389.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_PARA\"\>Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#hd_id3150568.9
msgid "Custom heading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#par_id3149027.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_NOPARA\"\>Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#hd_id3153720.11
msgid "No heading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#par_id3156318.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BORDER\"\>Splits the table without copying the header row.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp#par_id3145411.13
msgid "When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp#tit
msgid "Merge Table "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp#bm_id3154652
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables; merging\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>merging; tables\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp#hd_id3154652.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp\" name=\"Merge Table\"\>Merge Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp#par_id3147401.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeTable\"\>Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp#par_id3146325.3
msgid "If you choose this command when the cursor is in the middle of three consecutive tables, you are prompted to select the table that you want to merge with."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp#tit
msgid "Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp#hd_id3149666.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\"\>Styles\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#tit
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#hd_id3154657.1
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3148572.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"silben\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.\</ahelp\> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3153811.3
msgid "To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose \<emph\>Format - Paragraph\</emph\>, and then click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"\>Text Flow\</link\> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3151389.5
msgid "When $[officename] finds a word that requires hyphenation, do one of the following options:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3155622.36
msgid "To accept the hyphenation of the displayed word, click \<emph\>Hyphenate\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3154558.37
msgid "To change the hyphenation of the displayed word, click the left or right arrow below the word, and then click \<emph\>Hyphenate\</emph\>. The left and right buttons are enabled for words with multiple hyphenation points."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3150017.38
msgid "To reject the hyphenation of the displayed word, click \<emph\>Skip\</emph\>. This word will not be hyphenated."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3150018.38
msgid "To automatically hyphenate the remaining part of the selection or the document, click \<emph\>Hyphenate All\</emph\> and answer \"Yes\" to the following question."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3150019.38
msgid "To end hyphenation, click \<emph\>Close\</emph\>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use \<emph\>Edit - Undo\</emph\> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialog was open."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3147562.19
msgid "To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose \<emph\>Format - Paragraph\</emph\>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the \<emph\>Automatically\</emph\> check box in the Hyphenation area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3154276.18
msgid "To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp\" name=\"Language Settings - Writing Aids\"\>Language Settings - Writing Aids\</link\>\</emph\>, and select the \<emph\>Hyphenate without inquiry\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3152950.17
msgid "To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Minus sign (-)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3147523.32
msgid "To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>+Ctrl \</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Minus sign(-)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3154573.33
msgid "To hide custom hyphens, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</link\>\</emph\>, and then clear the \<emph\>Custom hyphens\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#hd_id3150360.20
msgid "Word"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#hd_id3153676.21
msgid "Word"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3149687.22
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:ED_WORD\"\>Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#hd_id3154195.23
msgid "Left / Right Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3155174.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_RIGHT\"\>Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#hd_id3151327.25
msgid "Next"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3149306.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_CONTINUE\"\>Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#hd_id3149495.27
msgid "Hyphenate"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3149096.28
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_HYPHENATE\"\>Inserts the hyphen at the indicated position.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#hd_id3154829.29
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#par_id3149821.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_DELETE\"\>Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp#tit
msgid "Word Count"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp#par_idN10542
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp\"\>Word Count\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp#par_idN10552
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"FN_WORDCOUNT_DIALOG\"\>Counts the words and characters in the current selection and in the whole document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp#par_idN1062D
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\"\>File - Properties - Statistics\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#tit
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#hd_id3154561.1
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#par_id3145246.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"kapnum\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog\"\>Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#par_id3150934.54
msgid "Outline numbering is linked to paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading\" paragraph styles (1-10) are assigned to the corresponding outline number levels (1-10). If you want, you can assign different paragraph styles to the outline number level."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#par_id8237250
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the \<emph\>Tools - Outline Numbering\</emph\> menu command to assign numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#par_id3147567.55
msgid "To highlight the screen display of outline numbers, choose \<emph\>View -\</emph\>\<emph\>Field Shadings\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#hd_id3151168.56
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#par_id3147512.57
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_OUTLINE_FORM\"\>Saves or loads an outline number format. A saved outline number format is available to all text documents.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#par_id3150979.58
msgid "The \<emph\>Format\</emph\> button is only available for outline numbering. For numbered or bulleted list styles, modify the Numbering Styles of the paragraphs."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#hd_id3154572.59
msgid "Untitled 1 - 9"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#par_id3150350.60
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NAMED_NUMS\"\>Select the predefined numbering style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.61
msgid "Save As"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#par_id3155892.62
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NUM_SAVEAS\"\>Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#hd_id3149689.63
msgid "Save As"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp#par_id3154200.64
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_NUM_NAMES:LB_FORM\"\>Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#tit
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#hd_id3151387.34
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp\" name=\"Numbering\"\>Numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3155620.35
msgid "Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#hd_id3153003.3
msgid "Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3150018.4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_LEVEL\"\>Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.\</ahelp\> To apply the numbering options, except for the paragraph style, to all of the levels, click \"1-10\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#hd_id3145248.8
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3150930.9
msgid "Specify the formatting for the select outline level."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#hd_id3149030.10
msgid "Paragraph Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3153722.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_COLL\"\>Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.\</ahelp\> If you click \"None\", the selected outline level is not defined."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#hd_id3151272.12
msgid "Number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3156319.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_NUMBER\"\>Select the numbering style that you want to apply to the selected outline level.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3150258.14
msgid "\<emph\>Selection\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3149760.15
msgid "\<emph\>Description\</emph\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3147513.16
msgid "A, B, C, ..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3150708.17
msgid "Capital letters"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3154104.18
msgid "a, b, c, ..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3153533.19
msgid "Lowercase letters"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3151314.20
msgid "I, II, III, ..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3154470.21
msgid "Roman numerals (upper)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3150360.22
msgid "i, ii, iii, ..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3152960.23
msgid "Roman numerals (lower)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3155899.24
msgid "1, 2, 3, ..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3154191.25
msgid "Arabic numerals"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3149298.36
msgid "A,... AA,... AAA,..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3151332.37
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with identical capital letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the second number in level three is \"BBB\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3143284.38
msgid "a,... aa,... aaa,..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3149820.39
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with identical lower case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is \"cc\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3154834.26
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3148968.27
msgid "No numbering symbol. Only the character or symbol defined in the \<emph\>Separator\</emph\> fields appears at the beginning of the numbered line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#hd_id3147098.40
msgid "Character Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3147224.41
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_CHARFMT\"\>Select the format of the numbering character.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#hd_id3153643.28
msgid "Show sublevels"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3147575.29
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:NF_ALL_LEVEL\"\>Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select \"3\" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#hd_id3152772.30
msgid "Separator Before"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3155142.31
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_PREFIX\"\>Enter the text that you want to display before the chapter number.\</ahelp\> For example, type \"Chapter \" to display \"Chapter 1\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#hd_id3154386.32
msgid "Separator After"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3153358.33
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_SUFFIX\"\>Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.\</ahelp\> For example, type a period (.) to display \"1.\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#hd_id3150590.6
msgid "Start at"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp#par_id3151023.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_START\"\>Enter the number that you want to restart the chapter numbering at.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp#tit
msgid "Footnotes/Endnotes Settings"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp#hd_id3153004.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Footnote options\"\>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp#par_id3149882.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"fnoten\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:FootnoteDialog\"\>Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#tit
msgid "Footnotes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3154705.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp\" name=\"Footnotes\"\>Footnotes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3149500.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_OPTIONS\"\>Specifies the formatting for footnotes and endnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3154560.47
msgid "To set additional option for footnotes and endnotes, choose \<emph\>Format - Page\</emph\>, and then click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"\>\<emph\>Footnote\</emph\>\</link\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3149884.9
msgid "AutoNumbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3148394.11
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3150568.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMVIEW\"\>Select the numbering style that you want to use for footnotes or endnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3147570.13
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3151180.14
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3150763.15
msgid "A, B, C"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3153154.16
msgid "Uppercase"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3151171.17
msgid "a, b, c"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3147508.18
msgid "Lowercase"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3150706.19
msgid "I, II, III"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3152940.20
msgid "Roman numerals (upper case)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3153530.21
msgid "i, ii, iii"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3150359.22
msgid "Roman numerals (lower case)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3150981.23
msgid "1, 2, 3"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3154569.24
msgid "Arabic numerals"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3147525.57
msgid "A,... AA,... AAA,..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3155895.58
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at \"AA\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3154194.59
msgid "a,... aa,... aaa,..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3149297.60
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at \"aa\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3151330.25
msgid "Counting"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3155186.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMCOUNT\"\>Select the numbering option for the footnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3149096.65
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3151256.66
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3147094.27
msgid "Per page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3148983.28
msgid "Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the \<emph\>End of page \</emph\>check box is selected in the \<emph\>Position \</emph\>area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3149040.29
msgid "Per chapter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3152766.30
msgid "Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the beginning of each chapter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3155147.31
msgid "Per document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3153347.32
msgid "Numbers the footnotes in the document sequentially."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3149167.33
msgid "Start at"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3156268.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\"\>Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected \"Per Document\" in the \<emph\>Counting \</emph\>box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3151036.50
msgid "Before"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3150587.51
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\"\>Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.\</ahelp\> For example, type \"To \" to display \"To 1\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3156364.52
msgid "After"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3155906.53
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\"\>Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.\</ahelp\> For example, type \")\" to display \"1)\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3148875.3
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3148888.5
msgid "End of page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3151385.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_PAGE\"\>Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3149549.7
msgid "End of document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3150123.8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_CHAPTER\"\>Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3155871.35
msgid "Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3150695.36
msgid "To ensure a uniform appearance for the footnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnotes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3147418.37
msgid "Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3147620.38
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\"\>Select the paragraph style for the footnote text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3147495.39
msgid "Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3145128.40
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\"\>Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3149229.49
msgid "This option is only available if the \<emph\>End of Document\</emph\> check box is selected in the \<emph\>Position\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3147742.61
msgid "Character Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3146335.62
msgid "You can assign styles to footnote anchors and text. You can use the predefined footnote styles, or use a different style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3149834.63
msgid "Text area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3147592.64
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\"\>Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3148845.55
msgid "Footnote area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3148863.56
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\"\>Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3155575.41
msgid "Continuation notice"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3148445.43
msgid "End of Footnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3151091.46
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT\"\>Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, \"Continued on Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page. \</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#hd_id3154784.45
msgid "Start of next page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp#par_id3154089.44
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT_FROM\"\>Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, \"Continued from Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#tit
msgid "Endnotes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3156321.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp\" name=\"Endnotes\"\>Endnotes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#par_id3151182.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENDNOTE_OPTIONS\"\>Specifies the formatting for endnotes.\</ahelp\> The type of endnote numbering and the Styles to apply are the options available."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3149292.3
msgid "AutoNumbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3151178.4
msgid "Start at"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#par_id3147512.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\"\>Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.\</ahelp\> This is useful if want the endnote numbering to span more than one document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3150702.13
msgid "Before"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#par_id3152943.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\"\>Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.\</ahelp\> For example, type \"re: \" to display \"re: 1\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3149804.15
msgid "After"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#par_id3153535.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\"\>Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.\</ahelp\> For example, type \")\" to display \"1)\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3152952.6
msgid "Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#par_id3150970.7
msgid "To ensure a uniform appearance for the endnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnotes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3151312.8
msgid "Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#par_id3147526.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\"\>Select the paragraph style for the endnote text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3154470.11
msgid "Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#par_id3154569.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\"\>Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3155901.20
msgid "Character Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#par_id3149692.21
msgid "You can assign styles to endnote anchors and text. You can use the predefined endnote styles, or use a different style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3154198.22
msgid "Text area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#par_id3159200.23
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\"\>Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#hd_id3151326.18
msgid "Endnote area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp#par_id3155182.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENDNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\"\>Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#tit
msgid "Convert Text to Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#bm_id3147402
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>converting; text, into tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>text; converting to tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>tables; converting to text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp\" name=\"Convert Text to Table\"\>Convert Text to Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3145829.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"texttab\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ConvertTableText\"\>Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.\</ahelp\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3150015.15
msgid "The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3145247.3
msgid "Separate text at"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3148388.4
msgid "A separator, such as a tab, marks the column boundaries in the selected text. Each paragraph in the selection is converted into a row in the table. Similarly, when you convert a table into text, the column markers are changed to the character that you specify, and each row is converted into a separate paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3150936.6
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3149027.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_TAB\"\>Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3147171.10
msgid "Semicolons"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3147565.11
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_SEMI\"\>Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3151273.12
msgid "Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3154645.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_PARA\"\>Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3151184.16
msgid "Other:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3150256.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:RB_OTHER\"\>Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3149295.20
msgid "Text box"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3151175.21
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:ED_OTHER\"\>Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3147508.18
msgid "Equal width for all columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3154278.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_KEEPCOLUMN\"\>Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3150703.14
msgid "AutoFormat"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id31542781.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<emph\>AutoFormat\</emph\> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3154097.22
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3149802.23
msgid "Heading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3153535.28
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\"\>Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3150359.24
msgid "Repeat heading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3150973.29
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\"\>Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id5971251
msgid "The first ... rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id4136478
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Repeats the first n rows as a header.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3151315.25
msgid "Don't split table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3147530.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\"\>Does not divide the table across pages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#hd_id3154472.26
msgid "Border"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp#par_id3154570.31
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\"\>Adds a border to the table and the table cells.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#tit
msgid "Sort"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#bm_id3149353
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables;sorting rows\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>sorting;paragraphs/table rows\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text; sorting paragraphs\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lines of text; sorting paragraphs\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>sorting;paragraphs in special languages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>Asian languages;sorting paragraphs/table rows\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3149353.1
msgid "Sort"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3150015.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"sort\"\>\<ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\"\>Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.\</ahelp\> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys.\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3150931.3
msgid "Sort criteria"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3149029.4
msgid "Keys 1 to 3"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3147170.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_SORTING:CB_KEY3\"\>Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3147565.6
msgid "Column 1 to 3"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3154644.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_SORTING:ED_KEY3\"\>Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3150254.9
msgid "Key type 1 to 3"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3149752.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SORTING:DLB_KEY3\"\>Select the sorting option that you want to use.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3151177.16
msgid "Order"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id072020090105453
msgid "Ascending"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3154270.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_UP3\"\>Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3150708.19
msgid "Descending"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3152946.20
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_DN3\"\>Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3149812.11
msgid "Direction"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3153540.12
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3150973.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_COL\"\>Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3147526.14
msgid "Rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3153677.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_ROW\"\>Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3151312.21
msgid "Separator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3150350.22
msgid "Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3154570.23
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3155902.24
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_TAB\"\>If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3154190.25
msgid "Character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3159196.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SORTING:ED_TABCH\"\>Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.\</ahelp\> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3151324.31
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3155178.32
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SORTING_PB_DELIM\"\>Opens the \<emph\>Special Characters\</emph\> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3149482.33
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3151252.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_SORTING_LB_LANG\"\>Select the language that defines the sorting rules.\</ahelp\> Some languages sort special characters differently than other languages."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#hd_id3149104.35
msgid "Match case"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_id3154838.36
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_DLG_SORTING_CB_CASE\"\>Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp#par_idN10895
msgid "For Asian languages, select \<emph\>Match case \</emph\>to apply multi-level collation. In the multi-level collation, the primitive forms of the entries are first compared with the cases of the forms and diacritics ignored. If the forms are the same, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still the same, the cases, character widths, and Japanese Kana differences of the forms are compared."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp#tit
msgid "Calculate"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp\" name=\"Calculate\"\>Calculate\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp#par_id3150021.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp#tit
msgid "Page Formatting"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp#hd_id3155961.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp\" name=\"Page Formatting\"\>Page Formatting\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp#par_id3150249.2
msgid "\<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\".uno:Repaginate\"\>Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the \<emph\>Status Bar\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp#par_id3154766.4
msgid "In long documents, updating the page formatting can take a while."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#tit
msgid "Current Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#hd_id3154704.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp\" name=\"Current Index\"\>Current Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#par_id3149499.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Updates the current index.\</ahelp\> The current index is the one that contains the cursor."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#par_id3154763.3
msgid "You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose \<emph\>Update Index/Table\</emph\>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#hd_id3146967.4
msgid "Edit Index/Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#par_id3151387.5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Edits the current index or table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#hd_id3147403.6
msgid "Delete Index/Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp#par_id3155625.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:RemoveTableOf\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Deletes the current index or table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp#tit
msgid "All Indexes and Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp#hd_id3149875.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp\" name=\"All Indexes and Tables\"\>All Indexes and Tables\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp#par_id3150211.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllIndexes\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#tit
msgid "Line Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3154705.1
msgid "Line Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3150249.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"zeinum\"\>Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose \<emph\>Format - Paragraph\</emph\>, click the \<emph\>Numbering \</emph\>tab, and then clear the \<emph\>Include this paragraph in line numbering\</emph\> check box.\</variable\> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id248115
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3146965.5
msgid "Show numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3147295.6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_NUMBERING_ON\"\>Adds line numbers to the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3083449.7
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3155621.8
msgid "Set the properties of the line numbering."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3145822.9
msgid "Character Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3153000.10
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_CHAR_STYLE\"\>Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3149880.11
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3145246.12
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_FORMAT\"\>Select the numbering style that you want to use.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3150569.13
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3150932.14
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_POS\"\>Select where you want the line numbers to appear.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3155986.15
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3153719.16
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:MF_OFFSET\"\>Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3151183.17
msgid "Interval"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3151272.18
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_NUM_INVERVAL\"\>Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.19
msgid "Separator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3150765.20
msgid "You can enter a separator character to display between line numbers if the counting interval is more than one."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3150258.22
msgid "Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3149286.23
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_LINENUMBERING:ED_DIVISOR\"\>Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3149757.24
msgid "Every"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3145412.25
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_DIV_INTERVAL\"\>Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3153532.26
msgid "Separators are only displayed in lines that are not numbered."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3152962.27
msgid "Count"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3150358.28
msgid "Specify whether to include empty paragraphs or lines in text frames in the line count."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3153677.29
msgid "Blank lines"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3150973.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_EMPTYLINES\"\>Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3154476.31
msgid "Lines in text frames"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3150995.32
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_FRAMELINES\"\>Adds line numbers to text in text frames. The numbering restarts in each text frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.\</ahelp\> In \<link href=\"text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp\" name=\"linked frames\"\>linked frames\</link\>, the numbering is not restarted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#hd_id3151320.34
msgid "Restart every new page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp#par_id3149685.35
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_LINENUMBERING_CB_RESTART_PAGE\"\>Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp#tit
msgid "Update All"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp#hd_id3145824.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp\" name=\"Update All\"\>Update All\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp#par_id3153004.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAll\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp#tit
msgid "Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp#hd_id3083281.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>Fields\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp#par_id3154656.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateFields\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp#tit
msgid "Links"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp#hd_id3155962.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp\" name=\"Links\"\>Links\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp#par_id3149499.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllLinks\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Updates the links in the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp#tit
msgid "All Charts"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp#hd_id3155959.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp\" name=\"All Charts\"\>All Charts\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp#par_id3150344.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCharts\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Updates the charts in the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp#tit
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp#bm_id3154704
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>updating; text documents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp#hd_id3154704.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp\" name=\"Update\"\>Update\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp#par_id3149501.2
msgid "Updates items in the current document that have dynamic contents, so as fields and indexes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp#tit
msgid "Object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp#par_idN10548
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp\"\>Object\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp#par_idN10558
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp#hd_id1863460
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05990000.xhp\"\>Text Attributes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp#par_id3542588
msgid "Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp#par_id9466841
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05280000.xhp\"\>Fontwork\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp#par_id2874538
msgid "Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#tit
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN10549
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\"\>Mail Merge Wizard\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN10559
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN105CC
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Starting document\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Starting document\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN105F6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\"\>Configurable Mail Merge dialog\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#tit
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Starting Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10543
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Starting Document\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10553
msgid "Specify the document that you want to use as a base for the mail merge document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10556
msgid "Use the current document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1055A
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1055D
msgid "Create a new document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10561
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10564
msgid "Start from existing document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10568
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056B
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056F
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Locate the Writer document that you want too use, and then click \<emph\>Open\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10572
msgid "Start from a template"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10576
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10579
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1057D
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<emph\>Templates and Documents\</emph\> dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10584
msgid "Start from a recently saved starting document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10588
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN106F6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1058B
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Document type\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Document type\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#tit
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10543
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10553
msgid "Specify the type of mail merge document to create. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10556
msgid "Letter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN1055A
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Creates a printable mail merge document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#hd_id6954863
msgid "E-mail message"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10561
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an e-mail message or an e-mail attachment.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10572
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#tit
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10543
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10553
msgid "Specify the recipients for the mail merge document as well as the layout of the address block."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10561
msgid "The Mail Merge wizard opens to this page if you start the wizard in a text document that already contains address database fields. If the wizard opens directly to this page, the \<emph\>Select address list\</emph\> button is called \<emph\>Select different address list\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10556
msgid "The title of this page is \<emph\>Address block\</emph\> for letters and \<emph\>Address list\</emph\> for e-mail messages."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10568
msgid "Select address list"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1056C
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\"\>Select Address List\</link\> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_id7805413
msgid "When you edit some records in a Calc spreadsheet data source that is currently in use for a mail merge, those changes are not visible in the mail merge."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1057D
msgid "This document shall contain an address block"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10581
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Adds an address block to the mail merge document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10584
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the address block layout that you want to use.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#hd_id9355754
msgid "Suppress lines with just empty fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_id3109225
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10587
msgid "More"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1058B
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\"\>Select Address Block\</link\> dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1059C
msgid "Match fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105A0
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\"\>Match Fields\</link\> dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B1
msgid "(Browse buttons)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#tit
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Greeting Line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10543
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Create a Salutation\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10553
msgid "Specify the properties for the salutation. If the mail merge database contains gender information, you can specify different salutations based on the gender of the recipient."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10556
msgid "This document should contain a salutation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055A
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Adds a salutation.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055D
msgid "Insert personalized salutation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10561
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10564
msgid "Female"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10568
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056B
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056F
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\"\>Custom Salutation\</link\> (Female recipient) dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10580
msgid "Male"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10584
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10587
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1058B
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\"\>Custom Salutation\</link\> (Male recipient) dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1059C
msgid "Field name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A0
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A3
msgid "Field value"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AA
msgid "General salutation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AE
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B1
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Displays a preview of the salutation.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B8
msgid "Match fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105BC
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\"\>Match Fields\</link\> dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105CD
msgid "(Browse buttons)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D1
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#tit
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Layout"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10543
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust Layout\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10553
msgid "Specify the position of the address blocks and salutations on the documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10556
msgid "Align to text body"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1055A
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1055D
msgid "From left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10561
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10564
msgid "From top"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10568
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1056B
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1056F
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Moves the salutation up.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10572
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10576
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Moves the salutation down.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10579
msgid "Zoom"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1057D
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select a magnification for the page preview.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN106AF
msgid "Use the commands in the context menu of the preview to move the view up and down."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10580
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#tit
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Prepare Merge"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10543
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Edit Document\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10553
msgid "Browse through the document previews, exclude single recipients, and edit the main document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10556
msgid "Recipient"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1055A
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10604
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1055D
msgid "Exclude this recipient"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10561
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10564
msgid "Edit Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10568
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the main mail merge document for all recipients.\</ahelp\> To return to the wizard, click the \<emph\>Return to Mail Merge Wizard\</emph\> button."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1056F
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#tit
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10543
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize Document\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10553
msgid "Edit documents for each recipient."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10556
msgid "The Mail Merge Wizard creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient. When you reach this page of the wizard, the names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10559
msgid "Edit individual document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1055D
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.\</ahelp\> After you made your changes, click the \<emph\>Return to Mail Merge Wizard\</emph\> button."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN105FA
msgid "Search for"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN105FE
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the text that you want to search for in the merged document, for example, the name of a recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10564
msgid "Find"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10568
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Click to start the search.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056B
msgid "Whole words only"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056F
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Searches for whole words only and not parts of larger words.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10572
msgid "Backwards"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10576
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Searches from the current cursor position to the top of the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10579
msgid "Match case"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1057D
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters in the search.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10580
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Save print send\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Save, print or send\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#tit
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print & Send"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1054C
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\"\>Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print or Send\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1055C
msgid "Specifies the output options for mail merge documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1055F
msgid "The appearance of this page depends on the option that you select. After you specify the settings, click \<emph\>Finish\</emph\> to exit the wizard."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10578
msgid "Save starting document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057C
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Saves the starting document that contains the database fields.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057F
msgid "Save starting document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10583
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Saves the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10586
msgid "Save merged document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1058A
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Saves the merged document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1058D
msgid "Save as single document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10591
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Saves the merged document as a single file.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10594
msgid "Save as individual documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10598
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059B
msgid "From"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059F
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the \<emph\>From\</emph\> box and ending at the record number in the \<emph\>To\</emph\> box. \</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106DB
msgid "From"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106E1
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A2
msgid "To"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A6
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A9
msgid "Save Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105AD
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Saves the documents.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B0
msgid "Print merged document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B4
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Prints the output for all or some recipients.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B7
msgid "Printer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BB
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the printer.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BE
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Changes the printer properties.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C5
msgid "Print all documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Prints documents for all recipients.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105DA
msgid "Print Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105DE
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Prints the mail merge documents.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E1
msgid "Send merged document as e-mail"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Sends the output as e-mail messages to all recipients.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E8
msgid "To"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105EC
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the database field that contains the e-mail address of the recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105EF
msgid "Copy to"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105F3
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp\"\>Copy To\</link\> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10600
msgid "Subject"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10604
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the subject line for the e-mail messages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10607
msgid "Send as"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1060B
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the mail format for the e-mail messages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1060E
msgid "The Plain text and HTML message formats are sent in the body of the message, whereas the *.odt, *.doc, and *.pdf formats are sent as attachments."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10611
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10615
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\"\>E-Mail Message\</link\> dialog where you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10626
msgid "Name of the attachment"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1062A
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Shows the name of the attachment.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1062D
msgid "Send all documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10631
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select to send e-mails to all recipients.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10642
msgid "Send Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10646
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Click to start sending e-mails.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10649
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard\"\>Mail Merge Wizard\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp#tit
msgid "Copies To"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10539
msgid "Copy To"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN1053D
msgid "Specify additional e-mail recipients for the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\"\>mail merge\</link\> document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN1054E
msgid "CC"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10552
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10555
msgid "BCC"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10559
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the recipients of e-mail blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#tit
msgid "New Address Block"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10542
msgid "New Address Block"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10546
msgid "Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block of a \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\"\>mail merge\</link\> document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10569
msgid "Address Elements"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1056D
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select a field and drag the field to the other list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10570
msgid ">"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10574
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list. You can add the same field more than once.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10577
msgid "<"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057B
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Removes the selected field from the other list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057E
msgid "Drag address element to the field below"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10582
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10585
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10589
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1058C
msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10590
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#tit
msgid "Customize Address List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1053C
msgid "Customize Address List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10540
msgid "Customizes the address list for \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\"\>mail merge\</link\> documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10551
msgid "Address list elements"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10555
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the fields that you want to move, delete, or rename.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10560
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10564
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Inserts a new text field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1056E
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10572
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Deletes the selected field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10575
msgid "Rename"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10579
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Renames the selected text field.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#tit
msgid "Custom Salutation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1053C
msgid "Custom Salutation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10540
msgid "Specify the salutation layout for \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\"\>mail merge\</link\> or \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\"\>e-mail merge\</link\> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10551
msgid "Salutation elements"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10555
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select a field and drag the field to the other list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10558
msgid ">"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055C
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055F
msgid "<"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10563
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Removes the selected field from the other list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10566
msgid "Drag salutation elements into the box below"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056A
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056D
msgid "Customize salutation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10571
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10574
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10578
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Displays a preview of the first database record with the current salutation layout.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057B
msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057F
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#tit
msgid "E-Mail Message"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1053C
msgid "E-Mail Message"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10540
msgid "Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\"\>e-mail\</link\> attachments."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10554
msgid "This e-mail should contain a salutation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10558
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Adds a salutation to the e-mail.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055B
msgid "Insert personalized salutation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055F
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10562
msgid "Female"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10566
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10569
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1056D
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\"\>Custom Salutation\</link\> dialog for a female recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1057E
msgid "Male"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10582
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10585
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10589
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\"\>Custom Salutation\</link\> dialog for a male recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059A
msgid "Field name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059E
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A1
msgid "Field value"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A5
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A8
msgid "General salutation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105AC
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105AF
msgid "Write your message here"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105B3
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the main text of the e-mail.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp#tit
msgid "Find Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10539
msgid "Find Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1053D
msgid "Searches for a record or recipient in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\"\>mail merge\</link\> address list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1054E
msgid "Find"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10552
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the search term.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10555
msgid "Find only in"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10559
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Restricts the search to one data field. \</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055C
msgid "Select the data field where you want to search for the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055F
msgid "Find"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10563
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Displays the next record that contains the search text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp#tit
msgid "Match Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10539
msgid "Match Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN1053D
msgid "Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\"\>address blocks\</link\> or \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\"\>salutations\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN1054E
msgid "Matches to:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10552
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select a field name in your database for each logical field element.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10555
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10559
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#tit
msgid "New Address Block"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10542
msgid "New Address Block"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10546
msgid "Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block in \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\"\>mail merge\</link\> documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10569
msgid "Address Elements"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1056D
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select an address field and drag the field to the other list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10570
msgid ">"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10574
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.\</ahelp\> You can add the same field more than once."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10577
msgid "<"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057B
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Removes the selected field from the other list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057E
msgid "Drag address element to the field below"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10582
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Arrange the fields with drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10585
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10589
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1058C
msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10590
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#tit
msgid "New Address List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10542
msgid "New Address List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10546
msgid "Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\"\>mail merge\</link\> documents. When you click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10557
msgid "Address Information"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1055B
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter or edit the field contents for each mail merge recipient.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1055E
msgid "Show Entry Number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10574
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10577
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057B
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Adds a new blank record to the address list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057E
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10582
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Deletes the selected record.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10585
msgid "Find"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10589
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp\"\>Find Entry\</link\> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1059A
msgid "Customize"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1059E
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp\"\>Customize Address List\</link\> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#tit
msgid "Select Address Block"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10539
msgid "Select Address Block"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1053D
msgid "Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\"\>mail merge\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1054E
msgid "Select the address block which you want to use"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10552
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10555
msgid "Never include country/region"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10559
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Excludes country or regional information from the address block.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1055C
msgid "Always include country/region"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10560
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Includes country or regional information in the address block.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10563
msgid "Only include country/region if it is not:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10567
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10651
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056A
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056E
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\"\>New Address Block\</link\> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1057F
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10583
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\"\>New Address Block\</link\> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10594
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10598
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Deletes the selected address block layout.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#tit
msgid "Select Address List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10542
msgid "Select Address List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10549
msgid "Select the address list that you want to use for \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\"\>mail merge\</link\>, then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055A
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055E
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.\</ahelp\> If the file contains more than one table, the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\"\>Select Table\</link\> dialog opens."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10573
msgid "Create"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10589
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\"\>New Address List\</link\> dialog, where you can create a new address list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1059A
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1059E
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/shared/02/12090100.xhp\"\>Standard Filter\</link\> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105AF
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105B3
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\"\>New Address List\</link\> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105C4
msgid "Change Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105C8
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\"\>Select Table\</link\> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp#tit
msgid "Select Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10542
msgid "Select Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10546
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Select the table that you want to use for \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\"\>mail merge\</link\> addresses.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10557
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN1055B
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Opens the \<emph\>Mail Merge Recipients\</emph\> dialog.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp#tit
msgid "Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp#hd_id4177678
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp\"\>Selection Mode\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp#par_id2962126
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp#par_id9816278
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>In normal selection mode, you can select multi-line text including the line ends.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp#par_id3097323
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>In block selection mode, you can select a rectangular block of text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#tit
msgid "Numbering on/off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#hd_id3150220.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Numbering on/off\"\>Numbering On/Off\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#par_id3150240.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:DefaultNumbering\"\>Adds or removes numbering from the selected paragraphs.\</ahelp\> To define the numbering format, choose \<emph\>Format - Bullets and Numbering\</emph\>. To display the \<emph\>Bullets and Numbering\</emph\> Bar, choose \<emph\>View - Toolbars - Bullets and Numbering\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#par_id3150952.3
msgid "Some of the bullets and numbering options are not available when working in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp\" name=\"Web Layout\"\>Web Layout\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#par_id3150502
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150508\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150508\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#par_id3147525.4
msgid "Numbering On/Off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/02110000.xhp#par_id3147549
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Bullets and Numbering\"\>Bullets and Numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp#tit
msgid "Link"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp#hd_id3148869.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp\" name=\"Link\"\>Link\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp#par_id3149873.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ChainFrames\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Links the selected frame to the next frame.\</ahelp\> The text automatically flows from one frame to another."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp#par_id3145244
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_chainframes.png\" id=\"img_id3148771\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3148771\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp#par_id3149288.3
msgid "Link Frames"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp#tit
msgid "Unlink Frames"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp#bm_id3151188
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>frames;unlinking\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>unlinking frames\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp#hd_id3151188.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp\" name=\"Unlink Frames\"\>Unlink Frames\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp#par_id3145412.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnhainFrames\"\>Breaks the link between two frames.\</ahelp\> You can only break the link that extends from the selected frame to the target frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp#par_id3155903
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149687\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_unhainframes.png\" width=\"5.64mm\" height=\"5.64mm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149687\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/03220000.xhp#par_id3155628.3
msgid "Unlink Frames"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#bm_id3154838
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables; inserting rows\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>rows; inserting in tables, using icon\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#hd_id3154838.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Rows\"\>Insert Rows\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#par_id3147407.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertRows\"\>Inserts one or more rows in the table, below the selection. You can insert more than one row by opening the dialog (choose \<emph\>Table - Insert - Rows\</emph\>), or by selecting more than one row before clicking the icon.\</ahelp\> The second method inserts rows of the same height as the originally selected rows."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#par_id3151180
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3151189\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertrows.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3151189\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04090000.xhp#par_id3149670.3
msgid "Insert Row"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Column"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#bm_id3152899
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables; inserting columns in\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>columns; inserting in tables\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#hd_id3152899.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Column\"\>Insert Column\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#par_id3145078.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertColumns\"\>Inserts one or more columns into the table, after the selection. You can insert several columns at the same time by opening the dialog (choose \<emph\>Table - Insert - Columns\</emph\>), or by selecting several columns before clicking the icon.\</ahelp\> If the latter method is used, the columns inserted will have the same relative width as the selected columns."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#par_id3149691
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3155174\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertcolumns.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3155174\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04100000.xhp#par_id3149669.3
msgid "Insert Column"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp#tit
msgid "Table: Fixed"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp#hd_id3151187.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp\" name=\"Table: Fixed\"\>Table: Fixed\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp#par_id3151174.3
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:TableModeFix\" visibility=\"visible\"\>If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect only the neighboring lines or columns in question.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp#par_id3155896
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_tablemodefix.png\" id=\"img_id3155903\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3155903\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04220000.xhp#par_id3155066.2
msgid "Table: Fixed"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp#tit
msgid "Table: Fixed, Proportional"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp#hd_id3147169.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp\" name=\"Table: Fixed, Proportional\"\>Table: Fixed, Proportional\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp#par_id3145246.3
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:TableModeFixProp\" visibility=\"visible\"\>If this mode is active, changes to the line and/or column affect the entire table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp#par_id3145087
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_tablemodefixprop.png\" id=\"img_id3156378\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156378\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04230000.xhp#par_id3149497.2
msgid "Table: Fixed, Proportional"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp#tit
msgid "Table: Variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp#hd_id3154501.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp\" name=\"Table: Variable\"\>Table: Variable\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp#par_id3151182.3
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:TableModeVariable\" visibility=\"visible\"\>If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect the size of the table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp#par_id3145415
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_tablemodevariable.png\" id=\"img_id3156375\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156375\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04240000.xhp#par_id3156410.2
msgid "Table: Variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#tit
msgid "Sum"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#hd_id3143232.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp\" name=\"Sum\"\>Sum\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#par_id3146899.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoSum\"\>Activates the sum function. Note that the cursor must be in the cell where you want the sum to appear.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#par_id3154504.5
msgid "\<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> recognizes the cell range for the sum function as long as the cells are filled with numbers. Prior to entering the data, you must enable the \<emph\>Number Recognition\</emph\> in the context menu of the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#par_id3148771.3
msgid "Click \<emph\>Apply\</emph\> to accept the sum formula as it appears in the entry line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#par_id3145418
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3147512\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_autosum.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3147512\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/04250000.xhp#par_id3150750.4
msgid "Sum"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp#tit
msgid "Numbering Off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp#hd_id3145822.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Off\"\>Numbering Off\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp#par_id3154505.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:RemoveBullets\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Turns off numbering or bullets in the current paragraph or selected paragraphs.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp#par_id3151177
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_removebullets.png\" id=\"img_id3145083\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3145083\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06040000.xhp#par_id3150749.3
msgid "Numbering Off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp#tit
msgid "Demote One Level With Subpoints"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp#hd_id3145826.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp\" name=\"Demote One Level With Subpoints\"\>Demote One Level With Subpoints\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp#par_id3145241.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:DecrementSubLevels\"\>Shifts paragraphs with subpoints down one level.\</ahelp\> This is only visible when the cursor is positioned within numbered or bulleted text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp#par_id3145084
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3156376\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_decrementsublevels.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156376\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06070000.xhp#par_id3145088.3
msgid "Demote One Level With Subpoints"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp#tit
msgid "Promote One Level With Subpoints"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp#hd_id3154507.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Promote One Level With Subpoints\"\>Promote One Level With Subpoints\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp#par_id3151189.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:IncrementSubLevels\"\>Shifts paragraphs with subpoints up one numbering level.\</ahelp\> This is only visible when the cursor is positioned within numbered or bulleted text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp#par_id3145410
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3145421\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_incrementsublevels.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3145421\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06080000.xhp#par_id3145417.3
msgid "Promote One Level With Subpoints"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Unnumbered Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Unnumbered Entry\"\>Insert Unnumbered Entry\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp#par_id3148775.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertNeutralParagraph\"\>Inserts a paragraph without numbering. The existing numbering will not be affected.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp#par_id3156377
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3156384\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertneutralparagraph.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156384\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06090000.xhp#par_id3156381.3
msgid "Insert Unnumbered Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp#tit
msgid "Move Up with Subpoints"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp#hd_id3147174.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp\" name=\"Move Up with Subpoints\"\>Move Up with Subpoints\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp#par_id3148768.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:MoveUpSubItems\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Moves a paragraph with subpoints to above the previous paragraph.\</ahelp\> This is only visible when the cursor is positioned within numbered or bulleted text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp#par_id3145083
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_moveupsubitems.png\" id=\"img_id3156375\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156375\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06120000.xhp#par_id3156410.3
msgid "Move Up with Subpoints"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp#tit
msgid "Move Down with Subpoints"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp#hd_id3154501.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp\" name=\"Move Down with Subpoints\"\>Move Down with Subpoints\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp#par_id3148770.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:MoveDownSubItems\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Moves a paragraph with all its subpoints below the following paragraph.\</ahelp\> This is only visible when the cursor is positioned within numbered or bulleted text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp#par_id3145086
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_movedownsubitems.png\" id=\"img_id3156377\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156377\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06130000.xhp#par_id3150749.3
msgid "Move Down with Subpoints"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp#tit
msgid "Restart Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp#hd_id3147171.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Restart Numbering\"\>Restart Numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp#par_id3145249.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:NumberingStart\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Restarts the text numbering.\</ahelp\> This is only visible when the cursor is positioned within numbered or bulleted text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp#par_id3145082
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_numberingstart.png\" id=\"img_id3145089\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3145089\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/06140000.xhp#par_id3145086.3
msgid "Restart Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp#tit
msgid "Page Number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp#hd_id3145241.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp\" name=\"Page Number\"\>Page Number\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp#par_id3151184.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:StatePageNumber\"\>The current page number is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the Navigator, with which you can navigate in the document. A right-click shows all bookmarks in the document. Click a bookmark to position the text cursor at the bookmark location.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp#par_id3145078.6
msgid "The displayed page (x) and the total number of pages (y) are shown in the form \<emph\>Page x/y\</emph\> When you scroll through a document with the mouse, the page number is displayed when you release the mouse button. When you scroll using the right scrollbar, the page numbers are displayed as a Help tip. The page numbering format of the status bar and scrollbar is identical."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp#par_id3145417.3
msgid "You can turn the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\"\>Navigator\</link\> display on or off by double-clicking the\<emph\> Page Number \</emph\>field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp#par_id3149806.4
msgid "To go to a specific page, enter the page number in the \<emph\>Page\</emph\> spin button in the Navigator and then press Enter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp#par_id3149095.5
msgid "By pressing the shortcut keys Shift+\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F5, you switch to entering a page number. When you press Enter, the cursor moves to the selected page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp#tit
msgid "Combined Display"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp#hd_id3151186.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp\" name=\"Combined Display\"\>Combined Display\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp#par_id3151172.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:StatusBarFunc\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Displays current information about the active document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp#par_id3156375.3
msgid "When the cursor is in a named section, the section name appears. When the cursor is in a table, the name of the table cell appears. The size of the object is shown when you edit frames or drawing objects."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/08080000.xhp#par_id3145416.4
msgid "When the cursor is positioned within text, you can double-click this field to open the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>\<emph\>Fields\</emph\>\</link\> dialog. In this dialog, you can define a field to be inserted in your document at the current cursor position. When the cursor is positioned in a table, a double-click in this field will call the \<emph\>Table Format\</emph\> dialog. Depending on the object selected, you can call up a dialog to edit a section, a graphic object, a floating frame, an OLE object, direct numbering or the position and size of a drawing object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp#tit
msgid "Zoom In"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp#hd_id3151173.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp\" name=\"Zoom In\"\>Zoom In\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp#par_id3163866.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ZoomPlus\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Zooms in to get a close-up view of the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp#par_id3154572
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_helpzoomin.png\" id=\"img_id3155895\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3155895\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10010000.xhp#par_id3155892.3
msgid "Zoom In"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp#tit
msgid "Zoom Out"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp#hd_id3149870.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp\" name=\"Zoom Out\"\>Zoom Out\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp#par_id3147401.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Zooms out to see more of the document at a reduced size.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp#par_id3148775
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3150764\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_zoomout.png\" width=\"0.1665inch\" height=\"0.1665inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3150764\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10020000.xhp#par_id3156410.3
msgid "Zoom Out"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp#tit
msgid "Preview Zoom"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp#hd_id3147175.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp\" name=\"Preview Zoom\"\>Preview Zoom\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10030000.xhp#par_id3145244.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_PVIEW_ZOOM_LB\"\>Determines the zoom level of the page preview.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp#tit
msgid "Page Preview: Two Pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp#hd_id3145822.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp\" name=\"Page Preview: Two Pages\"\>Page Preview: Two Pages\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp#par_id3154504.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ShowTwoPages\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Displays two pages in the Page Preview window.\</ahelp\> Uneven numbers will always appear on the right side, even numbers on the left."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp#par_id3149292
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_showtwopages.png\" id=\"img_id3151170\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3151170\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10050000.xhp#par_id3151168.3
msgid "Page Preview: Two Pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#tit
msgid "Page Preview: Multiple Pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#hd_id3147171.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp\" name=\"Page Preview: Multiple Pages\"\>Page Preview: Multiple Pages\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#par_id3148771.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:PreviewZoom\"\>Defines the number of pages displayed on screen. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a grid to select the number of pages to be displayed as rows and columns in the preview.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#par_id3152738
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3152744\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_showmultiplepages.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3152744\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#par_id3149805.3
msgid "Page Preview: Multiple Pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#par_id3154573.5
msgid "After clicking the \<emph\>Page Preview: Multiple Pages\</emph\> icon, the\<emph\> Multiple pages\</emph\> dialog opens. Use the two spin buttons to set the number of pages to be displayed. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#hd_id3149695.6
msgid "Rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#par_id3149483.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_ZOOM:ED_ROW\"\>Defines the number of rows of pages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#hd_id3143274.8
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#par_id3149102.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_ZOOM:ED_COL\"\>Defines the number of pages shown in columns.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10070000.xhp#par_id3149822.10
msgid "The settings you choose in the dialog can also be set using the mouse: Click the arrow next to the \<emph\>Page Preview: Multiple Pages\</emph\> icon. Now move the mouse over the desired number of rows and columns."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp#tit
msgid "Book preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp#bm_id9658192
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>previews;book preview\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>book previews\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp#par_idN10548
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp\"\>Book preview\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp#par_idN1054C
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"FN_SHOW_BOOKVIEW\"\>Select to display the first page on the right side in the page preview.\</ahelp\> If not selected, the first page is displayed on the left side of the preview."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp#par_idN10635
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id8750572\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_showbookview.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id8750572\"\>book preview icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10080000.xhp#par_idN10614
msgid "Book Preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp#tit
msgid "Print page view"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp#hd_id3152895.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp\" name=\"Print page view\"\>Print page view\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp#par_id3149811
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154575\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_printpagepreview.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154575\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10090000.xhp#par_id3154568.3
msgid "Print page view"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#tit
msgid "Print Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp\" name=\"Print Options\"\>Print Options\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3148775.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:PreviewPrintOptions\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Opens a dialog where settings for the printout of your document can be made.\</ahelp\> The pages are proportionally reduced in size. When printing multiple document pages on one printed page, the whole sheet of paper may not be printed on and a margin may remain."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3154567.32
msgid "The settings entered on the \<emph\>Print options\</emph\> dialog will only be activated if you print out the document using the \<emph\>Print page view\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3143270
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_printersetup.png\" id=\"img_id3143277\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3143277\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3149099.3
msgid "Print options page view"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3148975.4
msgid "Distribution"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3153634.5
msgid "Determines the number of rows and columns to print, as well as the print size. You can also choose to print several document pages on one printed page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3152771.6
msgid "Rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3155141.7
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:NF_ROWS\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Defines the number of rows of pages (horizontally stacked document pages).\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3145780.8
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3155916.9
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:NF_COLS\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Defines the number of pages shown in columns (vertically tiled document pages).\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3150117.10
msgid "Margins"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3155859.11
msgid "The print margins can be determined in this area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3150686.12
msgid "Left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3147410.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_LMARGIN\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Specifies the left margin width.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3149552.14
msgid "Top"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3150546.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_TMARGIN\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Specifies the top margin height.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3147733.16
msgid "Right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3147751.17
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_RMARGIN\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Specifies the right margin width.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3149845.18
msgid "Bottom"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3148857.19
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_BMARGIN\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Specifies the bottom margin height.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3150491.20
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3156097.21
msgid "The spacing section is used to determine the horizontal and vertical distances between the reduced document pages on one page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3156113.22
msgid "Horizontal"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3150100.23
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_HMARGIN\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Determines the horizontal distance between document pages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3153128.24
msgid "Vertical"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3149632.25
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:MF_VMARGIN\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Determines the vertical distance between document pages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3149649.26
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3154031.27
msgid "Determines what print format to use."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3149950.28
msgid "Landscape"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3149969.29
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:RB_LANDSCAPE\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Prints the page in landscape format.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3149611.30
msgid "Portrait"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3145094.31
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:RB_PORTRAIT\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Prints the page in portrait format.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#hd_id3145110.33
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/10110000.xhp#par_id3149579.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PAGEPREVIEW_PRINTOPTIONS:PB_STANDARD\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Specifies that the system will not use a fixed number of rows and columns when printing out the page view, but rather uses what was originally shown in the page view.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp#tit
msgid "Cell Reference"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp#hd_id3143228.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp\" name=\"Cell Reference\"\>Cell Reference\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14010000.xhp#par_id3149052.2
msgid "Displays the position of the cell cursor in a table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#tit
msgid "Formula"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#bm_id3149687
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>operators; in formulas\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>statistical functions\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>trigonometric functions\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>pages;number of\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>variables;document properties\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>arithmetical operators in formulas\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#hd_id3149687.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"Formula\"\>Formula\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3143270.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"FN_FORMULA_CALC\"\>Opens a submenu, from which you can insert a formula into the cell of a table.\</ahelp\> Place the cursor in a cell in the table or at the position in the document where you want the result to appear. Click the\<emph\> Formula \</emph\>icon and choose the desired formula from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149096.3
msgid "The formula appears in the input line. To specify a range of cells in a table, select the desired cells with the mouse. The corresponding cell references also appear in the input line. Enter additional parameters, as necessary, and click \<emph\>Apply\</emph\> to confirm your entry. You can also enter the formula directly if you know the appropriate syntax. This is necessary, for example, in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Fields\"\>\<emph\>Insert Fields\</emph\>\</link\> and \<emph\>Edit Fields\</emph\> dialogs."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155142
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3155148\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20556.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3155148\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150113.4
msgid "Formula"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#hd_id3150691.5
msgid "Summary of Formula Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#hd_id3155858.6
msgid "Basic Calculation Functions"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149565.7
msgid "Addition"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150563.8
msgid "+"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149831.9
msgid "Calculates the total."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149845.161
msgid "Example: <A1> + 8"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3156097.11
msgid "Subtraction"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153122.13
msgid "Calculates the difference"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153135.162
msgid "Example: 10 - <B5>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149646.15
msgid "Multiplication"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154038.16
msgid "MUL or *"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149965.17
msgid "Calculates the product."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149603.163
msgid "Example: 7 MUL 9"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3145096.19
msgid "Division"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149570.20
msgid "DIV or /"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149592.21
msgid "Calculates the quotient"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3156243.164
msgid "Example: 100 DIV 15"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#hd_id3156260.23
msgid "Basic Functions in the Submenu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3145185.24
msgid "Sum"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155312.25
msgid "SUM"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155335.26
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_SUM\"\>Calculates the sum of the selected cells.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154411.165
msgid "Example: SUM <A2:C2> displays the sum of the values in cells A2 to C2"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153381.28
msgid "Round"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3145598.29
msgid "ROUND"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3145621.30
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_ROUND\"\>Rounds a number to the specified decimal places.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154862.166
msgid "Example: 15.678 ROUND 2 displays 15.68"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3148687.32
msgid "Percent"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155930.33
msgid "PHD"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155953.34
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_PHD\"\>Calculates a percentage\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149991.167
msgid "Example: 10 + 15 PHD displays 10.15"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153016.36
msgid "Square Root"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153038.37
msgid "SQRT"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153062.38
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_SQRT\"\>Calculates the square root.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153882.168
msgid "Example: SQRT 25 displays 5.00"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153909.40
msgid "Power"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147124.41
msgid "POW"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149768.42
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_POW\"\>Calculates the power of a number.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149789.169
msgid "Example: 2 POW 8 displays 256.00"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#hd_id3150216.44
msgid "Operators"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150244.190
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_POP_OPS\"\>You can insert various operators in your formula.\</ahelp\> Choose from the following functions:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150316.45
msgid "List Separator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150339.46
msgid "|"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153099.47
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_LISTSEP\"\>Separates the elements in a list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155817.170
msgid "Example of using a list:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155830.212
msgid "MIN 10|20|50|<C6>|<A2:B6>|20"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147012.49
msgid "Equal"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147034.50
msgid "EQ or =="
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150936.51
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_EQ\"\>Checks if selected values are equal.\</ahelp\> If they are unequal, the result is zero, otherwise 1 (true) appears."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150961.171
msgid "Example: <A1> EQ 2 displays 1, if the content of A1 equals 2."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154370.53
msgid "Not Equal"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150503.54
msgid "NEQ or !="
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150526.55
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_NEQ\"\>Tests for inequality between selected values.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147524.172
msgid "Example: <A1> NEQ 2 displays 0 (wrong), if the content of A1 equals 2."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147553.57
msgid "Less than or Equal"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153599.58
msgid "LEQ"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153622.59
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_LEQ\"\>Tests for values less than or equal to a specified value.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3151280.173
msgid "Example: <A1> LEQ 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is less than or equal to 2."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153729.61
msgid "Greater than or Equal"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153751.62
msgid "GEQ"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3148876.63
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_GEQ\"\>Tests for values greater than or equal to a specified value\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3148898.174
msgid "Example: <A1> GEQ 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is greater than or equal to 2."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150836.65
msgid "Less"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150859.66
msgid "L"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155411.67
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_LES\"\>Tests for values less than a specified value\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155433.175
msgid "Example: <A1> L 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is less than 2."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150720.69
msgid "Greater"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150743.70
msgid "G"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147310.71
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_GRE\"\>Tests for values greater than a specified value\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147333.176
msgid "Example: <A1> G 2 displays 1 (true), if the content of A1 is greater than 2."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3148408.73
msgid "Boolean Or"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3148430.74
msgid "OR"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150274.75
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_OR\"\>Tests for values matching the Boolean OR\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150297.181
msgid "Example: 0 OR 0 displays 0 (false), anything else results in 1 (true)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149434.76
msgid "Boolean X Or"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149457.77
msgid "XOR"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3146980.78
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_XOR\"\>Tests for values matching the Boolean exclusive OR\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147003.182
msgid "Example: 1 XOR 0 displays 1 (true)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3152925.79
msgid "Boolean And"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3152948.80
msgid "AND"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153792.81
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_AND\"\>Tests for values matching the Boolean AND\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153814.183
msgid "Example: 1 AND 2 displays 1 (true)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153938.82
msgid "Boolean Not"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153961.83
msgid "NOT"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3148633.84
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_NOT\"\>Tests for values matching the Boolean NOT\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3148655.184
msgid "Example: NOT 1 (true) displays 0 (false)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#hd_id3154240.85
msgid "Statistical Functions"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154263.191
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_POP_STATISTICS\"\>You can choose from the following statistical functions:\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153176.86
msgid "Mean"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154053.87
msgid "MEAN"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154076.88
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_MEAN\"\>Calculates the arithmetic mean of the values in an area or a list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3145625.177
msgid "Example: MEAN 10|30|20 displays 20"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3145652.90
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155258.91
msgid "MIN"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155281.92
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_MIN\"\>Calculates the minimum value in an area or a list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3155304.178
msgid "Example: MIN 10|30|20 displays 10"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153993.94
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154016.95
msgid "MAX"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154726.96
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_MAX\"\>Calculates the maximum value in an area or a list.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154748.179
msgid "Example: MAX 10|30|20 displays 30.00"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#hd_id3153200.98
msgid "Trigonometric Functions "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153226.192
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_POP_FUNC\"\>You can choose from the following trigonometric functions:\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3145156.99
msgid "Sine"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149507.100
msgid "SIN"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149530.101
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_SIN\"\>Calculates the sine in radians\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153312.180
msgid "Example: SIN (PI/2)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153340.103
msgid "Cosine"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154510.104
msgid "COS"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154533.105
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_COS\"\>Calculates the cosine in radians.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3154554.185
msgid "Example: COS 1"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150989.106
msgid "Tangent"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3151012.107
msgid "TAN"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149369.108
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_TAN\"\>Calculates the tangent in radians.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149391.186
msgid "Example: TAN <A1>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3151032.109
msgid "Arc Sine"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3151055.110
msgid "ASIN"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150565.111
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_ASIN\"\>Calculates the arc sine in radians.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150588.187
msgid "Example: ASIN 1"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150615.112
msgid "Arc Cosine"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149728.113
msgid "ACOS"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149750.114
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_ACOS\"\>Calculates the arc cosine in radians.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153833.188
msgid "Example: ACOS 1"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153860.115
msgid "Arc Tangent"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147057.116
msgid "ATAN"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147080.117
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_MN_CALC_ATAN\"\>Calculates the arc tangent in radians.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147102.189
msgid "Example: ATAN 1"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#hd_id3150888.194
msgid "Variables for document properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150161.210
msgid "The following document properties are also found under \<emph\>File - Properties - Statistics\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3157538.195
msgid "CHAR"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3152954.196
msgid "Number of characters in the document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3152982.197
msgid "WORD"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153005.198
msgid "Number of words in the document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3152715.199
msgid "PARA"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3152738.200
msgid "Number of paragraphs in the document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3148453.201
msgid "GRAPH"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3148476.202
msgid "Number of graphics in the document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3151091.203
msgid "TABLES"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3151114.204
msgid "Number of tables in the document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3151198.205
msgid "OLE"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3151220.206
msgid "Number of OLE objects in the document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3146903.207
msgid "PAGE"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3146926.208
msgid "Total number of pages in the document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#hd_id3146944.127
msgid "More Defined Values"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3153562.128
msgid "PI"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147343.129
msgid "PI"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147366.130
msgid "3.1415..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147393.131
msgid "Euler's constant"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147462.132
msgid "E"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3147485.133
msgid "2.71828..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3145332.134
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3145355.135
msgid "TRUE"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3145378.136
msgid "not equal to 0"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150362.137
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3150385.138
msgid "FALSE"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp#par_id3149304.139
msgid "0"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp#tit
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp#hd_id3149957.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp\" name=\"Cancel\"\>Cancel\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp#par_id3149602.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"FN_FORMULA_CANCEL\"\>Clears the contents of the input line and closes the formula bar.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp#par_id3149574
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149580\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20557.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149580\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14030000.xhp#par_id3148855.3
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#tit
msgid "Apply"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#hd_id3154834.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp\" name=\"Apply\"\>Apply\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#par_id3147173.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"FN_FORMULA_APPLY\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Transfers the contents of the input line into your document and closes the formula bar. The contents of the input line are inserted at the cursor position in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#par_id3149286
msgid "\<image src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" id=\"img_id3149291\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149291\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14040000.xhp#par_id3150749.3
msgid "Apply"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp#tit
msgid "Formula Area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp#hd_id3155624.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp\" name=\"Formula Area\"\>Formula Area\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp#par_id3154501.2
msgid "\<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"HID_EDIT_FORMULA\"\>Allows you to create a formula by typing it directly into the input line or by clicking the \<emph\>Formula\</emph\> icon to display the formulas in submenu.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp#par_id3151174
msgid "\<image src=\"res/helpimg/rechenlt.png\" id=\"img_id3156377\" localize=\"true\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156377\"\>Formula area with formula\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/14050000.xhp#par_id3151178.3
msgid "Formula Area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3145824.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert\"\>Insert\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_id3145244.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertCtrl\"\>The toolbar contains various functions for inserting frames, graphics, tables, and other objects.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_id3149809.6
msgid "You can select the following functions:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3143272.9
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Table\"\>Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3150115.18
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Section\"\>Section\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3154572.7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Frame Manually\"\>Insert Frame Manually\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3151341
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04160500.xhp\" name=\"Floating Frame\"\>Floating Frame\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3148974.11
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote Directly\"\>Insert Footnote Directly\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3152773.17
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Endnote Directly\"\>Insert Endnote Directly\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN10777
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04050000.xhp\"\>Note\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN10863
msgid "Inserts a note at the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3145262.16
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Bookmark\"\>Bookmark\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3149098.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Document\"\>File\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN10772
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"AutoText\"\>AutoText\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3145780.12
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"Special Character\"\>Special Character\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN10759
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\"\>Insert Fields\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN1077E
msgid "Inserts a field at the current cursor position. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN10768
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/02/01170000.xhp\"\>Controls\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN107ED
msgid "The Controls icon opens a toolbar with the tools that you need to create an interactive form."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3155174.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"From File\"\>From File\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN106F4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04160300.xhp\" name=\"Insert Formula\"\>Formula\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN10769
msgid "\<link href=\"text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp\" name=\"Insert Chart\"\>Chart\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id1586962
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04150100.xhp\" name=\"OLE Object\"\>OLE Object\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id666524
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04150200.xhp\" name=\"Plug-in\"\>Plug-in\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN1076D
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\"\>Insert Index\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#par_idN10814
msgid "Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18010000.xhp#hd_id3155861.15
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert Index Marker\"\>Entry\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp#hd_id3153916.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Fields\"\>Insert Fields\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp#par_id3147403.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.\</ahelp\>Click to open the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\"\>Fields\</link\> dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp#par_id3154503.5
msgid "You can choose from the following functions:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030000.xhp#hd_id3148566.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Other\"\>Other\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#tit
msgid "Date"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#hd_id3151175.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp\" name=\"Date\"\>Date\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#par_id3147511.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertDateField\"\>Inserts the current date as a field.\</ahelp\> The default date format is used, and the date is not automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030100.xhp#par_id3151312.3
msgid "If you would like to define a different date format, or have the date updated automatically, select \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\> to insert a field command and make the desired settings in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>\<emph\>Fields\</emph\>\</link\> dialog. The format of an existing date field can be modified at any time by choosing \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Fields\"\>\<emph\>Edit - Fields\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#tit
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#bm_id3147174
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>time fields;inserting\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>fields;inserting time\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#hd_id3147174.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp\" name=\"Time\"\>Time\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#par_id3152896.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTimeField\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Inserts the current time as a field.\</ahelp\> The time is taken directly from the system settings of your operating system. A fixed time format is applied, which cannot be updated by using the F9 function key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030200.xhp#par_id3151177.3
msgid "To assign a different time format, or adapt the actual time data, select \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\> and make the desired changes in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>\<emph\>Fields\</emph\>\</link\> dialog. Additionally, you can modify the format of an inserted time field at any time by choosing \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Fields\"\>\<emph\>Edit - Fields\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#tit
msgid "Page Numbers"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#hd_id3147173.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"\>Page Numbers\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#par_id3150760.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageNumberField\"\>Inserts the current page number as a field at the cursor position.\</ahelp\> The default setting is the Page Style format."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030300.xhp#par_id3151175.3
msgid "If you would like to define a different format or modify the page number, insert a field with \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\> and make the desired settings in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>\<emph\>Fields\</emph\>\</link\> dialog. It is also possible to edit a field inserted with the \<emph\>Page Numbers\</emph\> command with \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Fields\"\>\<emph\>Edit - Fields\</emph\>\</link\>. To change page numbers, read the \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"\>\<emph\>Page Numbers\</emph\>\</link\> guide."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#tit
msgid "Page Count"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#hd_id3145828.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp\" name=\"Page Count\"\>Page Count\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#par_id3148772.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageCountField\"\>Inserts as a field the total number of pages in the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030400.xhp#par_id3149294.3
msgid "If you wish to have the page number formatted with a different numbering style, choose \<emph\>Insert - Field - Other\</emph\> to insert the required field, and specify the settings in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Field\"\>\<emph\>Field\</emph\>\</link\> dialog. The format of the field inserted using the \<emph\>Page Number\</emph\> command can also be modified using the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Field\"\>\<emph\>Edit - Field\</emph\>\</link\> command."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#tit
msgid "Subject"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#bm_id3147169
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>subject fields\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>fields; subject\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#hd_id3147169.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp\" name=\"Subject\"\>Subject\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#par_id3152892.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTopicField\"\>Inserts the subject specified in the document properties as a field .\</ahelp\> This field displays the data entered in the \<emph\>Subject\</emph\> field under \<emph\>File - Properties - Description\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030500.xhp#par_id3156380.3
msgid "If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\> and make the desired settings in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>\<emph\>Fields\</emph\>\</link\> dialog. The \<emph\>DocInformation\</emph\> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#tit
msgid "Title"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#hd_id3154484.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp\" name=\"Title\"\>Title\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#par_id3151392.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTitleField\"\>Inserts the title specified in the document properties as a field.\</ahelp\> This field displays the data entered in the \<emph\>Title\</emph\> field under \<emph\>File - Properties - Description\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030600.xhp#par_id3148768.3
msgid "If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\> and make the desired settings in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>\<emph\>Fields\</emph\>\</link\> dialog. The \<emph\>DocInformation\</emph\> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp#tit
msgid "Author"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp#hd_id3154505.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp\" name=\"Author\"\>Author\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18030700.xhp#par_id3152896.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertAuthorField\"\>Inserts the name of the person who created the document here as a field.\</ahelp\> The field applies the entry made under \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - User data\"\>$[officename] - User data\</link\>\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp#tit
msgid "Graphics On/Off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp#hd_id3148568.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp\" name=\"Graphics On/Off\"\>Graphics On/Off\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp#bm_id3147167
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>graphics;do not show\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>images;do not show\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>pictures;do not show\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp#par_id3147167.3
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:Graphic\"\>If the\<emph\> Graphics On/Off \</emph\>icon on the \<emph\>Tools\</emph\> bar is activated, no graphics are displayed - only empty frames as placeholders.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp#par_id3151177
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3156379\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_graphic.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156379\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18120000.xhp#par_id3154107.2
msgid "Graphics On/Off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp#tit
msgid "Direct Cursor On/Off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp#bm_id3147167
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>direct cursor; restriction\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp#hd_id3147167.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp\" name=\"Direct Cursor On/Off\"\>Direct Cursor On/Off\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp#par_id3152896.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ShadowCursor\"\>Activates or deactivates the direct cursor.\</ahelp\> You can specify the behavior of the direct cursor by choosing \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</link\>\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp#par_id3147508
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3154840\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_shadowcursor.png\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3154840\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp#par_id3151310.3
msgid "Direct Cursor On/Off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp#par_id3154570.4
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to click in any blank area of a page to place text, images, tables, frames, and other objects."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp#par_id3155902.6
msgid "If you place the direct cursor approximately in the middle between the left and the right margin of a page or a table cell, the text you insert will be centered. Similarly, text is right-aligned when the direct cursor is placed on the right margin."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp#par_id3151255.5
msgid "The AutoCorrect tool automatically removes empty paragraphs, tabs, and spaces that are inserted by the direct cursor. If you want to use the direct cursor, then disable the AutoCorrect tool."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/18130000.xhp#par_id3148982.7
msgid "The direct cursor sets tabs to position the cursor. If you change the tabs later. the position of the text on the page may change as well."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Header"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp#hd_id3148769.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Header\"\>Insert Header\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19010000.xhp#par_id3151180.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"FN_INSERT_HEADER\"\>Displays the header of an HTML document if headers are enabled on the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Header\"\>\<emph\>Format - Page - Header\</emph\>\</link\> tab page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Footer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp#hd_id3145829.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footer\"\>Insert Footer\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19020000.xhp#par_id3148768.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"FN_INSERT_FOOTER\"\>Displays the footer of an HTML document if footers are enabled on the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040400.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Footer\"\>\<emph\>Format - Page - Footer\</emph\>\</link\> tab page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#hd_id3147167.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert\"\>Insert\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#par_id3145241.2
msgid "Click the arrow next to the icon to open a toolbar with various functions for inserting graphics, tables, documents, and special characters. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#par_id3151171
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3151178\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_grid.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3151178\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#par_id3149801.4
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#par_id3155898.6
msgid "You can select the following functions:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#hd_id3149689.13
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp\" name=\"Insert single-column frame manually\"\>Insert single-column frame manually\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#hd_id3143278.7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"From File\"\>From File\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#hd_id3149104.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Table\"\>Insert Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#hd_id3151259.9
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Document\"\>Insert Document\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#hd_id3153643.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Special Character\"\>Insert Special Character\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#hd_id3152766.14
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Section\"\>Insert Section\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19030000.xhp#hd_id3145774.12
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\"\>Insert Bookmark\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp#hd_id3149286.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Fields\"\>Insert Fields\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp#par_id3151173.2
msgid "Click to open the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>Fields\</link\> dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon and select the required field from the submenu. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp#par_id3154104.4
msgid "You can select the following functions:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19040000.xhp#hd_id3145248.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Other\"\>Other\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp#tit
msgid "Text Animation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp#hd_id3155626.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp\" name=\"Text Animation\"\>Text Animation\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp#par_id3149286
msgid "\<image src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_text_marquee.png\" id=\"img_id3149292\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149292\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/02/19050000.xhp#par_id3149290.2
msgid "Text Animation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#tit
msgid "Shortcut Keys for %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#bm_id3145763
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>shortcut keys; in text documents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text documents; shortcut keys in\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3145763.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"text_keys\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Shortcut Keys for %PRODUCTNAME Writer\"\>Shortcut Keys for \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150491.2
msgid "You can use shortcut keys to quickly perform common tasks in \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\>. This section lists the default shortcut keys for \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3145081.259
msgid "You can also use the \<link href=\"text/shared/04/01010000.xhp\" name=\"general shortcut keys in %PRODUCTNAME\"\>general shortcut keys in \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149800.3
msgid "Function Keys for \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN10663
msgid "Shortcut keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN10668
msgid "Effect"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149486.7
msgid "F2"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3143274.8
msgid "Formula Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149821.9
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F2"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3145774.10
msgid "Insert Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3155912.11
msgid "F3"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3155855.12
msgid "Complete AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3147411.13
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F3"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3155060.14
msgid "Edit AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149839.15
msgid "F4"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3148847.16
msgid "Open Data Source View"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150097.19
msgid "Shift+F4"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153400.20
msgid "Select next frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3156096.17
msgid "F5"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3156110.18
msgid "Navigator on/off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153118.21
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+F5"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149628.22
msgid "Navigator on, go to page number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149647.24
msgid "F7"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149957.25
msgid "Spellcheck"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149601.26
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F7"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149850.27
msgid "Thesaurus"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149869.28
msgid "F8"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3145096.29
msgid "Extension mode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3145116.30
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F8"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149593.31
msgid "Field shadings on / off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3156250.32
msgid "Shift+F8"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3156264.33
msgid "Additional selection mode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id7121494
msgid "Ctrl+Shift+F8"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id9048432
msgid "Block selection mode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3145408.34
msgid "F9"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3155306.35
msgid "Update fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3155324.36
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F9"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154404.37
msgid "Show fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154423.38
msgid "Shift+F9"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153375.39
msgid "Calculate Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153394.40
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+F9"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154865.41
msgid "Update Input Fields and Input Lists"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3155883.43
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F10"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3148674.44
msgid "Nonprinting Characters on/off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3148693.45
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+T\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>F11\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149978.46
msgid "Styles and Formatting window on/off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149997.47
msgid "Shift+F11"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3155926.48
msgid "Create Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id0905200802191980
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F11"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id0905200802192020
msgid "Sets focus to Apply Style box"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3155945.49
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+F11"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153020.50
msgid "Update Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153039.51
msgid "F12"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3148959.52
msgid "Numbering on"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3148979.53
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F12"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153650.54
msgid "Insert or edit Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3152749.55
msgid "Shift+F12"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3152763.56
msgid "Bullets on"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153876.57
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+F12"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153901.58
msgid "Numbering / Bullets off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3147109.59
msgid "Shortcut Keys for \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN10ACE
msgid "Shortcut keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN10AD3
msgid "Effect"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149785.60
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+A"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150220.62
msgid "Select All"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150239.63
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+J"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3145219.65
msgid "Justify"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3145238.66
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+D"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150325.68
msgid "Double Underline"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3148578.69
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+E"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3148604.71
msgid "Centered"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3147016.72
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3147041.74
msgid "Find and Replace"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150940.75
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+P"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150965.77
msgid "Superscript"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154363.78
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+L"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154389.80
msgid "Align Left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150519.81
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+R"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3147519.83
msgid "Align Right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3147538.84
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+B"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153587.86
msgid "Subscript"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153606.87
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+Shift+Z\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl+Y\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3151268.89
msgid "Redo last action"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN10D39
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+0 (zero)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN10D64
msgid "Apply Default paragraph style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3151287.90
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+1"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153731.92
msgid "Apply Heading 1 paragraph style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153751.93
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+2"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150831.95
msgid "Apply Heading 2 paragraph style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN10DF8
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+3"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN10E23
msgid "Apply Heading 3 paragraph style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN1550DF8
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+4"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN5510E23
msgid "Apply Heading 4 paragraph style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150849.96
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+5"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3146860.98
msgid "Apply Heading 5 paragraph style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3146878.99
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+ Plus Key(+)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3155403.101
msgid "Calculates the selected text and copies the result to the clipboard."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3155432.102
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Hyphen(-)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150712.104
msgid "Custom hyphens; hyphenation set by you."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150732.303
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+minus sign (-)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3148394.302
msgid "Non-breaking dash (is not used for hyphenation)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3148414.105
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+multiplication sign * (only on number pad)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3147302.107
msgid "Run macro field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3147321.108
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Space"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150260.110
msgid "Non-breaking spaces. Non-breaking spaces are not used for hyphenation and are not expanded if the text is justified."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150281.111
msgid "Shift+Enter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150294.113
msgid "Line break without paragraph change"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149422.114
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Enter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149447.116
msgid "Manual page break"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3146967.117
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Enter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3146993.119
msgid "Column break in multicolumnar texts"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3152906.301
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Enter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3152932.300
msgid "Inserting a new paragraph without numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153772.291
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Enter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153798.293
msgid "Inserting a new paragraph directly before or after a section or a table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153818.120
msgid "Arrow Left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153930.121
msgid "Move cursor to left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153949.122
msgid "Shift+Arrow Left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153963.124
msgid "Move cursor with selection to the left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3148631.125
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Arrow Left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3148656.127
msgid "Go to beginning of word"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154244.128
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Arrow Left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154270.130
msgid "Selecting to the left word by word"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153147.131
msgid "Arrow Right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153161.132
msgid "Move cursor to right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153180.133
msgid "Shift+Arrow Right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154048.135
msgid "Move cursor with selection to the right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154067.136
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Arrow Right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154093.138
msgid "Go to start of next word"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3155272.139
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Arrow Right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3155298.141
msgid "Selecting to the right word by word"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154718.142
msgid "Arrow Up"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154731.143
msgid "Move cursor up one line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154750.144
msgid "Shift+Arrow Up"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153199.146
msgid "Selecting lines in an upwards direction"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id6452528
msgid "Ctrl+Arrow Up"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id1764275
msgid "Move cursor to beginning of the previous paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id778527
msgid "Shift+Ctrl+Arrow Up"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id1797235
msgid "Select to beginning of paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to beginning of previous paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153218.147
msgid "Arrow Down"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153232.148
msgid "Move cursor down one line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153317.149
msgid "Shift+Arrow Down"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153331.151
msgid "Selecting lines in a downward direction"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id578936
msgid "Ctrl+Arrow Down"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id6164433
msgid "Move cursor to beginning of next paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id7405011
msgid "Shift+Ctrl+Arrow Down"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3729361
msgid "Select to end of paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to end of next paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153351.152
msgid "Home"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154512.153
msgid "Go to beginning of line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154531.154
msgid "Shift+Home"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154544.156
msgid "Go and select to the beginning of a line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150972.157
msgid "End"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150986.158
msgid "Go to end of line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3151005.159
msgid "Shift+End"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3151019.161
msgid "Go and select to end of line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149371.162
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Home"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149396.164
msgid "Go to start of document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3151030.165
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Home"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3151055.167
msgid "Go and select text to start of document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3151075.168
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+End"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149732.170
msgid "Go to end of document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149750.171
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+End"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3147064.173
msgid "Go and select text to end of document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3147083.174
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+PageUp"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153826.176
msgid "Switch cursor between text and header"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153846.177
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+PageDown"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153872.179
msgid "Switch cursor between text and footer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150889.180
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150903.181
msgid "Insert mode on/off"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150922.182
msgid "PageUp"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3157513.183
msgid "Screen page up"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3157532.184
msgid "Shift+PageUp"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3157546.186
msgid "Move up screen page with selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3152957.187
msgid "PageDown"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3152970.188
msgid "Move down screen page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3152990.189
msgid "Shift+PageDown"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153004.191
msgid "Move down screen page with selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3148448.192
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Del"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3148474.194
msgid "Delete text to end of word"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3151080.195
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Backspace"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3151106.197
msgid "Delete text to beginning of word"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id9959715
msgid "In a list: delete an empty paragraph in front of the current paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3151124.198
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Del"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3146919.200
msgid "Delete text to end of sentence"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3146937.201
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Backspace"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153532.203
msgid "Delete text to beginning of sentence"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153551.294
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153577.296
msgid "Next suggestion with \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Automatic Word Completion\"\>Automatic Word Completion\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3147360.297
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3147386.299
msgid "Use previous suggestion with \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Automatic Word Completion\"\>Automatic Word Completion\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3144447360
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl+Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+V"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3144447386
msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard as unformatted text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3145382.288
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+ double-click or \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+F10"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150379.290
msgid "Use this combination to quickly dock or undock the Navigator, Styles and Formatting window, or other windows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#bm_id3150396
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>headings; switching levels by keyboard\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraphs; moving by keyboard\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150396.204
msgid "Shortcut Keys for Paragraphs and Heading Levels"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN11694
msgid "Shortcut keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_idN11699
msgid "Effect"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153679.206
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl+Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Up Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153693.208
msgid "Move the active paragraph or selected paragraphs up one paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153712.209
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl+Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Down Arrow"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154639.211
msgid "Move the active paragraph or selected paragraphs down one paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154658.260
msgid "Tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154672.261
msgid "The heading in format \"Heading X\" (X = 1-9) is moved down one level in the outline."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154695.262
msgid "Shift+Tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3155346.263
msgid "The heading in format \"Heading X\" (X = 2-10) is moved up one level in the outline."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3155369.265
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#bm_id3155395
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tab stops; before headings\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>headings; starting with tab stops\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3155395.266
msgid "At the start of a heading: Inserts a tab stop. Depending on the Window Manager in use, \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Tab may be used instead."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149161.264
msgid "To change the heading level with the keyboard, first position the cursor in front of the heading."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149180.212
msgid "Shortcut Keys for Tables in \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3155978.279
msgid "Shortcut Keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3155991.281
msgid "Effect"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3156014.213
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+A"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3156048.215
msgid "If the active cell is empty: selects the whole table. Otherwise: selects the contents of the active cell. Pressing again selects the entire table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3156069.216
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Home"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154285.218
msgid "If the active cell is empty: goes to the beginning of the table. Otherwise: first press goes to beginning of the active cell, second press goes to beginning of the current table, third press goes to beginning of document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154308.219
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+End"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154334.221
msgid "If the active cell is empty: goes to the end of the table. Otherwise: first press goes to the end of the active cell, second press goes to the end of the current table, third press goes to the end of the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3153255.222
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3153281.224
msgid "Inserts a tab stop (only in tables). Depending on the Window Manager in use, \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Tab may be used instead."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154905.231
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Arrow Keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154931.233
msgid "Increases/decreases the size of the column/row on the right/bottom cell edge"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154951.234
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Arrow Keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150772.236
msgid "Increase/decrease the size of the column/row on the left/top cell edge"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150793.237
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option+Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt+Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Arrow Keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150818.239
msgid "Like \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>, but only the active cell is modified"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3154451.240
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option+Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl+Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Arrow Keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3154477.242
msgid "Like \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>, but only the active cell is modified"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3145272.243
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3145297.245
msgid "3 seconds in Insert mode, Arrow Key inserts row/column, \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Arrow Key inserts cell"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3155533.246
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Del"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3155559.248
msgid "3 seconds in Delete mode, Arrow key deletes row/column, \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Arrow key merges cell with neighboring cell"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#bm_id3155593
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>removing; cell protection in text documents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3155593.267
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+T"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3147474.269
msgid "Removes cell protection from all selected tables. If no table is selected, then cell protection is removed from all of the tables in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3147496.270
msgid "Shift+\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Del"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149504.272
msgid "If no whole cell is selected, the text from the cursor to the end of the current sentence is deleted. If the cursor is at the end of a cell, and no whole cell is selected, the contents of the next cell are deleted. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id8539384
msgid "If no whole cell is selected and the cursor is at the end of the table, the following sentence from below the table will be deleted and the remainder of that paragraph will be moved into the last table cell. If an empty line follows the table, the empty line will be deleted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id5891903
msgid "If one or more cells are selected, the whole rows containing the selection will be deleted. If all rows are selected completely or partially, the entire table will be deleted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149537.249
msgid "Shortcut Keys for Moving and Resizing Frames, Graphics and Objects"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149565.282
msgid "Shortcut Keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3148993.284
msgid "Effect"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149010.305
msgid "Esc"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149024.306
msgid "Cursor is inside a text frame and no text is selected: Escape selects the text frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149039.307
msgid "Text frame is selected: Escape clears the cursor from the text frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149054.308
msgid "F2 or Enter or any key that produces a character on screen"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149890.309
msgid "If a text frame is selected: positions the cursor to the end of the text in the text frame. If you press any key that produces a character on screen, and the document is in edit mode, the character is appended to the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3149913.250
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Arrow Keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3149939.252
msgid "Move object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3151200.253
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option+Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt+Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Arrow Keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3151226.255
msgid "Resizes by moving lower right corner."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3151246.256
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option+Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt+Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Arrow Keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150115.258
msgid "Resizes by moving top left corner."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#hd_id3150129.310
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#par_id3150154.311
msgid "Selects the anchor of an object (in Edit Points mode)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#tit
msgid "Positioning Objects"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#bm_id3147828
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>objects;anchoring options\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>positioning;objects (guide)\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>anchors;options\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>frames;anchoring options\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pictures;anchoring options\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>centering;images on HTML pages\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#hd_id3147828.45
msgid "\<variable id=\"anchor_object\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\"\>Positioning Objects\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3147251.46
msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145599.47
msgid "Anchoring"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145622.48
msgid "Effect"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145650.49
msgid "As character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151181.50
msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_idN10674
msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as character\", then center the paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151212.51
msgid "To character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151235.52
msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155071.53
msgid "To paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155094.54
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155122.55
msgid "To page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155144.56
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145674.57
msgid "To frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145697.58
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145715.59
msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Anchor\</item\> \<emph/\>submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#tit
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#bm_id3149973
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>headings;rearranging\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>rearranging headings\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>moving;headings\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>demoting heading levels\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>promoting heading levels\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>Navigator;heading levels and chapters\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>arranging;headings\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>outlines;arranging chapters\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3149973.58
msgid "\<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\"\>Arranging Chapters in the Navigator\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3147795.59
msgid "You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose \<emph\>Tools - Outline Numbering\</emph\>, select the style in the \<emph\>Paragraph Style \</emph\>box, and then double-click a number in the \<emph\>Levels \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3145652.62
msgid "To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the \<emph\>Navigator \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155461.60
msgid "To dock the \<emph\>Navigator\</emph\>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the \<emph\>Navigator\</emph\>, double-click its frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3151184.70
msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id0915200809400790
msgid "Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151206.71
msgid "On the \<emph\>Standard Bar\</emph\>, click the\<emph\> Navigator\</emph\> icon \<image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_navigator.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id5211883\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\> to open the \<emph\>Navigator\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151238.72
msgid "On the \<emph\>Navigator\</emph\>, click the \<emph\>Content View \</emph\>icon \<image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156338\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155089.74
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155114.63
msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the \<emph\>Navigator \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155139.75
msgid "Click a heading in the \<emph\>Navigator \</emph\>list, and then click the \<emph\>Promote Chapter\</emph\>\<image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id4217546\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\> or \<emph\>Demote Chapter \</emph\>icon \<image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id6505788\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3145758.64
msgid "To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down Ctrl while you drag or click the \<emph\>Promote Chapter \</emph\>or \<emph\>Demote Chapter \</emph\>icons."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3155402.76
msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155424.77
msgid "Select the heading in the \<emph\>Navigator \</emph\>list. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_idN1081C
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Promote Level \</emph\>\<image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id5564488\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\> or \<emph\>Demote Level \</emph\>icon \<image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3159363\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3155525.78
msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151352.79
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Heading Levels Shown \</emph\>icon \<image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3151310\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>, and then select a number from the list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#tit
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#bm_id3152887
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>exceptions; AutoCorrect function\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>abbreviations\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#hd_id3152887.10
msgid "\<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\"\>Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3154254.11
msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3155576.13
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - AutoCorrect Options\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Exceptions\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147762.18
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147786.19
msgid "Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the \<emph\>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) \</emph\>box and click \<emph\>New\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147812.20
msgid "Type the word in the \<emph\>Words with TWo INitial CApitals \</emph\>box and click \<emph\>New\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3144875.17
msgid "To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#tit
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#bm_id3147407
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>numbering; lists, while typing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>bullet lists;creating while typing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lists;automatic numbering\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>numbers;lists\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>bullets; using automatically\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraphs; automatic numbering\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3147407.26
msgid "\<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\"\>Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3155525.16
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3154243.28
msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3152830.29
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - AutoCorrect Options\</item\>, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Options\</item\> tab, and then select “Apply numbering – symbol”."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3152867.30
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - AutoCorrect\</emph\>, and ensure that \<emph\>While Typing\</emph\> is selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#par_id2357860
msgid "The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3152897.21
msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147773.22
msgid "Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147794.23
msgid "Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147814.31
msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147287.25
msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3154083.27
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\"\>Format - Bullets and Numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#tit
msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#bm_id3154250
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>turning off automatic correction\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text;turning off automatic correction\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>uppercase;changing to lowercase\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>quotation marks;changing automatically\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>words;automatic replacement on/off\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lines;automatic drawing on/off\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>underlining;quick\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>borders; automatic drawing on/off\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>automatic changes on/off\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>changes;automatic\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>AutoCorrect function;turning off\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#hd_id3147812.16
msgid "\<variable id=\"auto_off\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\"\>Turning Off AutoCorrect\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3147833.2
msgid "By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_idN1081B
msgid "To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Z. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_idN10846
msgid "To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu \<emph\>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#hd_id3147251.12
msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3147274.14
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - AutoCorrect Options\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3145596.23
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Replace\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3145620.15
msgid "In the \<emph\>AutoCorrect\</emph\> list, select the word pair that you want to remove."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3145645.24
msgid "Click \<emph\>Delete\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#hd_id3145668.4
msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3151196.6
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - AutoCorrect Options\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3151220.7
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Localized Options\</emph\> tab"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3151245.25
msgid "Clear the \"Replace\" check box(es)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#hd_id3155076.8
msgid "To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3155099.10
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools – AutoCorrect Options\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3155123.11
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Options\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3155148.26
msgid "Clear the \"Capitalize first letter of every sentence\" check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#hd_id3155401.17
msgid "To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3155415.22
msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3155439.19
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - AutoCorrect Options\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3155463.20
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Options\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#par_id3155488.27
msgid "Clear the \"Apply border\" check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#tit
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#bm_id3154265
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>spellcheck;AutoSpellcheck on/off\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>automatic spellcheck\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>checking spelling;while typing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>words;disabling spellcheck\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3154265.31
msgid "\<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\"\>Automatically Check Spelling\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3154664.5
msgid "You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3154678.41
msgid "To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3155531.42
msgid "Activate the \<emph\>AutoSpellcheck \</emph\>icon on the Standard bar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3155569.33
msgid "Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the \<emph\>AutoCorrect \</emph\>submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147759.6
msgid "If you choose a word from the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>AutoCorrect\</item\> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools – AutoCorrect Options\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Replace\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147819.7
msgid "You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing \<emph\>Add\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3147220.32
msgid "To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147263.35
msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147282.36
msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3145602.38
msgid "Choose “None (Do not check spelling)”."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3145648.40
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\"\>Creating a new dictionary.\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#tit
msgid "Using AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#bm_id3155521
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>AutoText\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>networks and AutoText directories\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lists;AutoText shortcuts\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>printing;AutoText shortcuts\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting;text blocks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text blocks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>blocks of text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#hd_id3155521.26
msgid "\<variable id=\"autotext\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\"\>Using AutoText\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3150534.27
msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#hd_id3155539.48
msgid "To To Create an AutoText Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3155560.47
msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3155581.57
msgid "Choose\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Edit - AutoText\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3147761.58
msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3147779.59
msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the \<emph\>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing\</emph\> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3147807.60
msgid "Click the \<emph\>AutoText\</emph\> button, and then choose \<emph\>New\</emph\>. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_idN10732
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Close\</emph\> button."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#hd_id3147282.39
msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3145597.61
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3145615.28
msgid "Choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\"\>\<emph\>Edit - AutoText\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3145644.38
msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3145668.30
msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>AutoText\</item\> \<emph/\>icon on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3155090.43
msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type \<item type=\"literal\"\>fn\</item\>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type \<item type=\"literal\"\>dt\</item\>, and then press F3. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#hd_id3155115.45
msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3155136.44
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3155160.62
msgid "In the \<emph\>Macro from\</emph\> list, double-click \"%PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3151277.63
msgid "Select \"AutoText\" and then click \<emph\>Run\</emph\>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3151304.64
msgid "Choose \<emph\>File - Print\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#hd_id3151327.49
msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3151355.50
msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3151370.51
msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3151390.52
msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3154960.53
msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3154995.42
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\"\>Edit - AutoText\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#par_id3155012.46
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\"\>Word Completion\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#tit
msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#bm_id3149346
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>backgrounds;text objects\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>words;backgrounds\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>paragraphs; backgrounds\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>text;backgrounds\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>tables; backgrounds\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>cells; backgrounds\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>backgrounds;selecting\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#hd_id3149346.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"background\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\"\>Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id7355265
msgid "You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#hd_id3147653.3
msgid "To Apply a Background To Text Characters"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3150669.4
msgid "Select the characters."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3155390.5
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Character\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3153665.6
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Background\</emph\> tab, select the background color."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#hd_id3153541.7
msgid "To Apply a Background To a Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3145119.8
msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3158430.9
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Paragraph\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3151245.10
msgid "On the \<emph\>Background\</emph\> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id0104201010554939
msgid "To select an object in the background, hold down the \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#hd_id3149294.11
msgid "To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3154346.12
msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3148664.13
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Table Properties\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3154938.14
msgid "On the \<emph\>Background\</emph\> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3156280.15
msgid "In the \<emph\>For\</emph\> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#hd_id3151041.31
msgid "You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3150767.32
msgid "To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the \<emph\>Background Color\</emph\> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3147084.33
msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Background Color\</item\> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_idN10A56
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\"\>Highlighting icon\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id3156180.30
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\"\>Background tab page\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id4922025
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\"\>Watermarks\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/background.xhp#par_id478530
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\"\>Page Backgrounds as Page Styles\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#tit
msgid "Defining Borders for Objects "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#bm_id3146957
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>objects; defining borders\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>borders; for objects\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>frames; around objects\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>charts;borders\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pictures;borders\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>OLE objects;borders\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>defining;object borders\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#hd_id3146957.17
msgid "\<variable id=\"border_object\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\"\>Defining Borders for Objects\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3146797.1
msgid "In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#hd_id3145673.2
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3155388.3
msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3149578.4
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Borders\</emph\> icon on the \<emph\>OLE-Object\</emph\> toolbar or \<emph\>Frame\</emph\> toolbar to open the \<emph\>Borders\</emph\> window. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3159176.6
msgid "Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#hd_id3152474.7
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3153896.8
msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3156344.9
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - (object name) – Borders\</item\>.\<br/\>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3148797.11
msgid "In the \<emph\>User-defined\</emph\> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3152933.12
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the \<emph\>Line\</emph\> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3125865.13
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3150447.14
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the \<emph\>Spacing to Contents\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#par_id3154908.15
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#tit
msgid "Defining Borders for Pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#bm_id3156136
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>pages;defining borders\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>borders; for pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>frames; around pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>defining;page borders\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#hd_id3156136.15
msgid "\<variable id=\"border_page\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\"\>Defining Borders for Pages\</link\> \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3148473.1
msgid "In Writer, you define borders for \<emph\>page styles\</emph\>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#hd_id3150503.2
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3148491.3
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Page - Borders\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3150771.4
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the \<emph\>Default\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3154046.5
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the \<emph\>Line\</emph\> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3152472.6
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the \<emph\>Spacing to contents\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3156023.7
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#hd_id3145068.8
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3148663.9
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Page - Borders\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3150541.10
msgid "In the \<emph\>User-defined\</emph\> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3159149.11
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the \<emph\>Line\</emph\> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3156282.12
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3151041.13
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the \<emph\>Spacing to contents\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#par_id3145606.14
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#tit
msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#bm_id6737876
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>borders;for text tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>cells;borders in text tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>defining;table borders in Writer\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>frames;around text tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables;defining borders\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#hd_id3614917
msgid "\<variable id=\"borders\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\"\>User Defined Borders in Text Documents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1069368
msgid "You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id6527298
msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id6129947
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Table - Table properties\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id8141117
msgid "In the dialog, click the \<emph\>Borders\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id6016418
msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id5282448
msgid "The options in the \<emph\>Line arrangement\</emph\> area can be used to apply multiple border styles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#hd_id3547166
msgid "Selection of cells"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1108432
msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id2422559
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1053498
msgid "Line arrangement area"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1076998
msgid "One cell selected in a table of more that one cell size, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id4240241
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id1058992\"\>one cell border\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id162053
msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id5021820
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id7366557\"\>one selected cell border\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id3549607
msgid "Cells in a column selected"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id2544328
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id2298654\"\>column selected border\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1636402
msgid "Cells in a row selected"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id7450483
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id9033783\"\>row selected border\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id5741752
msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id570085
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id4776757\"\>block selected border\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#hd_id5044099
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id626544
msgid "Click one of the \<emph\>Default\</emph\> icons to set or reset multiple borders."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id292062
msgid "The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1361735
msgid "The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id82399
msgid "The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#hd_id7144993
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id5528427
msgid "Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose \<emph\>Format - Cells - Borders\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id4194158
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id8221076\"\>default icons for borders\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id7253028
msgid "Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id9441206
msgid "Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id7276833
msgid "Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id5273293
msgid "Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#hd_id5110019
msgid "User defined settings"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1820734
msgid "In the \<emph\>User defined\</emph\> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id7093111
msgid "Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id3673818
msgid "Line types"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id2593768
msgid "Image"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id2055421
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id9836115
msgid "A black line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id6485793
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id1237525\"\>solid line for border\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1454512
msgid "A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id4618671
msgid "A gray line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1239356
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id2688680\"\>gray line for border\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id9474166
msgid "A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1545457
msgid "A white line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id1681875
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id7340617\"\>white line for border\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id2316660
msgid "A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#hd_id5908688
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id5118564
msgid "Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose \<emph\>Table - Table properties - Borders\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id244758
msgid "Select a thick line style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id7741325
msgid "To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id542313
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id4273506\"\>setting thick lower border\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id2210760
msgid "All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#par_id5400860
msgid "All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#tit
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#bm_id3147692
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>pasting;results of formulas\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>clipboard;calculating in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formulas;pasting results in text documents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#hd_id3147692.35
msgid "\<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"\> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3156366.36
msgid "If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the \<emph\>Formula Bar\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3154250.37
msgid "Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3155496.38
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Calculate\</emph\>, or press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Plus Sign (+)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id5172582
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Edit - Paste\</item\>, or press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+V.\<br/\>The selected formula is replaced by the result."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#tit
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#bm_id3147400
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>calculating;sums in text tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>totals in text tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables;calculating sums\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>cells;calculating sums\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>table cells;calculating sums\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>sums of table cell series\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#hd_id3147400.3
msgid "\<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\"\>Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154243.4
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Table\</emph\>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154203.5
msgid "Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154222.6
msgid "Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Sum\</item\> icon on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Table Bar\</item\>.\<br/\>The\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formula Bar\</item\> appears with the entry \"=sum\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3147775.15
msgid "Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.\<br/\>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3150507.8
msgid "Press Enter, or click \<emph\>Apply\</emph\> in the Formula bar. \<br/\>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3150533.10
msgid "If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3155533.11
msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#tit
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#bm_id3153899
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>calculating;in text tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables; performing calculations in\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#hd_id3153899.49
msgid "\<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\"\>Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3154250.6
msgid "You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3150508.26
msgid "Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3150528.50
msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155532.29
msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155551.30
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formula Bar\</item\>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, \<item type=\"literal\"\>=SUM\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155577.31
msgid "Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155598.32
msgid "Press \<emph\>Enter\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3147776.51
msgid "If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#tit
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#bm_id3147406
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>formulas; complex formulas in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>calculating;formulas/mean values\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#hd_id3147406.20
msgid "\<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\"\>Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3145245.25
msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3152901.26
msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3145078.27
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3156382.28
msgid "Click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formula\</item\> \<emph/\>icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149692.30
msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149481.32
msgid "Press \<emph\>Enter\</emph\>. The result is inserted as a field into the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149823.35
msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#tit
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#bm_id3154248
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>calculating; across multiple text tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables;calculating across\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#hd_id3154248.11
msgid "\<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\"\>Calculating Across Tables\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147773.12
msgid "You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147795.13
msgid "Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147815.14
msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147833.16
msgid "Press F2."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147228.17
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formula Bar\</item\>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, \<item type=\"literal\"\>=SUM\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147254.18
msgid "Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147274.19
msgid "Press \<emph\>Enter\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#tit
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#bm_id3149909
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>calculating; in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formulas; calculating in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>references;in Writer tables\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#hd_id3149909.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"calculate\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\"\>Calculating in Text Documents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#par_id3149949.2
msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#par_id3149972.3
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#par_id3155547.10
msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, \<item type=\"literal\"\>=10000/12\</item\>, and then press Enter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#par_id3155565.11
msgid "You can also click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formula\</item\> \<emph/\>icon on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formula Bar\</item\>, and then choose a function for your formula."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#par_id8316904
msgid "To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#tit
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#bm_id3147684
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>captions; adding chapter numbers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>objects; captioning automatically\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>numbering; captions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>automatic numbering;of objects\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>chapter numbers in captions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting;chapter numbers in captions\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#hd_id3147684.14
msgid "\<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\"\>Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\</link\> \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147395.15
msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147408.16
msgid "Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3154249.17
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150503.18
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Caption\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150527.19
msgid "Select a caption title from the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Category\</item\> \<emph/\>box, and select a numbering style in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering\</item\> \<emph/\>box. \<br/\>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Caption\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3153166.39
msgid "Click \<emph\>Options\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3153190.45
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Level\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3155553.46
msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Separator\</item\> box, and then click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>OK\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3155586.40
msgid "In the \<emph\>Caption\</emph\> dialog, click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147226.43
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3145567
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\"\>AutoCaption dialog\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3145574
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\"\>Chapter numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#tit
msgid "Using Captions "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#bm_id3147691
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>inserting; captions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>captions; inserting and editing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>editing;captions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>objects; captioning\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables; labeling\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>frames; labeling\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>charts; labeling\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text frames; labeling\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>draw objects; inserting captions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>legends, see also captions\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#hd_id3150537.39
msgid "\<variable id=\"captions\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\"\>Using Captions\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#par_id3153156.22
msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#par_id3153172.36
msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#par_id3153186.37
msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#par_idN10713
msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#hd_id3155541.23
msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#par_id3155567.24
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#par_id3155586.25
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Caption\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#par_id3147765.26
msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>OK\</item\>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Category\</item\> \<emph/\>box, for example \<item type=\"literal\"\>Figure\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#par_id3147254.27
msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#par_id3147271.28
msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#par_id3145671.45
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#tit
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#bm_id3146875
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>headers; inserting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>footers; inserting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>page styles; changing from selection\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>new page styles from selection\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#hd_id3146875.21
msgid "\<variable id=\"change_header\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\"\>Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3153584.22
msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3154245.24
msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3150503.26
msgid "Open a new text document, choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>, and then click the \<emph\>Page Styles\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3150532.27
msgid "Click the \<emph\>New Style from Selection\</emph\> icon and select \<emph\>New Styles from Selection\</emph\> from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3153153.31
msgid "Type a name for the page in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Style name\</item\> \<emph/\>box, and then click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>OK\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3153184.32
msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3155541.33
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Header\</emph\>, and choose the new page style from the list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3155572.34
msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3155592.25
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Manual Break\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3147771.28
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>area, select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Page break\</item\> and then select “Default” from the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Style\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#par_id3147810.29
msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#tit
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#bm_id3147682
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>outlines;numbering\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>deleting;heading numbers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>chapter numbering\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>headings; numbering/paragraph styles\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>numbering;headings\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3147682.22
msgid "\<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\"\>Outline Numbering\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155605.23
msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the outline hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155626.35
msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3154255.36
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - Outline Numbering\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering\</item\> \<emph/\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155891.37
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Paragraph Style\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3150513.25
msgid "In the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbers\</item\> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>OK\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107CE
msgid "To Remove Automatic Outline Numbering From a Heading Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107D5
msgid "Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107D9
msgid "Press the \<item type=\"keycode\"\>Backspace\</item\> key to delete the number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155552.26
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155571.38
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - Outline Numbering\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering\</item\> \<emph/\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147758.27
msgid "Select the custom style in the \<emph\>Paragraph Style\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147782.39
msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Level\</item\> list. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147808.28
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#tit
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#bm_id3153108
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>page counts\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>conditional text;page counts\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#hd_id3153108.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\"\>Conditional Text for Page Counts\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3156228.3
msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3156257.4
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3150513.5
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Fields - Page Count\</item\>, and then enter a space."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3150537.6
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Fields - Other\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Functions\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3153166.9
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145256.7
msgid "Type \<item type=\"literal\"\>Page > 1\</item\> in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Condition\</item\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145280.10
msgid "Type \<item type=\"literal\"\>Pages\</item\> in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Then\</item\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145305.11
msgid "Type \<item type=\"literal\"\>Page\</item\> in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Else\</item\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3155535.8
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>, and then click \<emph\>Close\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#tit
msgid "Conditional Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#bm_id3155619
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>matching conditional text in fields\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>if-then queries as fields\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>conditional text; setting up\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text; conditional text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>defining;conditions\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3155619.4
msgid "\<variable id=\"conditional_text\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\"\>Conditional Text\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155879.5
msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155895.6
msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3153175.61
msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3153185.62
msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155566.8
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Fields - Other\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Variables\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147759.9
msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147784.10
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Name\</item\> box, for example \<item type=\"literal\"\>Reminder\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147810.57
msgid "Click \"Text\" in the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format\</item\> list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id7748344
msgid "Enter \<item type=\"literal\"\>1\</item\> in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Value\</item\> box, and then click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\>.\<br/\>The Format list now displays a \"General\" format."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3145645.63
msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3145659.64
msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151193.12
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151212.65
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Fields - Other\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Functions\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151250.13
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155936.14
msgid "Type \<item type=\"literal\"\>Reminder EQ \"3\"\</item\> in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Condition\</item\> \<emph/\>box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155969.15
msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150446.16
msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the \<emph\>Then\</emph\> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150473.17
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>, and then click \<emph\>Close\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3155073.66
msgid "To Display the Conditional Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155086.67
msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155110.19
msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose \<emph\>Edit - Fields\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155136.68
msgid "Replace the number in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Value\</item\> \<emph/\>box with 3, and then click\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Close\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155168.20
msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#par_id3145714
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\"\>List of conditional operators\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#tit
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#bm_id3147688
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>custom dictionaries; removing words from\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#hd_id3147688.13
msgid "\<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\"\>Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3153417.14
msgid "Choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - Language Settings - Writing Aids\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3151391.16
msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>User-defined\</item\> \<emph/\>list, and then click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Edit\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3154233.17
msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the \<emph\>Word\</emph\> list, and then click \<emph\>Delete\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#tit
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#bm_id3155919
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>sections;moving and copying\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>moving; text sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>copying; text sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pasting;cut/copied text sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>mouse;moving and copying text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#hd_id3155919.10
msgid "\<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\"\>Moving and Copying Text in Documents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3152994.11
msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3155606.21
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3154236.13
msgid "To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.\<br/\>\<image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"res/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3153148\"\>Mouse cursor moving data\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3154257.14
msgid "To copy the selected text, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).\<br/\>\<image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"res/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3152868\"\>Mouse cursor copying data\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#tit
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#bm_id3153407
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>page styles; left and right pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>blank pages with alternating page styles\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>empty page with alternating page styles\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pages; left and right pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formatting; even/odd pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>title pages; page styles\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>First Page page style\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>Left Page page style\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>right pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>even/odd pages;formatting\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id3153407.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\"\>Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3154265
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3155876\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147126.2
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the \<emph\>Status Bar\</emph\> at the bottom of the workplace."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id8194219
msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3150526.4
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Page Styles\</item\> \<emph/\>icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3153153.6
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3153179.8
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Organizer\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145267.17
msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the \<emph\>Next Style\</emph\> box, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145299.9
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155529.18
msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the \<emph\>Next Style\</emph\> box, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155561.10
msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155588.19
msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Header\</item\>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147772.20
msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Footer\</item\>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147254.12
msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id888698
msgid "To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3394573
msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id7594225
msgid "Choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id8147221
msgid "Remove the check mark from \<emph\>Print automatically inserted blank pages\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145596.13
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\"\>Insert Break dialog\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#tit
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#bm_id3154079
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>fields; converting into text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>converting;fields, into text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>replacing;fields, by text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>changing;fields, into text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#hd_id3154079.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"field_convert\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\"\>Converting a Field into Text\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#par_id3149281.2
msgid "You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#par_id3155608.7
msgid "Select the field and choose \<emph\>Edit - Cut\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#par_id3154238.9
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Paste Special\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#par_id3154262.10
msgid "Click \"Unformatted text\" in the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Selection\</item\> list, and then click\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>OK\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#par_id3157551.11
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\"\>Paste Special\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#bm_id5111545
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>inserting;date fields\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>dates;inserting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>date fields;fixed/variable\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>fixed dates\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>variable dates\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#hd_id3155165.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"fields_date\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\"\>Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#par_id3154491.2
msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#par_id3147679.3
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\> and click the \<emph\>Document\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#par_id3153415.5
msgid "Click “Date” in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>list and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#par_id3155602.6
msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Select\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#par_id3154241.4
msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Select\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#tit
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#bm_id3155916
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text; input fields\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>fields; input fields in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>input fields in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting;input fields\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#hd_id3155916.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"fields_enter\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\"\>Adding Input Fields\</link\> \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#par_id3153409.2
msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#par_id3145776.3
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Fields - Other\</item\> \<emph/\>and click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Functions\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155620.5
msgid "Click “Input field”\<emph/\>in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#par_id3154257.6
msgid "Click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\> \<emph/\>and type the text for the variable."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155888.7
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#par_id3150708.4
msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#tit
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#bm_id3153398
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>fields; user data\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>user data; querying\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>conditions; user data fields\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>hiding;text, from specific users\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>user variables in conditions/fields\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#hd_id3153398.59
msgid "\<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\"\>Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3154239.60
msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155889.94
msgid "Operator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147110.95
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150508.96
msgid "== or EQ"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150531.97
msgid "equals"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150725.98
msgid "!= or NEQ"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150748.99
msgid "is not equal to"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3153167.101
msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3153190.102
msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145273.103
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Section\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145297.104
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Hide\</item\> \<emph/\>area, select the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Hide\</item\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155533.105
msgid "In the \<emph\>With Condition\</emph\> box, type \<emph\>user_lastname == \"Doe\"\</emph\>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155573.107
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> and then save the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147760.108
msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147777.61
msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147819.62
msgid "User variables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147218.63
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147245.64
msgid "user_firstname"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147268.65
msgid "First name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145592.66
msgid "user_lastname"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145615.67
msgid "Last name"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145642.68
msgid "user_initials"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145666.69
msgid "Initials"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151200.70
msgid "user_company"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151223.71
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151250.72
msgid "user_street"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152912.73
msgid "Street"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152940.74
msgid "user_country"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152963.75
msgid "Country"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152990.76
msgid "user_zipcode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145679.77
msgid "Zip Code"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145706.78
msgid "user_city"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145729.79
msgid "City"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145756.80
msgid "user_title"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145779.81
msgid "Title"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156284.82
msgid "user_position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156307.83
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156334.84
msgid "user_tel_work"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156357.85
msgid "Business telephone number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156384.86
msgid "user_tel_home"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149728.87
msgid "Home telephone number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149756.88
msgid "user_fax"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149778.89
msgid "Fax number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149806.90
msgid "user_email"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147294.91
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147321.92
msgid "user_state"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147344.93
msgid "State"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147392
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\"\>List of operators\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#tit
msgid "About Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#bm_id3145576
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>fields;updating/viewing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>updating;fields\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>Help tips;fields\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>properties;fields\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>disabling;field highlighting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>changing;field shadings\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>viewing;fields\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#hd_id3145576.3
msgid "\<variable id=\"fields\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\"\>About Fields\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3154246.4
msgid "Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#hd_id3154262.5
msgid "Viewing Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3150509.6
msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Fields\"\>\<emph\>View - Field Names\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3150536.195
msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose \<emph\>View - Field Shadings\</emph\>. To permanently disable this feature, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - $[officename] - Appearance\</emph\>, and clear the check box in front of \<emph\>Field shadings\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3152885.7
msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Appearance\"\>\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>$[officename] - Appearance\</item\>\</link\>\</emph\>, locate the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Field shadings\</item\> option, and then select a different color in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Color setting\</item\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#hd_id3153166.8
msgid "Field Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3153180.181
msgid "Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3155533.182
msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3155582.183
msgid "Field Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3147760.184
msgid "Property"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3147789.185
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3147812.186
msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3147216.187
msgid "Insert Reference"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3147239.188
msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3147267.189
msgid "Run macro"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3147290.190
msgid "Runs a macro."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3145614.191
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3145637.192
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3151244.10
msgid "Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips\<emph/\>option (\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>What's This?\</item\>) is selected in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Help\</item\> menu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#hd_id3155937.11
msgid "Updating Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3155963.12
msgid "To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose \<emph\>Edit - Select All\</emph\>, and then press F9."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#par_id3155984.13
msgid "To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#tit
msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#bm_id1163670
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>replacing; text and text formats\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>styles;finding\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>searching, see also finding\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text formats; finding\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formats; finding and replacing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>searching; formats\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>objects;finding by Navigator\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>Asian languages;search options\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#hd_id8568681
msgid "\<variable id=\"finding\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\"\>Finding and Replacing in Writer\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id611285
msgid "In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#hd_id6226081
msgid "The Find & Replace dialog"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id6702780
msgid "To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#hd_id3158970
msgid "To Find Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id6957304
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Find & Replace\</emph\> to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id2164677
msgid "Enter the text to find in the \<emph\>Search for\</emph\> text box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id5684072
msgid "Either click \<emph\>Find\</emph\> or \<emph\>Find All\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id4377269
msgid "When you click \<emph\>Find\</emph\>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click \<emph\>Find\</emph\> again to advance to the next found text. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id1371807
msgid "If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id924100
msgid "Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id9359416
msgid "When you click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Find All\</item\>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#hd_id5891598
msgid "To Replace Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id1780755
msgid "Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id2467421
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id4286935
msgid "Enter the text to search in the \<emph\>Search for \</emph\>text box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id9959410
msgid "Enter the text to replace the found text in the \<emph\>Replace with\</emph\> text box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id24109
msgid "Either click \<emph\>Replace\</emph\> or \<emph\>Replace All\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id703451
msgid "When you click \<emph\>Replace\</emph\>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the \<emph\>Search for\</emph\> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click \<emph\>Replace\</emph\> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the \<emph\>Replace with\</emph\> text box. Click \<emph\>Find\</emph\> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id7540818
msgid "When you click \<emph\>Replace All\</emph\>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#hd_id9908444
msgid "To Find Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id8413953
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id2696920
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id896938
msgid "Click \<emph\>More Options\</emph\> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id9147007
msgid "Check \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Search for Styles\</item\>.\<br/\>The \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Search for\</item\> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id679342
msgid "Select the style to search for, then click \<emph\>Find\</emph\> or \<emph\>Find All\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#hd_id3231299
msgid "To Find Formats"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id8087405
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id3406170
msgid "Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id2448805
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id4542985
msgid "Click \<emph\>More Options\</emph\> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id4679403
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Format\</emph\> button."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id7783745
msgid "Click \<emph\>Find\</emph\> or \<emph\>Find All\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id5597094
msgid "More options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id9919431
msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id8533280
msgid "Check the \<emph\>Similarity search\</emph\> option and optionally click the \<emph\>...\</emph\> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id4646748
msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - Language Settings - Languages\</emph\>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#hd_id2489394
msgid "The Navigator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id9934385
msgid "The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id4159062
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Navigator\</emph\> to open the Navigator window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id7421796
msgid "Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\"\>Navigator\</link\> guide for more information."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id6417432
msgid "Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small \<emph\>Navigation\</emph\> window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp#par_id4639728
msgid "Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#bm_id3145819
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>pages; continuation pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>next page number in footers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>continuation pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>page numbers; continuation pages\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#hd_id3145819.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\"\>Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3154242.12
msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3154256.4
msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3155886.5
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Footer\</emph\> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3147109.6
msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3147134.7
msgid "In the \<emph\>Fields\</emph\> dialog, click the \<emph\>Document\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150955.8
msgid "Click 'Page' in the \<emph\>Type\</emph\> list and 'Next page' in the \<emph\>Select\</emph\> list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150517.9
msgid "Click a numbering style in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150537.10
msgid "If you select 'Text' in the \<emph\>Format\</emph\> list, only the text that you enter in the \<emph\>Value\</emph\> box is displayed in the field."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150727.11
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> to insert the field with the page number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#bm_id3155624
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>footers; with page numbers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pages; numbers and count of\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>page numbers; footers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>numbering;pages\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#hd_id3155624.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\"\>Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id8230842
msgid "You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page 9 of 12\""
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#hd_id7867366
msgid "To Insert a Page Number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150508.2
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Footer\</emph\> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150534.3
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Page Number\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3153155.4
msgid "If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#hd_id2988677
msgid "To Additionally Add a Page Count"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3155532.6
msgid "Click in front of the page number field, type \<item type=\"literal\"\>Page\</item\> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type \<item type=\"literal\"\>of\</item\> and enter another space."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3155554.7
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Page Count\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#bm_id3145819
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>endnotes;inserting and editing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting;footnotes/endnotes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>deleting;footnotes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>editing;footnotes/endnotes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>organizing;footnotes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>footnotes; inserting and editing\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3145819.16
msgid "\<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\"\>Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3154258.14
msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3155881.24
msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3155903.25
msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147120.26
msgid "Choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"\>\<emph\>Insert - Footnote/Endnote\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150937.34
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering\</item\> \<emph/\>area, select the format that you want to use. If you select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Character\</item\>, click the browse button (\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>...\</item\>) and select the character that you want to use for the footnote."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150508.35
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>area, select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Footnote\</item\> \<emph/\>or \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Endnote\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150704.36
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150729.37
msgid "Type the note."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3148843
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3148857\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3153176.27
msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the \<emph\>Insert Footnote Directly\</emph\> icon on the \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3155543.28
msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150167.6
msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3155563.29
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145029.40
msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+T\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>F11\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145062.30
msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145081.4
msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"\>\<emph\>Edit - Footnote/Endnote\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147776.3
msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"\>\<emph\>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147813.15
msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose \<emph\>Format - Page\</emph\>, and then click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"\>\<emph\>Footnote\</emph\>\</link\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147232.41
msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#tit
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#bm_id3147683
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>spacing; endnotes/footnotes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>endnotes; spacing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>footnotes; spacing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>borders;for footnotes/endnotes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lines;footnotes/endnotes\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#hd_id3147683.40
msgid "\<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\"\>Spacing Between Footnotes\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3145808.39
msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155603.41
msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155620.42
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3154251.43
msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155884.45
msgid "Click the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"\>\<emph\>Borders\</emph\>\</link\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3147110.51
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Default\</item\> \<emph/\>area, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Set Top and Bottom Borders Only\</item\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150931.52
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Line\</item\> area, click a line in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Style\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150961.53
msgid "Select \"White\" in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Color\</item\> \<emph/\>box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150519.50
msgid "In the \<emph\>Spacing to contents\</emph\> area, clear the \<emph\>Synchronize\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150709.47
msgid "Enter a value in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Top\</item\> \<emph/\>and \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Bottom\</item\> \<emph/\>boxes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150740.48
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3148846.49
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\"\>Format - Paragraph - Borders\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#tit
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#bm_id3159257
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>serial letters\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>form letters\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>mail merge\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>letters; creating form letters\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>wizards;form letters\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#hd_id3159257.29
msgid "\<variable id=\"form_letters\"\>\<variable id=\"form_letters_main\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\"\>Creating a Form Letter\</link\>\</variable\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_id3150502.1
msgid "To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_id0805200801132382
msgid "If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10653
msgid "The \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\"\>Mail Merge Wizard\</link\> helps you to create form letters."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10664
msgid "To create a form letter"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN1066B
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10672
msgid "You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10676
msgid "Select \<emph\>Start from a template\</emph\>, and click the \<emph\>Browse\</emph\> button."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10681
msgid "You see the \<emph\>New\</emph\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10685
msgid "Select \<item type=\"literal\"\>Business Correspondence\</item\> in the left list, and then \<item type=\"literal\"\>Modern letter\</item\> in the right list. Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\> to close the Templates dialog, and click \<emph\>Next\</emph\> in the wizard."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_id2669759
msgid "Select \<emph\>Letter\</emph\> and click \<emph\>Next\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106BD
msgid "On the next step of the wizard, click the \<emph\>Select Address List\</emph\> button to check that you are using the correct address list. Select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click \<emph\>Next\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106C5
msgid "Next follows the \<emph\>Create a salutation\</emph\> step. Deselect the \<emph\>Insert personalized salutation\</emph\> box. Under \<emph\>General salutation\</emph\>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106D5
msgid "Click \<emph\>Next\</emph\> and finally \<emph\>Finish\</emph\> to create the mail merge."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#tit
msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#bm_id3145246
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>Navigator;master documents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>master documents;creating/editing/exporting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>removing;subdocuments\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>indexes; master documents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3145246.4
msgid "\<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\"\>Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id1522873
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3153127.29
msgid "To Create a Master Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149634.30
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149956.31
msgid "Choose \<emph\>File - New - Master Document\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149612.32
msgid "Open an existing document and choose \<emph\>File - Send - Create Master Document\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149873.28
msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Text\</item\> \<emph/\>entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145114.33
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Navigator\</item\> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\> \<emph/\>icon, and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3156240.34
msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose \<emph\>File\</emph\>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145405.35
msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose \<emph\>New Document\</emph\>, type a name for the file, and then click \<emph\>Save\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id8550981
msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose \<emph\>Text\</emph\>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153382.36
msgid "Choose \<emph\>File - Save\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3154242.37
msgid "To Edit a Master Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154255.20
msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3155879.38
msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3155931.39
msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose \<emph\>Delete\</emph\>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148677.8
msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose \<emph\>Insert - Text\</emph\>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149982.10
msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Move down\</item\> or \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Move up\</item\> \<emph/\>icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153022.40
msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose \<emph\>Insert - Index\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148949
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3148959\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153632.21
msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the \<emph\>Update\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_idN10C40
msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" on the \<emph\>Format - (Object type) - Type\</emph\> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the \<emph\>Horizontal\</emph\> and \<emph\>Vertical\</emph\> list boxes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3153656.41
msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3152760.42
msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153876.43
msgid "In the master document, choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>, and click the \<emph\>Paragraph Styles\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153907.44
msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3147124.45
msgid "Click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Text Flow\</item\> \<emph/\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149770.46
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Breaks\</item\> \<emph/\>area, select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\>, and then select “Page”\<emph/\>in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3150224.17
msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select \<emph\>With Page Style\</emph\>, and select \"Right page\" in the box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145205.47
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3145228.48
msgid "To Export a Master Document as a \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3150315.49
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>File - Export\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148580.50
msgid "In the \<emph\>File format\</emph\> list, select a text document file format and click \<emph\>Export\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id8371227
msgid "The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Sections\</item\> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154382
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\"\>Navigator in master mode\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#tit
msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#bm_id3145246
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>master documents;properties\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>subdocuments;properties\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>central documents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>subsidiary documents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>documents; master documents and subdocuments\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>styles;master documents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#hd_id3145246.4
msgid "\<variable id=\"globaldoc\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\"\>Master Documents and Subdocuments\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id3149806
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#hd_id6537369
msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id3150096.13
msgid "When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id3153400.12
msgid "You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id3155854.15
msgid "Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id9033783
msgid "When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id3419598
msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id3155180
msgid "When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#hd_id7904904
msgid "Example of Using Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id5817743
msgid "A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id9169591
msgid "When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id1590014
msgid "In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id5878780
msgid "To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command \<emph\>File - Send - Create Master Document\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#par_id3154382
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\"\>Navigator in master mode\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#tit
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#bm_id3155863
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>headers;about\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>footers;about\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>HTML documents; headers and footers\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#hd_id3155863.38
msgid "\<variable id=\"header_footer\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\"\>About Headers and Footers\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#par_id3154255.35
msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>Fields\</link\>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#par_id3150511.44
msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the \<emph\>Status Bar\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#par_id3155896.39
msgid "To add a header to a page, choose \<emph\>Insert - Header\</emph\>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#par_id3147119.43
msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose \<emph\>Insert - Footer\</emph\>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#par_id3153726.40
msgid "You can also choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Page\</item\>, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Header\</item\> or \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Footer\</item\> \<emph/\>tab, and then select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Header on\</item\> \<emph/\>or \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Footer on\</item\>. Clear the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Same content left/right\</item\> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#par_id3146876.36
msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\"\>Page Styles\</link\>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#hd_id3150704.41
msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#par_id3150717.34
msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#par_id3153174
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\"\>Page Styles\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#tit
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#bm_id3155920
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>headers;defining for left and right pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>footers;defining for left and right pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>page styles; changing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>defining; headers/footers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>mirrored page layout\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3155920.25
msgid "\<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\"\>Defining Different Headers and Footers\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154263.26
msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as \<emph\>First page\</emph\>, \<emph\>Left page\</emph\> and \<emph\>Right page\</emph\>, or you can create a custom page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147105.27
msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Page\</item\>, click the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Page\</item\> tab, and in the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Layout settings\</item\> area, choose “Mirrored” in the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Page layout\</item\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150224.28
msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150929.29
msgid "Open a new text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150946.31
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\> and click the \<emph\>Page Styles\</emph\> icon in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150510.30
msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150536.33
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Page Styles\</item\> dialog, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Header\</item\> \<emph/\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153750.34
msgid "Select\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Header on\</item\> and click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Organizer\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146865.35
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Next Style\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select \"Left Page\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146889.36
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150714.37
msgid "In the \<emph\>Styles and Formatting\</emph\> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150748.38
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Page Styles\</item\> dialog, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Header\</item\> \<emph/\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153172.39
msgid "Select\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Header on\</item\> and click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Organizer\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147061.40
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Next Style\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select \"Right Page\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147086.41
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145263.42
msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145284.43
msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#bm_id3155919
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>running titles in headers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>floating titles in headers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>headers; chapter information\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>chapter names in headers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>names; chapter names in headers\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3155919.3
msgid "\<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\"\>Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153414.22
msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3154244.23
msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3155874.24
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Outline Numbering\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3155898.25
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Style\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147124.26
msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Number\</item\> \<emph/\>box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150219.27
msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Before\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150245.28
msgid "Enter a space in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>After\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150949.29
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3150505.30
msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150527.5
msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153729.6
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Header\</item\> \<emph/\>or \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Footer\</item\>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153762.7
msgid "Click in the header or footer."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3146863.9
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Fields - Other\</item\> and click the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Document\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153175.10
msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147065.11
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> and then click \<emph\>Close\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147095.12
msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#tit
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#bm_id3154866
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>inserting;lines under headers/above footers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lines; under headers/above footers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>headers;formatting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>footers;formatting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>shadows;headers/footers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>borders;for headers/footers\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#hd_id3154866.20
msgid "\<variable id=\"header_with_line\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\"\>Formatting Headers or Footers\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#par_id3154243.21
msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#par_id3155873.22
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Page\</item\> \<emph/\>and select the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Header\</item\> \<emph/\>or \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Footer\</item\> \<emph/\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#par_id3147109.27
msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#par_id3147128.23
msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>More\</item\>. The \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Border/Background\</item\> \<emph/\>dialog opens."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#par_id3150520.24
msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the \<emph\>Line arrangement\</emph\> area. Click a line style in the \<emph\>Style\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#par_id3153742.25
msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the \<emph\>Synchronize\</emph\> box, and then enter a value in the\<emph\> Bottom\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#tit
msgid "Displaying Hidden Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#bm_id3148856
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>hidden text; displaying\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>displaying;hidden text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#hd_id3148856.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\"\>Displaying Hidden Text\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id5659962
msgid "If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3152777.7
msgid "Enable the check mark at \<emph\>View - Hidden Paragraphs\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3153902.44
msgid "Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147114.45
msgid "Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id1865901
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\"\>Hiding Text\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147029.46
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\"\>List of Operators\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#tit
msgid "Hiding Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#bm_id3148856
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text; hiding\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>sections;hiding\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraphs;hiding\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>hiding;text, with conditions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>variables;for hiding text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3148856.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"hidden_text\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\"\>Hiding Text\</link\> \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3150103.2
msgid "You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153409.19
msgid "Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hd_id5174108
msgid "To Create a Variable"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153131.20
msgid "Click in your document and choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149640.21
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Variables \</emph\>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149970.22
msgid "Click \"General\" in the \<emph\>Format \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149620.23
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Name\</item\> box, for example, \<item type=\"literal\"\>Hide\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149869.24
msgid "Enter a value for the variable in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Value\</item\> box, for example, \<item type=\"literal\"\>1\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145108.25
msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select \<emph\>Invisible\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149585.26
msgid "Click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\> and \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Close\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3156245.27
msgid "To Hide Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145391.28
msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145409.5
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\> and click the \<emph\>Functions \</emph\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155325.29
msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154404.30
msgid "Enter a statement in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Condition\</item\> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter \<item type=\"literal\"\>Hide==1\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153371.31
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide in the \<emph\>Hidden text \</emph\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154233.32
msgid "Click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\> and \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Close\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3154256.33
msgid "To Hide a Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154853.34
msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154872.35
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Other\</emph\> and click the \<emph\>Functions \</emph\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155902.6
msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the \<emph\>Type \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155947.36
msgid "Enter a statement in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Condition\</item\> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter \<item type=\"literal\"\>Hide==1\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149991.37
msgid "Click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\> and \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Close\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3793450
msgid "You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu \<emph\>View - Hidden Paragraphs\</emph\>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3148675.38
msgid "To Hide a Section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148697.39
msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153019.9
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Section\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148950.40
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Hide\</item\> area, select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Hide\</item\>, and then enter an expression in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Condition\</item\> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter \<item type=\"literal\"\>Hide==1\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153636.41
msgid "Click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3846858
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\"\>Displaying Hidden Text\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id8148442
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\"\>Creating Non-printing Text\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148603.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\"\>Insert - Fields - Other\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147011.11
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"\>Insert - Section\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147029.46
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\"\>List of Operators\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#bm_id3155845
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>cross-references; inserting with Navigator\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hd_id3155845.21
msgid "\<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\"\>Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3155858.20
msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3149833.32
msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3148846.23
msgid "On the Standard bar, click the \<emph\>Navigator\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3156108.25
msgid "Click the arrow next to the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Drag Mode\</item\> icon, and ensure that \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert as Hyperlink\</item\> \<emph/\>is selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153396.31
msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153416.24
msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153133.26
msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3149635.27
msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#tit
msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#bm_id3149695
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>hyphenation;preventing for specific words\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>switching off;hyphenation for specific words\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#hd_id3149695.20
msgid "\<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\"\>Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id5640125
msgid "If your text is \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\"\>automatically hyphenated\</link\> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3153634.40
msgid "Choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - Language Settings - Writing Aids\</emph\> "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3153658.41
msgid "Select a dictionary in the \<emph\>User-defined dictionary \</emph\>list, and then click \<emph\>Edit\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3147125.43
msgid "If the list is empty, click \<emph\>New\</emph\> to create a dictionary."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3150218.42
msgid "In the\<emph\> Word\</emph\> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3150247.65
msgid "Click \<emph\>New\</emph\>, and then click \<emph\>Close\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3147036.29
msgid "To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose \<emph\>Format - Character\</emph\>, click the \<emph\>Font \</emph\>tab, and select \"None\" in the \<emph\>Language \</emph\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262761
msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262850
msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - Language Settings - Languages\</item\> and check \<emph\>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)\</emph\>. Click OK."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262837
msgid "Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262867
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910572128
msgid "Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3154361.46
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"\>Text Flow\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#tit
msgid "Indenting Paragraphs"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#bm_id3155869
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>formatting; indenting paragraphs\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>indents;in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraphs; indents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>hanging indents in paragraphs\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>right indents in paragraphs\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lines of text; indents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>changing;indents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#hd_id129398
msgid "\<variable id=\"indenting\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\"\>Indenting Paragraphs\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#par_id5589159
msgid "To change the measurement units, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General\</item\>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#par_id9936216
msgid "You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#par_id7953123
msgid "You can also \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\"\>set indents using the ruler\</link\>. To display the ruler, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>View - Ruler\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#par_id4013794
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing\</item\> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\"\>set indents using the ruler\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#par_id1631824
msgid "Right-click a paragraph and choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing\</item\> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#par_id7271645
msgid "Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#par_id2136295
msgid "The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Before text \</item\>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#par_id4186223
msgid "For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Before text\</item\> and a negative value for \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>First line\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#par_id1491134
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\"\>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#tit
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#bm_id3155186
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>indexes; editing or deleting entries\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>editing;table/index entries\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#hd_id3155186.11
msgid "\<variable id=\"indices_delete\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\"\>Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155855.12
msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>View\</item\> \<emph/\>and ensure that \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Field Shadings\</item\> \<emph/\>is selected. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155507.13
msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155526.16
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Index Entry\</emph\>, and do one of the following: "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#par_id3154238.17
msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the \<emph\>Entry\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#par_id3154263.18
msgid "To remove the entry, click \<emph\>Delete\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155893.15
msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"\>\<emph\>Edit Index Entry\</emph\> dialog\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#tit
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#bm_id3149695
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>indexes; editing/updating/deleting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables of contents; editing and deleting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>updating;indexes/tables of contents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>editing;indexes/tables of contents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>deleting;indexes/tables of contents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#hd_id3149695.56
msgid "\<variable id=\"indices_edit\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\"\>Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155856.57
msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155871.59
msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</item\>, and then select\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Enable\</item\> in the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Cursor in protected areas\</item\> section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#par_id3154248.58
msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155872.60
msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose \<emph\>Edit Index/Table\</emph\>, click \<emph\>Index/Table\</emph\> tab, and then clear the \<emph\>Protected from manual changes\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#tit
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#bm_id3149689
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>indexes; defining entries in\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables of contents; defining entries in\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3149689.4
msgid "\<variable id=\"indices_enter\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\"\>Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3155862.6
msgid "To Define Index Entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#par_id3156380.7
msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#par_id3147409.9
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\</emph\>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#par_id3153417.11
msgid "To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the \<emph\>Entry\</emph\> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#par_id3154258.8
msgid "To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select \<emph\>Apply to all similar texts\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#par_id3155889.10
msgid "To add the entries to a custom index, click the \<emph\>New User-defined Index\</emph\> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3147119.12
msgid "To Define Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#par_id3147132.5
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3150230.13
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150933.14
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Outline Numbering\</emph\> and click the \<emph\>Numbering\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150964.15
msgid "Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the \<emph\>Paragraph Style\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150523.16
msgid "In the \<emph\>Level\</emph\> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#par_id3153730.17
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#tit
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#bm_id3155855
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>indexes; formatting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>editing; index format\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables of contents; formatting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formatting;indexes and tables of contents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#hd_id3155855.38
msgid "\<variable id=\"indices_form\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\"\>Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3154259.39
msgid "You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the \<emph\>Insert Index\</emph\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#hd_id3155888.44
msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3147110.45
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose \<emph\>Edit Index/Table\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3147135.46
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Styles \</emph\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3150229.47
msgid "Click an index level in the \<emph\>Levels \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3150934.48
msgid "Click the style that you want to apply in the \<emph\>Paragraph Style \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3150960.56
msgid "Click the assign button \<emph\><\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3150516.49
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#hd_id3146878.40
msgid "To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3146890.50
msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3150712.51
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose \<emph\>Edit Index/Table\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3150738.42
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Entries\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3148399.52
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Level\</item\> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3148424.53
msgid "In the \<emph\>Structure \</emph\>area, click in the box in front of \<emph\>E#\</emph\>, and then click \<emph\>Hyperlink\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3153171.54
msgid "Click in the box behind the \<emph\>E\</emph\>, and then click \<emph\>Hyperlink\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#par_id3147060.55
msgid "Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>All\</item\> button to apply the formatting to all levels."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#tit
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#bm_id3155911
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>concordance files;indexes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>indexes; alphabetical indexes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>alphabetical indexes\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#hd_id3155911.24
msgid "\<variable id=\"indices_index\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\"\>Creating Alphabetical Indexes\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#par_id3154233.25
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#par_id3154252.26
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#par_id3155884.31
msgid "On the \<emph\>Index/Table\</emph\> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the \<emph\>Type\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#par_id3147114.36
msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Concordance file\</item\> in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Options\</item\> \<emph/\>area, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>File\</item\> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#par_id3150223.28
msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the \<emph\>Entries\</emph\> tab, and then select \<emph\>Alphabetical delimiter\</emph\>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the \<emph\>Styles\</emph\> tab. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#par_id3150946.27
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#par_id3150502.37
msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose \<emph\>Update Index/Table\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#par_id3152760.38
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\"\>Creating a concordance file\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#tit
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#bm_id3149687
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>indexes;creating bibliographies\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>databases;creating bibliographies\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>bibliographies\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>entries;bibliographies\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>storing bibliographic information\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3149687.46
msgid "\<variable id=\"indices_literature\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\"\>Creating a Bibliography\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155864.60
msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3153402.61
msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153414.62
msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3154244.63
msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155872.50
msgid "Choose \<link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"\>\<emph\>Tools - Bibliography Database\</emph\>\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155900.64
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Record\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147123.65
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Short name\</item\> \<emph/\>box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150219.66
msgid "Close the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Bibliography Database\</item\> window. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3150242.67
msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150945.68
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150964.51
msgid "Choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\"\>\<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150525.69
msgid "Select \<emph\>From document content\</emph\> and click \<emph\>New\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153738.70
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Short name\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153763.71
msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146873.72
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146897.73
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert Bibliography Entry\</item\> \<emph/\>dialog, click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\>, and then \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Close\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3150741.74
msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148402.75
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148421.52
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153231.53
msgid "Select \<emph\>From bibliography database\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147059.54
msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Short name\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147085.76
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> and then click \<emph\>Close\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id3156060.77
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\"\>Bibliography Database\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#par_id6367076
msgid "Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called \<link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\"\>Bibus\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#tit
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#bm_id3153418
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>indexes;multiple documents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>multiple documents;indexes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>merging;indexes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>master documents;indexes\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#hd_id3153418.43
msgid "\<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\"\>Indexes Covering Several Documents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3155872.44
msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3155895.42
msgid "Create an \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\"\>index in each individual document\</link\>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3147118.45
msgid "Select each index, choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"\>\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Section\</item\>\</link\>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Section\</item\>, select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Link\</item\>, click the browse button (\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>...\</item\>), and then locate and insert a named index section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3150230.46
msgid "Create a \<link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\"\>master document\</link\>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose \<emph\>Insert - Index and Tables - Indexes and Tables\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#tit
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#bm_id3147104
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables of contents; creating and updating\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>updating; tables of contents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#hd_id3147104.16
msgid "\<variable id=\"indices_toc\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\"\>Creating a Table of Contents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150942.45
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#hd_id5876949
msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150510.17
msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150528.18
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables\</emph\>, and then click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\"\>\<emph\>Index/Table\</emph\>\</link\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153746.46
msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the \<emph\>Type\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146856.47
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146872.19
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146896.20
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Additional Styles\</item\> \<emph/\>check box in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Create from\</item\> area, and then click the (\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>...\</item\>) button next to the check box. In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Assign Styles\</item\> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>>>\</item\> \<emph/\>or the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\><<\</item\> \<emph/\>button to define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#hd_id3153148.21
msgid "To Update a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153161.22
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153183.48
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose \<emph\>Update Index/Table\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#par_id3147066.44
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#tit
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#bm_id3154896
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>indexes; creating user-defined indexes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>user-defined indexes\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3154896.30
msgid "\<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\"\>User-Defined Indexes\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155184.31
msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3155915.47
msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155867.48
msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3153410.49
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3154248.50
msgid "Click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>New User-defined Index\</item\> button next to the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Index\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155886.51
msgid "Type a name for the index in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Name\</item\> \<emph/\>box and click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>OK\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3147114.52
msgid "Click\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\> to add the selected word(s) to the new index. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3147139.53
msgid "Click\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Close\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3150231.54
msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150933.32
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150952.33
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150509.55
msgid "On the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Index/Table\</item\> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146881.56
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146897.34
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150720.20
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Styles\</item\>, and then click the (\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>...\</item\>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>>>\</item\> \<emph/\>or the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\><<\</item\> \<emph/\>button to define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp#bm_id3149688
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables;start/end of document\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp#hd_id3149688.54
msgid "\<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\"\>Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp#par_id3155923.55
msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press \<item type=\"keycode\"\>Enter\</item\> or \<item type=\"keycode\"\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Enter\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp#par_idN10612
msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press \<item type=\"keycode\"\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Enter\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#bm_id3154896
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>pictures; inserting by dialog\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting; pictures, by dialog\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#hd_id3154896.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\"\>Inserting a Graphic From a File\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3155914.2
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3155864.3
msgid "Choose \<link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - From File\"\>\<emph\>Insert - Picture - From File\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3156021.4
msgid "Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click \<emph\>Open\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3153396.5
msgid "By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#bm_id3152999
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>charts;copying from Calc into Writer\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text documents;inserting Calc charts\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#hd_id3152999.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\"\>Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3155890.16
msgid "You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3149054.3
msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3155854.4
msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3153396.5
msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3153414.7
msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3145102.9
msgid "You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#bm_id3155917
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text; inserting pictures from Draw\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>pictures; inserting from Draw\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#hd_id3155917.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\"\>Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3153414.3
msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3149640.4
msgid "Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3145098.5
msgid "Hold down \<item type=\"keycode\"\>Ctrl\</item\> and click and hold the object for a moment."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3156250.7
msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#bm_id3145083
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>inserting; from Gallery into text\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>replacing;objects from Gallery\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#hd_id3145083.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\"\>Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#par_id3155907.2
msgid "You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#par_id3155923.6
msgid "To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#bm_id3156017
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>inserting;scanned images\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pictures; scanning\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>scanning pictures\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#hd_id3156017.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\"\>Inserting a Scanned Image\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3149692.2
msgid "To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155182.3
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"WIN\"\>The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. \</caseinline\>\</switchinline\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"UNIX\"\>The scanner must support the SANE standard.\</caseinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155915.4
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155864.5
msgid "Choose \<link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - Scan\"\>\<emph\>Insert - Picture - Scan\</emph\>\</link\>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3153416.8
msgid "Follow the scanning instructions."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#bm_id3154922
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text; inserting pictures in\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>images; inserting in text\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>inserting; pictures\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>pictures; inserting options\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#hd_id3154922.2
msgid "\<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\"\>Inserting Graphics\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#par_id3149695.1
msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting a Horizontal Line"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#bm_id3151178
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>horizontal lines\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lines; inserting horizontal lines\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>rules\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting; horizontal lines\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#hd_id3151178.76
msgid "\<variable id=\"insert_line\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Horizontal Line\"\>Inserting a Horizontal Line\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id2165898
msgid "This guide is about inserting graphical rules. You can also insert other lines, see \<link href=\"text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp\"\>Drawing Lines in Text\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id3149691.82
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id3155186.77
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Horizontal Rule\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id3155902.83
msgid "Click the line that you want to insert in the \<emph\>Selection \</emph\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id3147124.84
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#hd_id5338602
msgid "The \"Plain\" type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id5342265
msgid "If you select the \"Plain\" type of rules, an empty paragraph is inserted at the position of the cursor. This paragraph has the style \"Horizontal Line\", with a line as the lower border of the paragraph. You can edit that Paragraph Style to change the properties of all \"Plain\" rules in your document. For example you can set the left indent to 3 inches, or you can change the line style, thickness, and color."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#hd_id707113
msgid "To edit the \"Plain\" rule style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id5267494
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\> to open the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id5074922
msgid "In the listbox at the bottom, select to display \"All Styles\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id8491470
msgid "Right-click the \"Horizontal Line\" paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id3253883
msgid "Choose Modify."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id3196203
msgid "For example, open the Borders tab page to set the thickness and style of the lines. Open the Indents & Spacing tab page to set the indents of the line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#hd_id8385265
msgid "The graphical type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id2582476
msgid "Select any rule type below of the \"Plain\" rule type. This inserts a new paragraph at the position of the cursor. A picture showing a graphical horizontal line is inserted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id3150217.78
msgid "The inserted line is anchored to the current paragraph and centered between the page margins."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id2111575
msgid "To edit the graphical line, right-click the line and choose \<emph\>Picture\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id3150231.79
msgid "You can also insert one of these lines by dragging it from the \<emph\>Rulers\</emph\> folder in the \<emph\>Gallery\</emph\> into the current document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#par_id3150944.80
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\"\>Gallery\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#tit
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#bm_id3145078
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tab stops; inserting in lists\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>numbering; changing the level of\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>lists;changing levels\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>levels;changing outline levels\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>bullet lists;changing levels\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>lowering outline levels\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>rising outline levels\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>changing;outline levels\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#hd_id3145078.6
msgid "\<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\"\>Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3155909.5
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3155859.7
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3153403.8
msgid "To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#tit
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#bm_id3150495
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>numbering; combining\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>merging;numbered lists\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>joining;numbered lists\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lists;combining numbered lists\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3150495.32
msgid "\<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\"\>Combining Numbered Lists\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149692.33
msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3149452.34
msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3154479.35
msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3155911.36
msgid "On the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formatting\</item\> Bar, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering On/Off\</item\> \<emph/\>icon twice."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3155870.37
msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3153417.38
msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149644.39
msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145102.40
msgid "On the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formatting\</item\> Bar, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering On/Off\</item\> \<emph/\>icon twice."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp#tit
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp#bm_id3145778
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>bookmarks; positioning cursor\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>jumping;to bookmarks\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp#hd_id3145778.30
msgid "\<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\"\>Going to Specific Bookmark\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp#par_id3155178.31
msgid "To go to a specific bookmark in your document, \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>hold down Ctrl and click \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>right-click\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> in the \<emph\>Page\</emph\> field on the \<emph\>Status Bar\</emph\>, and then choose the bookmark."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp#par_id3153396.32
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\"\>Insert Bookmark\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#tit
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#bm_id3151169
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>accessibility; $[officename] Writer\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#hd_id3151169.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"keyboard\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\"\>Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3149685.3
msgid "Press the keys \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+I to open the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\> menu, and then T to insert a table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3155186.4
msgid "To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#hd_id3155918.5
msgid "To Insert Sections"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_idN106AA
msgid "Choose \<emph\>View - Toolbars - Insert\</emph\> to open the \<emph\>Insert\</emph\> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3155870.6
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3149630.8
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the \<emph\>Section\</emph\> icon is selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3145100.20
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3156237.11
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3156253.19
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#hd_id3153367.13
msgid "To Insert Text Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3153388.14
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Standard\</item\> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3154849.21
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the \<emph\>Table\</emph\> icon is selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3155872.22
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_id3155892.24
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#par_idN1072C
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#tit
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#bm_id3145086
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>formatting styles; importing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>styles; importing from other files\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>importing;styles from other files\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>loading;styles from other files\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#hd_id3145086.10
msgid "\<variable id=\"load_styles\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\"\>Using Styles From Another Document or Template\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#par_id3154491.11
msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#par_id3155910.12
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\> to open the \<emph\>Styles and Formatting\</emph\> window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#par_idN10703
msgid "Click the arrow next to the \<emph\>New Style from Selection\</emph\> icon to open the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#par_idN1070B
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Load styles\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#par_id3149632.15
msgid "Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select \<emph\>Overwrite\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#par_id3145098.16
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#par_id3156240.17
msgid "Click an entry in the \<emph\>Categories\</emph\> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the \<emph\>Templates\</emph\> list, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#par_id3153377.13
msgid "Click \<emph\>From File\</emph\>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click \<emph\>Open\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#tit
msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#bm_id3155855
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>$[officename] Writer; instructions\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>instructions; $[officename] Writer\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3155855.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"main\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\"\>Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3155156.2
msgid "Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3153728.3
msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3150742.4
msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3147088.5
msgid "Editing Tables in Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3155590.6
msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3145083.7
msgid "Table of Contents, Index"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3150427.8
msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3154464.9
msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3152948.10
msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3154324.11
msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3145673.12
msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3145730.13
msgid "Working with Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#hd_id3156315.14
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#tit
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#bm_id3154897
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>Navigator; overview in texts\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>hyperlinks;jumping to\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>objects;quickly moving to, within text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>frames;jumping to\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables;jumping to\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>headings;jumping to\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pages;jumping to\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>jumping;to text elements\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>overviews;Navigator in text documents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#hd_id3154897.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"navigator\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\"\>Navigator for Text Documents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#par_id3153402.2
msgid "The Navigator\<emph/\>displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#par_id3154247.3
msgid "To open the \<emph\>Navigator\</emph\>, press F5."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#par_id3155878.5
msgid "To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the \<emph\>Navigator\</emph\> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#par_id3147108.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\"\>Navigator\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#tit
msgid "Creating Non-printing Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#bm_id3148856
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>non-printing text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text; non-printable\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#hd_id3148856.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\"\>Creating Non-printing Text\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id4685201
msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3149789.14
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Frame\</item\> and click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>OK\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150224.15
msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150242.16
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Frame/Object\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Options\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3145227.17
msgid "In the \<emph\>Properties\</emph\> area, clear the \<emph\>Print\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150320.18
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3138828
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\"\>Hiding Text\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#tit
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#bm_id3156383
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables; number recognition\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>dates;formatting automatically in tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>recognition;numbers\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#hd_id3156383.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\"\>Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155179.2
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3149966.15
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155919.7
msgid "Right-click in a table cell and choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Number recognition\</item\>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Number recognition\</item\> command."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155527.11
msgid "Choose \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table\</item\>, and select or clear the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Number recognition\</item\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3153415.14
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#tit
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#bm_id3150101
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>line numbers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text; line numbers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraphs;line numbers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lines of text; numbering\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>numbering; lines\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>numbers; line numbering\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>marginal numbers on text pages\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3150101.3
msgid "\<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\"\>Adding Line Numbers\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149842.1
msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id7184972
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3153410.6
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149640.7
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Line Numbering\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149612.8
msgid "Select \<emph\>Show numbering\</emph\>, and then select the options that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3145101.20
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3156241.10
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3156264.21
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Line Numbering\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153385.11
msgid "Select \<emph\>Show numbering\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3154248.12
msgid "Press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+T\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>F11\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> to open the \<emph\>Styles and Formatting\</emph\> window, and then click the \<emph\>Paragraph Styles\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3154853.13
msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150222.17
msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150931.15
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Numbering\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150956.16
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Line Numbering\</item\> \<emph/\>area, clear the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Include this paragraph in line numbering\</item\> \<emph/\>check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150520.22
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151077.18
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151096.19
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Paragraph\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering\</item\> \<emph/\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153733.23
msgid "Select \<emph\>Include this paragraph in line numbering\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153758.24
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3146864.2
msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3146880.25
msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150703.26
msgid "Click in a paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150721.27
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Paragraph\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering\</item\> \<emph/\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3148389.28
msgid "Select the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Include this paragraph in line numbering\</item\> \<emph/\>check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3148414.29
msgid "Select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Restart at the paragraph\</item\> \<emph/\>check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153779.30
msgid "Enter a line number in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Start with\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153804.31
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153934.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\"\>Tools - Line Numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153960.32
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\"\>Format - Paragraph - Numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#par_id2212591
msgid "\<link href=\"http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\"\>Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#tit
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#bm_id3149637
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>numbering; removing/interrupting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>bullet lists; interrupting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lists;removing/interrupting numbering\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>deleting;numbers in lists\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>interrupting numbered lists\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>changing;starting numbers in lists\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3149637.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\"\>Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3145092.2
msgid "You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id2172612
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the \<emph\>Tools - Outline Numbering\</emph\> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3145107.8
msgid "To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3156248.10
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153366.23
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153390.11
msgid "To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3154248.16
msgid "To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the \<emph\>Numbering on/off\</emph\> icon on the \<emph\>Formatting\</emph\> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3154856.18
msgid "To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3155877.24
msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3155895.21
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Bullets and Numbering\</emph\>, and then click the \<emph\>Options\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3148691.22
msgid "Enter the number you want the list to start with in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Start \</item\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>at\</item\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3147116.25
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#par_id6943571
msgid "\<link href=\"http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\"\>Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#tit
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#bm_id3149695
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>numbering;quotations/similar items\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#hd_id3149695.36
msgid "\<variable id=\"number_sequence\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\"\>Defining Number Ranges\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155918.37
msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#par_id3149829.38
msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155048.39
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Fields - Other\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Variables\</item\> \<emph/\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#par_id3156240.40
msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153363.61
msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Name\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153387.62
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#par_id3154250.42
msgid "Type a number in the \<emph\>Value\</emph\> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#par_id3154851.58
msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the \<emph\>Level \</emph\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155886.41
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>, and then click \<emph\>Close\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#tit
msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#bm_id8431653
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>page styles;backgrounds\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>backgrounds; different pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>changing;page backgrounds\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pages;backgrounds\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN107F4
msgid "\<variable id=\"pagebackground\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\"\>Changing Page Background\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10812
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10820
msgid "To Change the Page Background"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10827
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1082F
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Page Styles\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10837
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose \<emph\>New\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1083F
msgid "On the \<emph\>Organizer\</emph\> tab page, type a name for the page style in the \<emph\>Name\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1084B
msgid "In the \<emph\>Next Style\</emph\> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10855
msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10859
msgid "To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1085F
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Background\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10867
msgid "In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1086B
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087A
msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087E
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\"\>To Change the Page Background\</link\> for details."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10892
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1089A
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Page Styles\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A2
msgid "Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A5
msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A9
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\"\>To Change the Page Background\</link\> for details."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108BD
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C1
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Manual Break\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C9
msgid "Select \<emph\>Page break\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108D1
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Style\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select a page style that uses the page background."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108DB
msgid "To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108DF
msgid "To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E2
msgid "If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E8
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#bm_id3155183
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>page breaks; inserting and deleting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting; page breaks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>deleting;page breaks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>manual page breaks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables;deleting page breaks before\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#hd_id3155183.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"page_break\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\"\>Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#hd_id3149833.2
msgid "To Insert a Manual Page Break"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#par_id3153402.3
msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#par_id3153119.4
msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#hd_id3153135.6
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#par_id3149641.7
msgid "Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#par_id3149608.8
msgid "Press Backspace."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#hd_id3149624.10
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#par_id3145111.11
msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose \<emph\>Table\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#par_id3156254.13
msgid "Click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"\>\<emph\>Text Flow\</emph\>\</link\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#par_id3153380.14
msgid "Clear the \<emph\>Break\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#par_id3154249.15
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\"\>Insert Break dialog\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#tit
msgid "Page Numbers "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#bm_id5918759
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>page styles;page numbering\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>starting page numbers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formatting;page numbers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>defining;starting page numbers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting;page numbers\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>styles;page numbers\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id413830
msgid "\<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"\>Page Numbers\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1617175
msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id6091494
msgid "To Insert Page Numbers"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id8611102
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Fields - Page Number\</emph\> to insert a page number at the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6604510
msgid "If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose \<emph\>View - Field names\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2678914
msgid "However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id614642
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Header - (name of page style)\</item\> or \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Footer - (name of page style)\</item\> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id2551652
msgid "To Start With a Defined Page Number"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6111941
msgid "Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id5757621
msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2632831
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Paragraph - Text flow\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4395275
msgid "In the Breaks area, enable \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>. Enable \<emph\>With Page Style\</emph\> just to be able to set the new \<emph\>Page number\</emph\>. Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1654408
msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id7519150
msgid "To Format the Page Number Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id9029206
msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3032319
msgid "Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the \<emph\>Edit Fields\</emph\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id9139378
msgid "Select a number format and click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id5051728
msgid "Using Different Page Number Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1558885
msgid "You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1541184
msgid "In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id18616
msgid "Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6138492
msgid "An \<emph\>automatic page break\</emph\> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different \"next style\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4569231
msgid "For example, the \"First Page\" page style has \"Default\" as the next style. To see this, you may press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+T\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>F11\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> to open the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Styles and Formatting\</item\> window, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Page Styles\</item\> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Modify\</item\> from the context menu. On the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Organizer\</item\> tab, you can see the \"next style\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id291451
msgid "A \<emph\>manually inserted page break\</emph\> can be applied without or with a change of page styles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3341776
msgid "If you just press \<item type=\"keycode\"\>Ctrl+Enter\</item\>, you apply a page break without a change of styles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id5947141
msgid "If you choose \<emph\>Insert - Manual break\</emph\>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1911679
msgid "It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id9364909
msgid "To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4473403
msgid "Click into the first page of your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4313791
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4331797
msgid "In the \<emph\>Styles and Formatting\</emph\> window, click the \<emph\>Page Styles\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4191717
msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2318796
msgid "Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages automatically have the \"Default\" style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id399182
msgid "You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id5298318
msgid "To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id7588732
msgid "Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id95828
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Manual Break\</emph\>. You see the \<emph\>Insert Break\</emph\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3496200
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Style\</item\> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>OK\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#par_id7599108
msgid "The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#tit
msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#bm_id9683828
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>page styles;orientation/scope\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>page formats; changing individual pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formatting; changing individual pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>portrait and landscape\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>landscape and portrait\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>printing;portrait/landscape format\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>orientation of pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paper orientation\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pages;orientation\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>sideways orientation of pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>scope of page styles\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_idN106FF
msgid "\<variable id=\"pageorientation\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\"\>Changing Page Orientation\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id6418042
msgid "All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id8324533
msgid "It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id7524033
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id6307260
msgid "If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id5256508
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Page\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id9681997
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Page\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id7994323
msgid "Under \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Paper format\</item\>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id7069002
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#hd_id4202398
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1071D
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id1449324
msgid "At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id1480758
msgid "Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id2962126
msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10727
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10741
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Page Styles\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10749
msgid "Right-click a page style and choose \<emph\>New\</emph\>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10751
msgid "On the \<emph\>Organizer\</emph\> tab page, type a name for the page style in the \<emph\>Name\</emph\> box, for example \"My Landscape\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1075D
msgid "In the \<emph\>Next Style\</emph\> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10775
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Page\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1077D
msgid "Under \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Paper format\</item\>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_idN108AE
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id1658375
msgid "Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the \<emph\>Styles and Formatting\</emph\> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#hd_id6082949
msgid "The Scope of Page Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id2858668
msgid "You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#hd_id3278603
msgid "One Page Long Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id5169225
msgid "A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the \"next style\", on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Page - Organizer\</item\> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id6670125
msgid "A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id2118594
msgid "To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press \<item type=\"keycode\"\>Ctrl+Enter\</item\> or choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Manual Break\</item\> and just click OK."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#hd_id166020
msgid "Manually Defined Range of a Page style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id6386913
msgid "The “Default” page style does not set a different \"next style\" on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Page - Organizer\</item\> tab page. Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the same page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id6062196
msgid "You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id6054261
msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id1811578
msgid "To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Manual Break\</item\>, select a \<emph\>Style\</emph\> name from the listbox, and click OK."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id9935911
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Paragraph - Text Flow\</item\>. In the Breaks area, activate \<emph\>Enable\</emph\> and \<emph\>With Page Style\</emph\>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id4753868
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Edit Paragraph Style\</item\> from the context menu. Click the \<emph\>Text Flow\</emph\> tab. In the Breaks area, activate \<emph\>Enable\</emph\> and \<emph\>With Page Style\</emph\>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#par_id4744407
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</item\>. Click the \<emph\>Paragraph Styles\</emph\> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>. Click the \<emph\>Text Flow\</emph\> tab. In the Breaks area, activate \<emph\>Enable\</emph\> and \<emph\>With Page Style\</emph\>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#tit
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#bm_id7071138
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>page styles;creating and applying\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>defining;page styles\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>styles;for pages\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3155182.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"pagestyles\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\"\>Creating and Applying Page Styles\</link\> \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149846.10
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_idN1071A
msgid " \<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation\"/\> "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_idN10722
msgid " \<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground\"/\> "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3156109.11
msgid "To Define a New Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153411.3
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</item\> \<emph\>.\</emph\> "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153133.12
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Page Styles\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149641.13
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose \<emph\>New\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149614.14
msgid "On the \<emph\>Organizer\</emph\> tab, type a name in the \<emph\>Name\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145110.15
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3156252.16
msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the \<emph\>Next Style\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153376.17
msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the \<emph\>Next Style\</emph\> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154252.20
msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3154851.21
msgid "To Apply a Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154873.22
msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3155888.23
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</item\>, and then click the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Page Style\</item\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3148685.24
msgid "Double-click a name in the list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3148701.18
msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147122.4
msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150210.5
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Manual Break\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150235.6
msgid "Select \<emph\>Page break\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150939.19
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Style\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150965.25
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#tit
msgid "Printing a Brochure"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#bm_id6743064
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>printing; individual brochures\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>booklet printing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>brochures; printing individual\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN105F6
msgid "\<variable id=\"print_brochure\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\"\>Printing a Brochure\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10614
msgid "You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106DE
msgid "When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1061A
msgid "To Print a Brochure"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10621
msgid "Choose \<emph\>File - Print\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106B6
msgid "In the \<emph\>Print\</emph\> dialog, click \<emph\>Properties\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1070E
msgid "In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_id8947416
msgid "If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your printer setup dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10628
msgid "Return to \<emph\>Print\</emph\> dialog, and click the \<emph\>Page Layout\</emph\> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1062C
msgid "Select \<emph\>Brochure\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10740
msgid "For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include \"All pages\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10630
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106EA
msgid "If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the \<emph\>Options\</emph\> tab page, select \<emph\>Print in reverse page order\</emph\>, and then print the document again."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#tit
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#bm_id6609088
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>selecting;paper trays\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paper tray selection\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#hd_id3155909.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"printer_tray\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\"\>Selecting Printer Paper Trays\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#par_id3155858.2
msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149841.7
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#par_id3156108.8
msgid "Click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Page Styles\</item\> \<emph/\>icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#par_id3155066.9
msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153416.10
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Paper tray\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select the paper tray that you want to use."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153140.11
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149649.12
msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149616.5
msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#par_id3154260.13
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\"\>Creating and applying page styles\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#tit
msgid "Printing in Reverse Order"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#bm_id3149688
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>ordering;printing in reverse order\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>printing; reverse order\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#hd_id3149688.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"printing_order\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\"\>Printing in Reverse Order\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#par_id3155854.3
msgid "Choose \<emph\>File - Print\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#par_id3149836.5
msgid "Click the \<emph\>Options\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#par_id3156106.6
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Print in reverse page order\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#par_id3153418.7
msgid "Click \<emph\>Print\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#par_id3149616.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\"\>Printing\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#tit
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#bm_id3155179
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>printing; previews\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>previews; print layouts\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>print layout checks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>book view\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pages;previews\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#hd_id3155179.9
msgid "\<variable id=\"print_preview\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\"\>Previewing a Page Before Printing\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#par_id3149847.34
msgid "Choose \<emph\>File\</emph\> - \<emph\>Page Preview\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#par_id3155055.35
msgid "Use the zoom icons on the \<emph\>Page Preview\</emph\> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#par_idN1067F
msgid "To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the \<emph\>Page Layout\</emph\> tab page of the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>File - Print\</item\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#par_id3145093.36
msgid "Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the \<emph\>Page Preview\</emph\> bar to scroll through the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#par_id3154265.37
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\"\>File - Page Preview\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#tit
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#bm_id3149694
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>multi-page view of documents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pages;printing multiple on one sheet\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>overviews;printing multi-page view\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>printing;multiple pages per sheet\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>reduced printing of multiple pages\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#hd_id3149694.17
msgid "\<variable id=\"print_small\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\"\>Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#par_id3149829.16
msgid "On the \<emph\>Page Layout\</emph\> tab page of the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>File - Print\</item\> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#par_id3156098.19
msgid "Choose \<emph\>File - Print\</emph\> and click the \<emph\>Page Layout\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#par_id3155055.31
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#par_id3149603.20
msgid "To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select \"2\" in the \<emph\>Pages per sheet\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#par_id3153388.22
msgid "To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#par_id3154841.21
msgid "Click \<emph\>Print\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#par_id3150004.23
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\"\>File - Page Preview\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#tit
msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#bm_id3150620
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>indexes;unprotecting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables of contents;unprotecting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>sections;protecting/unprotecting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>protecting;tables and sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>cells;protecting/unprotecting\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#hd_id6007263
msgid "\<variable id=\"protection\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\"\>Protecting Content in \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer\</item\>\</link\> \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id1924802
msgid "The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer from being modified, deleted or viewed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#hd_id3150114.29
msgid "Protecting Sections in \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3150592.30
msgid "Any section of a \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer text document can be protected against changes with a password."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id4545426
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the section against accidental changes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3166413.31
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3144764.32
msgid "Select the text. Choose \<emph\>Insert - Section - Section\</emph\>, then under \<emph\>Write protection\</emph\> mark the \<emph\>Protect\</emph\> and \<emph\>With password\</emph\> check boxes. (If the section already exists: \<emph\>Format - Sections\</emph\>.) Enter and confirm a password of at least 5 characters."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3147497.33
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3147173.34
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Sections - Section\</emph\> and under \<emph\>Write protection\</emph\> clear the \<emph\>Protect\</emph\> check box. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#hd_id3146081.35
msgid "Protecting Cells in a \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3154480.36
msgid "You can protect the contents of individual cells of a \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer text table from changes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id363170
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the cells against accidental changes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3154360.37
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3145643.38
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell or select cells. Right-click to open the context menu, then choose \<emph\>Cell - Protect\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3150042.39
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3155178.40
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</emph\> and mark \<emph\>Cursor in protected areas - Enable\</emph\>. Then right-click the cell to open the context menu, choose \<emph\>Cell - Unprotect\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3151189.41
msgid "Select the table in the Navigator, open the context menu and select \<emph\>Table - Unprotect\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3147322.42
msgid "Use Shift+Ctrl+T to remove protection for the entire current table or all selected tables."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#hd_id3149259.43
msgid "Automatic Protection of Indexes and Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3153966.44
msgid "Tables of contents and indexes created automatically in a \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> Writer text are automatically protected against accidental changes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id814539
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the contents against accidental changes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3145767.45
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3153786.46
msgid "Place the cursor in the index/table of contents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3159088.47
msgid "From the context menu choose \<emph\>Edit Index/Table\</emph\>. On the Index/Table tab page, mark \<emph\>Protected against manual changes\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3154118.48
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3148463.49
msgid "Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids \</emph\>, mark \<emph\>Cursor in protected areas - Enable\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3152968.50
msgid "From the context menu choose \<emph\>Edit Index/Table\</emph\>. On the Index/Table tab page, unmark \<emph\>Protected against manual changes\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id3152774.51
msgid "In the Navigator, select the index, then open the context menu in the Navigator and select \<emph\>Index - Read-only\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_idN10B8C
msgid " \<embedvar href=\"text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures\"/\> "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp#par_id7858516
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\"\>Protecting Other Contents\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#tit
msgid "Modifying Cross-References"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#bm_id3149291
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>references; modifying cross-references\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>cross-references; modifying\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>editing;cross-references\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>searching;cross-references\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#hd_id3149291.6
msgid "\<variable id=\"references_modify\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\"\>Modifying Cross-References\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#par_id3153132.2
msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#par_id3149632.3
msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose \<emph\>View - Field Shadings\</emph\> or press \<emph\>Ctrl+F8\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#par_id3149611.4
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Fields\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#par_id3145101.7
msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#par_id3154255.5
msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Edit Fields\</item\> \<emph/\>dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#bm_id3145087
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>references; inserting cross-references\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>cross-references; inserting and updating\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables; cross-referencing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pictures; cross-referencing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>objects; cross-referencing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>OLE objects;cross-referencing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>draw objects;cross-referencing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>updating;cross-references\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting;cross-references\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#hd_id3145087.28
msgid "\<variable id=\"references\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\"\>Inserting Cross-References\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3159263.8
msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\"\>fields\</link\> in the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3155860.21
msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#hd_id3149833.38
msgid "Cross-Referencing Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3149846.39
msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#hd_id3156105.52
msgid "To Insert a Target"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3153408.40
msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3153125.41
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Cross-reference\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3149634.42
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Type\</item\> list, select “Set Reference”."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3149614.43
msgid "Type a name for the target in the \<emph\>Name\</emph\> box. The selected text is displayed in the \<emph\>Value\</emph\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3145110.44
msgid "Click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert\</item\>. The name of the target is added to the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Selection\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3156257.45
msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#hd_id3153370.53
msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id7032074
msgid "Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id7796868
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Cross-reference\</emph\> to open the dialog, if it is not open already."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3153392.46
msgid "In the \<emph\>Type\</emph\> list, select \"Insert Reference\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3154256.47
msgid "In the \<emph\>Selection\</emph\> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3154856.48
msgid "In the \<emph\>Insert reference to\</emph\> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\"\>format\</link\> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3155895.49
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3148685.54
msgid "Click \<emph\>Close\</emph\> when finished."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#hd_id3149980.29
msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3149992.30
msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"\>\<emph\>Insert - Caption\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3147123.14
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3150212.11
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Cross-reference\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3150236.32
msgid "In the \<emph\>Type\</emph\> list, select the caption category of the object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3150942.33
msgid "In the \<emph\>Selection\</emph\> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3150968.34
msgid "In the \<emph\>Insert reference to\</emph\> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\"\>format\</link\> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3150535.35
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3151092.55
msgid "Click \<emph\>Close\</emph\> when finished."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#hd_id3151115.56
msgid "Updating Cross-References"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id3153594.51
msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, press F9."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#par_id7321390
msgid "Choose \<emph\>View - Fields\</emph\> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#tit
msgid "Printing Register-true"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#bm_id4825891
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>rows; register-true text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lines of text; register-true\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>pages;register-true\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraphs;register-true\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>register-true;pages and paragraphs\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>spacing;register-true text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formatting;register-true text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN10652
msgid "\<variable id=\"registertrue\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\"\>Printing Register-true\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN1065E
msgid "To Set a Document to Register-True Printing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN10665
msgid "Select the whole document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN10669
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Page - Page\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN10671
msgid "Select the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Register-true\</item\> checkbox and click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>OK\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN10678
msgid "All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN1067B
msgid "To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN10682
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN10685
msgid "Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose \<emph\>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN1068C
msgid "Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>. In the dialog, click the \<emph\>Indents & Spacing\</emph\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN10698
msgid "Clear the \<emph\>Register-true\</emph\> checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#par_idN106AA
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\"\>Register-true\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#tit
msgid "Removing Line Breaks"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#bm_id3149687
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>hard returns in pasted text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>line breaks;removing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>deleting; line breaks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>copies;removing line breaks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraph marks;removing\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#hd_id3155916.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\"\>Removing Line Breaks\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3155858.2
msgid "Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153413.3
msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \"Default\" paragraph style. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153138.5
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - AutoCorrect Options\</item\> \<emph\>.\</emph\> "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3149645.6
msgid "On the \<emph\>Options\</emph\> tab, ensure that \<emph\>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%\</emph\> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145093.12
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145118.7
msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3156253.8
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Apply Style\</item\> box on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formatting\</item\> bar, choose “Default”."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153388.9
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp#tit
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp#bm_id3149963
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>formats; resetting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>font attributes; resetting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>fonts; resetting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>resetting; fonts\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>direct formatting;exiting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formatting;exiting direct formatting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>exiting;direct formatting\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp#hd_id3149963.26
msgid "\<variable id=\"reset_format\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\"\>Resetting Font Attributes\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp#par_id3154091.27
msgid "You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing the right-arrow key. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press the right arrow to return to the default character format of the paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp#par_id3155854.28
msgid "To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command \<emph\>Format - Default Formatting\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp#tit
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp#bm_id3145088
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>Navigator;docking and resizing\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>Styles and Formatting window;docking and resizing\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>Gallery;docking and resizing\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>docking; Navigator window\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>resizing;windows\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp#hd_id3145088.26
msgid "\<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\"\>Docking and Resizing Windows\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3155916.25
msgid "You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3155861.27
msgid "To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the \<item type=\"keycode\"\>Ctrl\</item\> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press \<item type=\"keycode\"\>Ctrl+Shift+F10\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3156096.28
msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#tit
msgid "Using Rulers"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#bm_id8186284
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>rulers;using rulers\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>horizontal rulers\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>vertical rulers\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>indents; setting on rulers\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>page margins on rulers\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>showing;rulers\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>hiding;rulers\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>adjusting page margins and cell widths\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#par_idN1065F
msgid "\<variable id=\"ruler\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\"\>Using Rulers\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#par_idN1067D
msgid "To show or hide rulers, choose \<emph\>View - Ruler\</emph\>. To show the vertical ruler, choose \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"\>\<emph\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View\</emph\>\</link\>, and then select \<emph\>Vertical ruler\</emph\> in the \<emph\>Ruler\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#hd_id3149686.20
msgid "Adjusting Page Margins"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#par_id3155175.3
msgid "The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#hd_id3149038.22
msgid "Changing Indents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#par_id3153631.23
msgid "Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#par_id3152776.26
msgid "To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#par_id3145769.27
msgid "To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#par_id3149164.12
msgid "You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"\>\<emph\>Paragraph\</emph\>\</link\> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#tit
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#bm_id3150099
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>wildcards, see regular expressions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>searching; with wildcards\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>regular expressions;searching\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>examples for regular expressions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>characters;finding all\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>invisible characters;finding\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraph marks;searching\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#hd_id3150099.15
msgid "\<variable id=\"search_regexp\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\"\>Using Wildcards in Text Searches\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id0509200916345516
msgid "Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155182.50
msgid "You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155907.40
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Edit - Find & Replace\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id2142399
msgid "Click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>More Options\</item\> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155861.41
msgid "Select the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Regular expressions\</item\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149843.42
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Search for\</item\> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3156113.51
msgid "Click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Find\</item\> or \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Find All\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#hd_id3153401.52
msgid "Regular Expression Examples"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149641.44
msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3153136.43
msgid "The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149609.45
msgid "The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149854.46
msgid "The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id0509200916345545
msgid "The wildcard for a tab character is \\\\t."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3153414.49
msgid "A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149875.48
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\"\>List of Wildcards\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#tit
msgid "Editing Sections"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#bm_id3149816
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>sections; editing\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>sections;deleting\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>deleting;sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>editing;sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>read-only sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>protecting;sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>converting;sections, into normal text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>hiding;sections\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#hd_id3149816.13
msgid "\<variable id=\"section_edit\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\"\>Editing Sections\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#par_id3155858.14
msgid "You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#par_id3154224.15
msgid "Choose \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"\>\<emph\>Format - Sections\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#par_id3149848.16
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Section\</item\> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+click to select some sections."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#par_id3153397.17
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#par_id3153120.18
msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click \<emph\>Remove\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#par_id3149631.19
msgid "To make a section read-only, select the \<emph\>Protected\</emph\> check box in the \<emph\>Write Protection\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#par_id3149609.20
msgid "To hide a section, select the \<emph\>Hide\</emph\> check box in the \<emph\>Hide\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#par_id3156255.22
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"\>Format - Sections\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#par_id973540
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\"\>Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting Sections"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#bm_id3149695
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>sections; inserting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting; sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>HTML documents;inserting linked sections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>updating;linked sections, manually\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>links;inserting sections\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#hd_id3149695.16
msgid "\<variable id=\"section_insert\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\"\>Inserting Sections\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3155917.26
msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#hd_id3155863.27
msgid "To Insert a New Section"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3149843.23
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3156103.28
msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3149281.24
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Section\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3153404.29
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>New Section\</item\> \<emph/\>box, type a name for the section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3153127.25
msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#hd_id3149635.30
msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3149648.31
msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3149611.18
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - Links\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3149860.22
msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3145104.32
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3156241.33
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Section\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3153363.34
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>New Section\</item\> \<emph/\>box, type a name for the section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3153387.35
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Link\</item\> \<emph/\>area, select the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Link\</item\> \<emph/\>check box. \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"WIN\"\>Under Windows, you can also select the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>DDE\</item\> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. \</caseinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3154852.36
msgid "Click the browse button (\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>...\</item\>) next to the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>File name\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3155882.37
msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3149978.38
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Section\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select the section that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#par_id3150003.39
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#tit
msgid "Using Sections"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#bm_id3149832
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>multi-column text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text; multi-column\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>columns; on text pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text columns\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>sections; columns in/use of\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#hd_id3149832.40
msgid "\<variable id=\"sections\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\"\>Using Sections\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3153128.2
msgid "Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3149284.5
msgid "To prevent text from being edited."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3149630.4
msgid "To show or hide text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3149647.20
msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3149612.38
msgid "To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3149855.7
msgid "A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3149872.8
msgid "You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3153367.39
msgid "To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Enter."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#hd_id3154242.44
msgid "Sections and Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3154255.41
msgid "You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3154845.42
msgid "A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#par_id3155883
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\"\>DDE\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#tit
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#bm_id3145087
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text documents; publishing in HTML\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>HTML documents; creating from text documents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>homepage creation\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>saving;in HTML format\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#hd_id3145087.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"send2html\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\"\>Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#par_id3149825.2
msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#par_id3155922.3
msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved in JPEG format. The name of the HTML document is added as a prefix to the name of the graphic file. The JPEG images are saved in the same folder as the HTML document and are referenced with <IMG> tags in the HTML code."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#par_id3155868.5
msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#par_id3156100.6
msgid "Choose \<emph\>File - Send - Create HTML Document\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#par_id3149281.7
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Styles\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#par_id3153407.9
msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click \<emph\>Save\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#tit
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#bm_id3149689
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text; formatting bold while typing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formatting; bold, while typing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>keyboard;bold formatting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>bold;formatting while typing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>shortcut keys;bold formatting\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3149689.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\"\>Applying Text Formatting While You Type\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3155909.2
msgid "To apply bold formatting"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3155861.14
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149836.5
msgid "Press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+B."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3156112.6
msgid "You can also press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+B when you are finished."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149648.12
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\"\>Keyboard shortcut for text documents\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149611.13
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\"\>Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#tit
msgid "Using Smart Tags"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#bm_id3155622
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>smart tags\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>AutoCorrect function; smart tags\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>options;smart tags\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>disabling;smart tags\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>installing;smart tags\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#hd_id3563951
msgid "\<variable id=\"smarttags\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\"\>Using Smart Tags\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#par_id368358
msgid "Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#hd_id9298379
msgid "Installing Smart Tags"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#par_id1827448
msgid "Smart Tags can be supplied as \<link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\"\>extensions\</link\> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#par_id2508621
msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#par_id3856013
msgid "Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - Extension Manager\</item\> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#par_id7814264
msgid "Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#hd_id8142338
msgid "Smart Tags Menu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#par_id1917477
msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME - Appearance\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#par_id192266
msgid "When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#par_id1998962
msgid "In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Smart Tags Options\</item\> command opens the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\"\>Smart Tags\</link\> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#hd_id2376476
msgid "To Enable and Disable Smart Tags"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#par_id349131
msgid "When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\"\>Smart Tags\</link\> page in \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - Autocorrect Options\</item\>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#par_id1216467
msgid "Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#tit
msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#bm_id3149684
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>spellcheck; checking text documents manually\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>checking spelling;manually\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>grammar checker\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#hd_id3149684.37
msgid "\<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\"\>Checking Spelling and Grammar\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149814.9
msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id0525200902184476
msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the \<link href=\"http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/dictionary\"\>extensions web page\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149828.10
msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3155859.43
msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149836.44
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Spelling and Grammar\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3156104.45
msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Spellcheck\</item\> \<emph/\>dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149861.46
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3145099.47
msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click \<emph\>Change\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3156241.48
msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click \<emph\>Change\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3155886.40
msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click \<emph\>Add\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3147107.49
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\"\>Spelling and Grammar dialog\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id9625843
msgid "\<link href=\"http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/How_Tos/Adding_More_Languages\"\>Wiki page: Adding more languages\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id1683706
msgid "\<link href=\"http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/How_Tos/Spellchecking_in_More_Languages\"\>Wiki page: Multiple language spellchecking\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#tit
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#bm_id3145084
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>fill format mode\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>copying; styles, by fill format mode\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>brush for copying styles\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>styles; transferring\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formats; copying and pasting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text formats; copying and pasting\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#hd_id3145084.31
msgid "\<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\"\>Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3155855.42
msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3156114.32
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3153128.33
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3145090.17
msgid "Click the style, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Fill Format Mode\</item\> icon \<image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149644\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\> in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Styles and Formatting\</item\> window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3153371.29
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3154263.34
msgid "Press \<item type=\"keycode\"\>Esc\</item\> when finished."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3159259.35
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\"\>Styles and Formatting\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#tit
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#bm_id3155911
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>styles; creating from selections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>drag and drop;creating new styles\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>copying;styles, from selections\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#hd_id3155911.34
msgid "\<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\"\>Creating New Styles From Selections\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149829.35
msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156097.36
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153402.42
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153119.37
msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153138.38
msgid "Click the arrow next to the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>New Style from Selection\</item\> icon and choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>New Style from Selection\</item\> \<emph/\>from the submenu"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156260.43
msgid "Type a name in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Style Name\</item\> \<emph/\>box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154411.44
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#hd_id3153373.20
msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154233.31
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154258.45
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154851.32
msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154871.33
msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_idN107B2
msgid "For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_idN107B5
msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149988.40
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\"\>Styles and Formatting\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#tit
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#bm_id3155915
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>styles; updating from selections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>templates; updating from selections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>updating; styles, from selections\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#hd_id3155915.38
msgid "\<variable id=\"stylist_update\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\"\>Updating Styles From Selections\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149838.40
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#par_id3156107.47
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149283.41
msgid "In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#par_id3153402.42
msgid "In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#par_id3153119.43
msgid "Click the arrow next to the \<emph\>New Style from Selection\</emph\> icon and choose \<emph\>Update Style\</emph\> from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#par_id0310200910360780
msgid "Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#par_id3155498.45
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\"\>Styles and Formatting\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#tit
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#bm_id3155174
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text; subscript and superscript\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>superscript text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>subscript text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>characters;subscript and superscript\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#hd_id3155174.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"subscript\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\"\>Making Text Superscript or Subscript\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#par_id3155917.2
msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#par_id3155865.28
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#par_id3149829.4
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Character - Position\</emph\>, and then select \<emph\>Superscript\</emph\> or \<emph\>Subscript\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#par_id3156111.3
msgid "Press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+B to make the text subscript."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#par_id3153416.26
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\"\>Format - Character - Position\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#par_id3154705.27
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\"\>Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#tit
msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#bm_id3147240
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>cells; merging/splitting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables; merging cells\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>cell merges\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>splitting cells;by menu command\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>merging;cells\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id6618243
msgid "\<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\"\>Merging and Splitting Cells\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id1211890
msgid "You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id3463850
msgid "To Merge Cells"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id5708792
msgid "Select the adjacent cells."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id6301461
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Merge Cells\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id9156468
msgid "To Split Cells"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id3415936
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id4044312
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Split Cells\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id634174
msgid "A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#tit
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#bm_id3156377
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables; editing by keyboard\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>splitting cells;by keyboard\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>merging;cells, by keyboard\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#hd_id3156377.22
msgid "\<variable id=\"table_cells\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\"\>Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#par_id3149487.27
msgid "You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#par_id3155906.28
msgid "To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#par_id3147412.25
msgid "To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#par_id3156096.29
msgid "To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Insert, and then hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> while you press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#par_id3153408.26
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#par_id3149626.30
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#par_id3149612.31
msgid "To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Delete, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#tit
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#bm_id3149489
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>deleting; tables or table contents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables; deleting\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#hd_id3149489.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"table_delete\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\"\>Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#par_id3155918.2
msgid "You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#par_id3155863.5
msgid "To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose \<emph\>Table - Delete - Table\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#par_id3153415.6
msgid "To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting Tables"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#bm_id3156377
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables; inserting text tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting; tables in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>DDE; inserting tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>OLE objects; inserting tables in\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>cells;inserting from spreadsheets\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>spreadsheets;inserting tables from\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#hd_id3156377.31
msgid "\<variable id=\"table_insert\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\"\>Inserting Tables\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3149489.32
msgid "There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#hd_id3155908.33
msgid "To Insert a Table From the Insert Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3155861.34
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3147416.28
msgid "On the \<emph\>Standard\</emph\> bar, click the arrow next to the \<emph\>Table\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3153398.29
msgid "In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3153416.30
msgid "To cancel, drag to the other side until \<emph\>Cancel\</emph\> appears in the preview area of the grid."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#hd_id3153135.35
msgid "To Insert a Table With a Menu Command"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3149642.36
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3149609.37
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Insert - Table\</emph\>. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3149858.66
msgid "In the \<emph\>Size\</emph\> area, enter the number of rows and columns."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3145097.67
msgid "Select the options that you want, click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#hd_id3149572.43
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3149594.44
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3156250.45
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3154395.68
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Copy\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3154420.46
msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3153383.47
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Paste\</emph\>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3154248.48
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Edit - Paste Special\</emph\>, and choose from the following options:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3154844.49
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3154867.50
msgid "Is inserted as..."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3155893.51
msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3149986.52
msgid "OLE object - as with \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+V or drag-and-drop"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3148674.53
msgid "GDIMetaFile"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3148697.54
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3153027.55
msgid "Bitmap"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3148957.56
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3147104.57
msgid "HTML"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3147126.58
msgid "HTML table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3150223.59
msgid "Unformatted text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3150246.60
msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3145227.61
msgid "Formatted text [RTF]"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3150938.62
msgid "Text table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3150965.63
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"WIN\"\>DDE link (only under Windows) \</caseinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3154377.64
msgid "\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"WIN\"\>Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating \</caseinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#hd_id3151093.38
msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3151116.39
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3150515.69
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3150534.40
msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#par_id3147527.41
msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tit
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#bm_id3155856
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>table mode selection\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>proportional distribution of tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>relative distribution of table cells\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>tables; adapting the width by keyboard\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>cells; adapting the width by keyboard\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>behavior of rows/columns\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#hd_id3155856.7
msgid "\<variable id=\"tablemode\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\"\>Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#par_id3149835.12
msgid "When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Behavior of rows/columns\</item\> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#par_id7344279
msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#par_id3156110.8
msgid "To set the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Behavior of rows/columns\</item\> options for tables in text documents, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table\</item\>, or use the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Fixed\</item\>, \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Fixed/Proportional\</item\>, and \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Variable\</item\> icons on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Table\</item\> Bar. There are three display modes for tables:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#par_id3149638.9
msgid "\<emph\>Fixed\</emph\> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#par_id3149613.10
msgid "\<emph\>Fixed, proportional\</emph\> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#par_id3149864.11
msgid "\<emph\>Variable\</emph\> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#tit
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#bm_id3155870
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>tables; heading repetition after page breaks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>repeating; table headings after page breaks\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>headings; repeating in tables\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>multi-page tables\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#hd_id3153406.6
msgid "\<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\"\>Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3149636.7
msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3145098.8
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Table - Insert - Table\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3156240.9
msgid "Select the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Heading\</item\> \<emph/\>and the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Repeat heading\</item\> \<emph/\>check boxes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153376.10
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153393.11
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#tit
msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#bm_id7693411
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>selecting;tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>tables;selecting\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>columns;selecting\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>rows;selecting\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#par_idN105F0
msgid "\<variable id=\"table_select\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\"\>Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#par_idN1060E
msgid "You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#par_idN10614
msgid "To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+A until all the cells are selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#par_idN10633
msgid "To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#par_idN10637
msgid "To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#tit
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#bm_id3156108
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>keyboard; resizing rows/columns\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>resizing;rows and columns in text tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>enlarging columns,cells and table rows\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>reducing rows and columns in text tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>tables; resizing/juxtaposing\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>juxtaposing tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>heights of table rows\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>widths of table columns\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>rows;resizing in tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>columns;resizing in tables\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>column widths in tables\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3156108
msgid "\<variable id=\"table_sizing\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\"\>Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153140
msgid "You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149615
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149622\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3146497
msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Optimize\</item\> toolbar on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Table\</item\> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3145109
msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3149574
msgid "To Change the Width of a Column"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149587
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3156246
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3145390
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id0918200811260957
msgid "Hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3145411
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153364
msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3155891
msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>\<emph\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</emph\>\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>\<emph\>Tools - Options\</emph\>\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>\<emph\> - \</emph\>\<emph\>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table\</emph\>, and selecting the options that you want in the \<emph\>Keyboard handling\</emph\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3149993
msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3148676
msgid "Hold down \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option+Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt+Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>, and then press the left or the right arrow key"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3153014
msgid "Changing the Height of a Row"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153035
msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Option \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#hd_id8478041
msgid "Resizing a Whole Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id3358867
msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id5366679
msgid "Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id1279030
msgid "Click inside the table. Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Table - Table Properties\</item\> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id5009308
msgid "To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose \<emph\>Insert - Frame\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#par_id4190496
msgid "Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#tit
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#bm_id3149688
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>document templates\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>templates; creating document templates\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#hd_id3149688.62
msgid "\<variable id=\"template_create\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\"\>Creating a Document Template\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#par_id3149492.63
msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#par_id3155915.64
msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#par_id3147422.65
msgid "Choose \<emph\>File - Templates - Save\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#par_id3149829.66
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>New Template\</item\> \<emph/\>box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#par_id3156098.70
msgid "Select a template category in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Categories\</item\> \<emph/\>list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#par_id3149281.71
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#par_id3153404.67
msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>File - New - Templates and Documents\</item\>, select the template, and then click\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Open\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#par_id3149636.68
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save\"\>File - Templates - Save\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#tit
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#bm_id3155913
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>default templates;defining/resetting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>defaults; templates\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>templates; default templates\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text documents;default templates\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#hd_id3155913.28
msgid "\<variable id=\"template_default\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\"\>Changing the Default Template\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3145569.68
msgid "The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#hd_id6414990
msgid "To Create a Default Template"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3149838.102
msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3156101.113
msgid "Choose \<emph\>File - Templates - Save\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3149283.106
msgid "In the \<emph\>New Template\</emph\> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3153409.114
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Categories\</item\> list, select \"My Templates\", and then click \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>OK\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3153140.107
msgid "Choose \<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Organize\"\>\<emph\>File - Templates - Organize\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3149952.108
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Templates\</item\> list, double-click the \"My Templates\" folder."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3149970.105
msgid "Right-click the template that you created, and choose \<emph\>Set as Default Template\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3149620.115
msgid "Click \<emph\>Close\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#hd_id3149867.109
msgid "To Reset the Default Template"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3145102.110
msgid "Choose \<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Organize\"\>\<emph\>File - Templates - Organize\</emph\>\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3149582.111
msgid "Right-click a text file in any of the two lists, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Reset Default Template - Text Document\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#par_id3156245.112
msgid "Click \<emph\>Close\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#tit
msgid "Templates and Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#bm_id3153396
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>formatting styles; styles and templates\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>styles; styles and templates\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>organizing; templates (guide)\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>templates; organizing (guide)\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#hd_id3153396.15
msgid "\<variable id=\"templates_styles\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\"\>Templates and Styles\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149635.2
msgid "A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149957.18
msgid "Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149974.3
msgid "$[officename] has a number of \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\"\>predefined templates\</link\> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#hd_id3149613.4
msgid "Viewing and Organizing Styles in Templates"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#par_idN106B0
msgid "Use the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Template Management\"\>Template Management\</link\> dialog to copy styles from one document to another."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#par_id3153377.7
msgid "To copy a style, drag it to another template or document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#tit
msgid "Animating Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#bm_id3151182
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text animation\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>effects; text animation\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>animations;text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#hd_id3151182.17
msgid "\<variable id=\"text_animation\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\"\>Animating Text\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#par_id3145080.18
msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#par_id3149811.19
msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#par_id3155178.20
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Object - Text Attributes\</item\>, and then click the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Text Animation\</item\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#par_id3149819.21
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Effect\</item\> \<emph/\>box, select the animation that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#par_id3145786.22
msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#tit
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#bm_id3155182
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>characters; uppercase or lowercase\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text; uppercase or lowercase\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lowercase letters; text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>uppercase; formatting text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>capital letters;changing to small letters\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>changing;cases of text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>initial capitals in titles\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>small capitals (guide)\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#hd_id3155182.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"text_capital\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\"\>Changing the Case of Text\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#par_id3155916.2
msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#par_idN10728
msgid "When you apply a formatting to your text by \<emph\>Format - Character\</emph\>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose \<emph\>Format - Change Case\</emph\>, the text is permanently changed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#hd_id3155861.8
msgid "To Capitalize Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#par_id3147420.9
msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#par_id3149841.10
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#par_id1120200910485778
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Change Case - Uppercase\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#par_id1120200910485775
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Character\</item\>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all letters. \"Title\" capitalizes the first letter of each word. \"Small capitals\" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#hd_id3149644.11
msgid "To Change Text to Lowercase"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#par_id3149964.12
msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#par_id3149606.13
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#par_id112020091049000
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Change Case - Lowercase\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#par_id1120200910490034
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Character\</item\>, click the Font Effects tab, then select \"Lowercase\" in the Effects box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#tit
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#bm_id3155177
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text frames; centering on pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>centering;text frames on pages\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>title pages; centering text on\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#hd_id3155177.94
msgid "\<variable id=\"text_centervert\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\"\>Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#par_id3155920.78
msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#par_id3155868.79
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Frame\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#par_id3152765.82
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Anchor\</item\> \<emph/\>area, select \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>To page\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#par_id3149844.95
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Size\</item\> \<emph/\>area, set the dimensions of the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#par_id3156114.96
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Position\</item\> \<emph/\>area, select \"Center\" in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Horizontal\</item\> \<emph/\>and \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Vertical\</item\> \<emph/\>boxes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#par_id3153410.97
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#par_id3149615.84
msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Frame/Object\</item\>. Click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Borders\</item\> tab, and then click in the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Set No Border\</item\> box in the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Line Arrangement\</item\> area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#par_id3145098.83
msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#tit
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#bm_id3155178
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text; cursor\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>entering text with direct cursor\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>direct cursor; settings\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>writing with direct cursor\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>cursor;direct cursor\</bookmark_value\>\<bookmark_value\>settings;direct cursor\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#hd_id3155178.24
msgid "\<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\"\>Using the Direct Cursor\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_id3155908.25
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_id3155921.41
msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose \<emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Tools - Options\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106A3
msgid "On the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools\</item\> bar, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Direct Cursor\</item\> icon \<image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149846\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106C5
msgid "Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106C8
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id5471987\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\> Align left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106E4
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id5730253\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\> Centered"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN10700
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id6953622\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\> Align right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN1071D
msgid "Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#bm_id3155185
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>sections;inserting external content\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text documents;merging\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>links;inserting text documents as\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting;text documents\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id3155185.23
msgid "\<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\"\>Inserting an Entire Text Document\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id1812799
msgid "To Insert a Text File"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3155855.28
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3147412.30
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - File\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149839.31
msgid "Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3148858.32
msgid "The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id3156105.33
msgid "To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3150096.34
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153404.35
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Section\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153127.36
msgid "Type a name in the \<emph\>New Section\</emph\> box, and then select the \<emph\>Link\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149642.37
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>File Name\</item\> \<emph/\>box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>...\</item\>) and locate the file."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149968.38
msgid "If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the\<emph/\> \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Sections\</item\> box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149619.39
msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149862.40
msgid "Click \<emph\>Insert\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3145099.41
msgid "$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose \<emph\>Tools - Update - Update All\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#tit
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#bm_id3149820
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text; emphasizing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>emphasizing text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#hd_id3149820.65
msgid "\<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\"\>Emphasizing Text\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3155922.66
msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3147412.67
msgid "Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as \<emph\>bold\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3149840.68
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, choose \<emph\>Paragraph, \</emph\>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3150084.69
msgid "Select the text, and then choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Insert - Frame\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#par_id6924649
msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#par_idN106E7
msgid "Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#tit
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#bm_id3149487
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text frames; inserting/editing/linking\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>editing;text frames\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting;text frames\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>resizing;text frames, by mouse\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>scaling; text frames, by mouse\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>links;text frames\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text flow; from frame to frame\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>frames; linking\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>printing;hiding text frames from printing\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#hd_id3149487.3
msgid "\<variable id=\"text_frame\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\"\>Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3149842.65
msgid "A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#hd_id3156104.64
msgid "To Insert a Text Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3149961.5
msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3149602.9
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Insert - Frame\</emph\>, and click OK."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#hd_id3145115.66
msgid "To Edit a Text Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3149578.16
msgid "To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3156239.14
msgid "To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose \<emph\>Frame\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3156261.63
msgid "To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#hd_id3153386.98
msgid "To Hide Text From Printing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3154262.99
msgid "Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3154858.100
msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3155875.101
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Frame/Object - Options\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3155899.102
msgid "In the \<emph\>Properties\</emph\> area, unmark the \<emph\>Print\</emph\> check box and click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#hd_id3148701.83
msgid "To Link Text Frames"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3149986.84
msgid "You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3153025.71
msgid "Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3150223.87
msgid "On the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Frame\</item\> Bar, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Link Frames\</item\> icon \<image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3148968\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3150930.89
msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3150947.75
msgid "You can only link frames if:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3150969.76
msgid "The target frame is empty."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3154365.77
msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3154383.78
msgid "The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3145559.79
msgid "The source frame does not have a next link."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3145577.81
msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id3151083.90
msgid "When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#par_id5853144
msgid "The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#tit
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#bm_id3159260
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>navigating; in text, with keyboard\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>selecting;text, with keyboard\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#hd_id3159260.33
msgid "\<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\"\>Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155179.13
msgid "You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id1031200810571916
msgid "To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id1031200810571929
msgid "To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155918.23
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155870.24
msgid "Function"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156220.25
msgid " \<emph\>+\</emph\>\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>\<emph\>Command key\</emph\>\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>\<emph\>Ctrl key\</emph\>\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156113.26
msgid "Right, left arrow keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3150105.27
msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153418.28
msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149629.29
msgid "Up, down arrow keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149949.30
msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149972.31
msgid "(\<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command+Option\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl+Alt\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>) Moves the current paragraph up or down."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149624.32
msgid "Home"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149871.56
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3145108.34
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149586.35
msgid "Home"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156237.36
msgid "In a table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156260.37
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3145409.38
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154410.41
msgid "End"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153372.42
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154235.43
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154262.44
msgid "End"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154850.45
msgid "In a table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154873.46
msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155894.47
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155944.50
msgid "PgUp"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148678.54
msgid "Scrolls up one page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148701.52
msgid "Moves the cursor to the header."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149998.53
msgid "PgDn"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153018.51
msgid "Scroll down one page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148949.55
msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#tit
msgid "Rotating Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#bm_id3155911
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text; rotating\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>rotating;text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#hd_id3155911.65
msgid "\<variable id=\"text_rotate\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\"\>Rotating Text\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#par_id3147410.66
msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#par_id3153130.67
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>View - Toolbars- Drawing\</item\> to open the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Drawing\</item\> \<emph/\>toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#par_id3149866.68
msgid "Select the \<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"\>\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Text\</item\>\</link\> icon \<image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3149600\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#par_id3149590.69
msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154415.71
msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the \<link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"\>\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Rotate\</item\>\</link\> icon \<image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3145405\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\> on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Drawing Object Properties\</item\> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154252.72
msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154844.73
msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose \<emph\>Position and Size\</emph\>, click the \<emph\>Rotation\</emph\> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#par_id3155888.74
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\"\>Show Draw Functions\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#tit
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#bm_id3149695
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>hyphenation;manual/automatic\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>separation, see hyphenation\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>automatic hyphenation in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>manual hyphenation in text\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149695.20
msgid "\<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\"\>Hyphenation\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3155918.31
msgid "By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3155864.30
msgid "Automatic Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3147414.22
msgid "Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149832.51
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3148850.32
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose \<emph\>Paragraph\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156104.34
msgid "Click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"\>\<emph\>Text Flow\</emph\>\</link\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3150101.35
msgid "In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153121.52
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149629.53
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149644.33
msgid "If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149956.48
msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149611.54
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</emph\>, and then click the \<emph\>Paragraph Styles\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149867.55
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3145106.56
msgid "Click the Text Flow tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149582.57
msgid "In the \<emph\>Hyphenation\</emph\> area, select the \<emph\>Automatically\</emph\> check box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156250.58
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3145400.59
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3145417.36
msgid "Manual Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154400.23
msgid "You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153363.24
msgid "To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Hyphen(-)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154244.37
msgid "If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the \<emph\>Text Flow\</emph\> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3154847.60
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154869.61
msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3155886.26
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Language - Hyphenation\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154361.46
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"\>Text Flow\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#tit
msgid "Adding Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#bm_id3147418
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>numbering;paragraphs, on and off\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraphs; numbering on/off\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formatting;numbered lists\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>inserting;numbering\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id3147418.15
msgid "\<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\"\>Adding Numbering\</link\> \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id4188970
msgid "To Add Numbering to a List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3153396.23
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3149968.24
msgid "On the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formatting\</item\> Bar, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering On/Off\</item\> icon \<image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3153125\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3149573.29
msgid "To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the \<emph\>Bullets and Numbering\</emph\> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3153365.25
msgid "To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the \<emph\>Numbering On/Off\</emph\> icon on the \<emph\>Formatting\</emph\> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id3154233.30
msgid "To Format a Numbered List"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3154246.16
msgid "To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose \<emph\>Format - Bullets and Numbering\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#tit
msgid "Adding Bullets"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#bm_id3155186
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>bullet lists;turning on and off\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraphs; bulleted\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>bullets;adding and editing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formatting;bullets\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>removing;bullets in text documents\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>changing;bulleting symbols\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3155186.6
msgid "\<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\"\>Adding Bullets\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3291116
msgid "To Add Bullets"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149829.7
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149635.16
msgid "On the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formatting\</item\> Bar, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Bullets On/Off\</item\> icon \<image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id3156108\"\>Icon\</alt\>\</image\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145403.17
msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the \<emph\>Bullets On/Off\</emph\> icon on the \<emph\>Formatting\</emph\> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3154403.26
msgid "To Format Bullets"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3154416.9
msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Bullets and Numbering\</item\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3153390.14
msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Options\</item\> tab, click the browse button (\<item type=\"menuitem\"\>...\</item\>) next to \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Character\</item\>, and then select a special character. You can also click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Graphics\</item\> tab, and then click a symbol style in the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Selection\</item\> \<emph/\>area."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#tit
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#bm_id3155174
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>numbering; manually/by styles\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>manual numbering in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>paragraph styles;numbering\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155174.30
msgid "\<variable id=\"using_numbering\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\"\>Numbering and Numbering Styles\</link\> \</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149818.26
msgid "You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#hd_id6140629
msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_id3155866.33
msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering On/Off\</item\> \<emph/\>icon on the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Formatting\</item\> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_id3153405.27
msgid "You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under \"Special Styles\" in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10711
msgid "When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, \<item type=\"productname\"\>%PRODUCTNAME\</item\> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1072B
msgid "To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1072F
msgid "To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Bullets and Numbering\</item\>, and then click a new format. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10733
msgid "To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Bullets and Numbering\</item\>, and then click a new format. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10737
msgid "To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Bullets and Numbering\</item\>, and then click a format."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1073A
msgid "You can also use the commands on the \<link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\"\>Bullets and Numbering\</link\> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the \<emph\>Bullets and Numbering\</emph\> icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#hd_id3153123.34
msgid "To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_id3153137.31
msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149646.35
msgid "Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Format - Styles and Formatting\</item\>, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Paragraph Styles\</item\> \<emph/\>icon."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149599.36
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose \<emph\>Modify\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149850.37
msgid "Click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Outline & Numbering\</item\> \<emph/\>tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149874.38
msgid "In the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Numbering Style\</item\> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_id3145113.39
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149589.40
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#tit
msgid "Thesaurus"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#bm_id3145576
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>thesaurus; related words\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>related words in thesaurus\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>spelling in thesaurus\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>dictionaries; thesaurus\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>lexicon, see thesaurus\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>synonyms in thesaurus\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>searching;synonyms\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#hd_id3145576.15
msgid "\<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\"\>Thesaurus\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149820.16
msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3155920.17
msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up or replace."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3155867.39
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Language - Thesaurus\</emph\>, or press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+F7."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149848.40
msgid "In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the \"Replace with\" text box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3153136.45
msgid "Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149644.46
msgid "Click \<emph\>Replace\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3156263.19
msgid "Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3145113.18
msgid "To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the \<link href=\"http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/\"\>Extensions\</link\> web page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3196263.19
msgid "If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3154392.41
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\"\>Thesaurus\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#tit
msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#bm_id3148882
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>settings;word completion\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>word completion;settings\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text documents;word completion settings\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>weekdays; automatically completing\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>months; automatically completing\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#hd_id4745017
msgid "\<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\"\>Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id4814294
msgid "If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id2593462
msgid "To fine-tune the word completion choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion\</item\> and select any of the following options:"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107C6
msgid "To Insert an Additional Space Character"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B03
msgid "Select \<emph\>Append space\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B0E
msgid "The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107CC
msgid "To Define the Accept Key"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B20
msgid "Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the \<emph\>Accept with\</emph\> list box."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107D2
msgid "To Select the Minimum Number of Characters"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B36
msgid "Use the \<emph\>Min. word length\</emph\> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107D8
msgid "To Select the Scope of Collected Words"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B4C
msgid "Disable the option \<emph\>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B53
msgid "Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B56
msgid "If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id2634968
msgid "If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107DE
msgid "To Use the Word List for Further Sessions"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B94
msgid "If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BA1
msgid "Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BA7
msgid "Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BAB
msgid "The word completion feature collects the words."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107ED
msgid "Select all or some of the words in the list."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107F4
msgid "Use \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command \</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BC6
msgid "Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10809
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\"\>Word Completion\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id5458845
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\"\>Using Word Completion\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#tit
msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#bm_id3148882
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>automatic word completion\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>completion of words\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>AutoCorrect function; word completion\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>word completion;using/disabling\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>disabling;word completion\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>switching off;word completion\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>deactivating;word completion\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>refusing word completions\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>rejecting word completions\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#par_idN10751
msgid "\<variable id=\"word_completion\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\"\>Word Completion for Text Documents\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#par_idN1076F
msgid "$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#par_id3149346.91
msgid "If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press \<switchinline select=\"sys\"\>\<caseinline select=\"MAC\"\>Command\</caseinline\>\<defaultinline\>Ctrl\</defaultinline\>\</switchinline\>+Shift+Tab. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#par_idN1078D
msgid " To Accept/Reject a Word Completion"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#par_idN10794
msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#par_idN1079B
msgid " To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#par_idN1079E
msgid " To Switch off the Word Completion "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#par_idN107A5
msgid " Choose \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion\</item\>. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#par_idN107AD
msgid " Clear \<emph\>Enable word completion\</emph\> . "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#par_id7504806
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\"\>Fine-Tuning the Word Completion\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#tit
msgid "Counting Words"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#bm_id3149686
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>words; counting in text\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>number of words\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>documents; number of words/characters\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text; number of words/characters\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>characters; counting\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>number of characters\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>counting words\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>word counts\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#hd_id3149686.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"words_count\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\"\>Counting Words\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#par_idN106D1
msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#par_id3149821.5
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Tools - Word Count\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#hd_id1116200901133957
msgid "How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#par_id1116200901133998
msgid "In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#par_id1116200901133985
msgid "Words with dashes or always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#par_id111620090113399
msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#par_idN106E2
msgid "To get some more statistics about the document, choose \<emph\>File - Properties - Statistics\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#par_id3147418.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\"\>File - Properties - Statistics\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#tit
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#bm_id3154486
msgid "\<bookmark_value\>text wrap around objects\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>contour editor\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>contour wrap\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>text; formatting around objects\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>formatting; contour wrap\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>objects; contour wrap\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>wrapping text;editing contours\</bookmark_value\> \<bookmark_value\>editors;contour editor\</bookmark_value\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#hd_id3154486.8
msgid "\<variable id=\"wrap\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\"\>Wrapping Text Around Objects\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#hd_id4792321
msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3149696.9
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3155907.10
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Wrap\</emph\>, and then choose the wrapping style that you want to apply."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3155859.4
msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#hd_id3149834.14
msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3154079.15
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3153396.11
msgid "Choose \<emph\>Format - Graphics\</emph\>, and then click the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"\>\<emph\>Wrap\</emph\>\</link\> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3153370.5
msgid "Set the options that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3153386.16
msgid "Click \<emph\>OK\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#hd_id3154247.17
msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3154262.18
msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3154860.19
msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose \<emph\>Wrap - Edit Contour\</emph\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3150231.7
msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Apply\</item\> \<emph/\>icon (green check mark)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3150947.21
msgid "Close the \<item type=\"menuitem\"\>Contour Editor\</item\> \<emph/\>window."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#par_id3150520.22
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\"\>Contour Editor\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0000.xhp#tit
msgid "Welcome to the $[officename] Writer Help"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0000.xhp#hd_id3147233.1
msgid "%PRODUCTNAME Writer Help"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0000.xhp#hd_id3147258.3
msgid "Working With %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0000.xhp#hd_id3149131.5
msgid "Menus, Toolbars, and Keys"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0000.xhp#hd_id3149183.4
msgid "Getting Help"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0100.xhp#tit
msgid "Menus"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0100.xhp#hd_id3147274.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"main0100\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0100.xhp\" name=\"Menus\"\>Menus\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0100.xhp#par_id3149569.2
msgid "The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogs."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0101.xhp#tit
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0101.xhp#hd_id3147331.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0101.xhp\" name=\"File\"\>File\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0101.xhp#par_id3147352.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>These commands apply to the current document, open a new document, or close the application.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0101.xhp#hd_id3147463.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Open\"\>Open\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0101.xhp#hd_id3147511.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01070000.xhp\" name=\"Save As\"\>Save As\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0101.xhp#hd_id3155281.12
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01190000.xhp\" name=\"Versions\"\>Versions\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0101.xhp#hd_id3155340.7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100000.xhp\" name=\"Properties\"\>Properties\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0101.xhp#hd_id3155383.9
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Print\"\>Print\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0101.xhp#hd_id3149283.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Printer Settings\"\>Printer Settings\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#tit
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3149610.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0102.xhp\" name=\"Edit\"\>Edit\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#par_id3149626.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>This menu contains commands for editing the contents of the current document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147593.3
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\"\>Paste Special\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147619.16
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/02/07070000.xhp\" name=\"Select Text\"\>Select Text\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147790.13
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02240000.xhp\" name=\"Compare Document\"\>Compare Document\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147816.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100000.xhp\" name=\"Find & Replace\"\>Find & Replace\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147226.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"AutoText\"\>AutoText\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147251.12
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp\" name=\"Exchange Database\"\>Exchange Database\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147276.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\"\>Fields\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147302.7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Footnotes\"\>Footnotes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147327.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"\>Index Entry\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147352.14
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Entry\"\>Bibliography Entry\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147377.15
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/02/09070000.xhp\" name=\"Hyperlink\"\>Hyperlink\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3147404.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Links\"\>Links\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0102.xhp#hd_id3156150.11
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"ImageMap\"\>ImageMap\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0103.xhp#tit
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0103.xhp#hd_id3147233.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0103.xhp\" name=\"View\"\>View\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0103.xhp#par_id3147249.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>This menu contains commands for controlling the on-screen display of the document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0103.xhp#hd_id3147265.3
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/03010000.xhp\" name=\"Zoom\"\>Zoom\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#tit
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3155341.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0104.xhp\" name=\"Insert\"\>Insert\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#par_id3155358.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>The Insert menu contains commands for inserting new elements in your document. This includes sections, footnotes, comments, special characters, graphics, and objects from other applications.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3155376.3
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Manual Break\"\>Manual Break\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3147762.12
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"Special Character\"\>Special Character\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3147788.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Section\"\>Section\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3147812.17
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/02/09070000.xhp\" name=\"Hyperlink\"\>Hyperlink\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3147231.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"\>Footnote/Endnote\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3147256.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Caption\"\>Caption\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3147281.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Bookmark\"\>Bookmark\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3147543.25
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"Cross-reference\"\>Cross-reference\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3147569.7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04050000.xhp\" name=\"Comment\"\>Comment\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3147595.24
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp\" name=\"Script\"\>Script\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3149865.9
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp\" name=\"Envelope\"\>Envelope\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3149891.13
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp\" name=\"Frame\"\>Frame\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3149917.15
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp\" name=\"Table\"\>Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3149944.22
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04210000.xhp\" name=\"Horizontal Rule\"\>Horizontal Rule\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3150951.20
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/04160500.xhp\" name=\"Floating Frame\"\>Floating Frame\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0104.xhp#hd_id3149428.16
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04190000.xhp\" name=\"File\"\>File\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#tit
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#hd_id3147820.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0105.xhp\" name=\"Format\"\>Format\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#par_id3147218.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:FormatMenu\"\>Contains commands for formatting the layout and the contents of your document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#hd_id3147261.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020000.xhp\" name=\"Character\"\>Character\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#hd_id3147286.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"\>Paragraph\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#hd_id3145784.18
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Numbering/Bullets\"\>Bullets and Numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#hd_id3145692.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp\" name=\"Page\"\>Page\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#hd_id3145743.23
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"Columns\"\>Columns\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#hd_id3145717.22
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Sections\"\>Sections\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#hd_id3149910.7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp\" name=\"Frame\"\>Frame\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0105.xhp#hd_id3149935.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp\" name=\"Picture\"\>Picture\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0106.xhp#tit
msgid "Tools"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0106.xhp#hd_id3147241.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0106.xhp\" name=\"Tools\"\>Tools\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0106.xhp#par_id3147258.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Contains spelling tools, a gallery of object art that you can add to your document, as well as tools for configuring menus, and setting program preferences.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0106.xhp#hd_id3149965.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\"\>Outline Numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0106.xhp#hd_id3145688.15
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Line Numbering\"\>Line Numbering\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0106.xhp#hd_id3145713.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Footnotes\"\>Footnotes\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0106.xhp#hd_id3147346.12
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp\" name=\"Sort\"\>Sort\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0106.xhp#hd_id3149939.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\" name=\"AutoCorrect\"\>AutoCorrect Options\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0106.xhp#hd_id3147406.14
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Customize\"\>Customize\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0107.xhp#tit
msgid "Window"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0107.xhp#hd_id3147248.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0107.xhp\" name=\"Window\"\>Window\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0107.xhp#par_id3147269.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:WindowList\" visibility=\"visible\"\>Contains commands for manipulating and displaying document windows.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#tit
msgid "Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10553
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0110.xhp\"\>Table\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10563
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Shows commands to insert, edit, and delete a table inside a text document.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105AB
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105B5
msgid "Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105B8
msgid "Inserts a new table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105CD
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105D0
msgid "Inserts columns."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105E5
msgid "Rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105E8
msgid "Inserts rows."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105AF
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1063E
msgid "Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1060A
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"20529\"\>Deletes the current table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1060D
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10610
msgid "Deletes the selected columns."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1066A
msgid "Rows"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10616
msgid "Deletes the selected rows."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105B3
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10623
msgid "Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10626
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Selects the current table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10629
msgid "Column"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1062C
msgid "Selects the current column."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1062F
msgid "Row"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10632
msgid "Selects the current row."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10635
msgid "Cell"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10638
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"20530\"\>Selects the current cell.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105B7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05100100.xhp\"\>Merge Cells\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105BB
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05100200.xhp\"\>Split Cells\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105F7
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\"\>Table AutoFormat\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105FB
msgid "Autofit"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN106B5
msgid "Column width"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN106B8
msgid "Opens the Column Width dialog where you can change the width of a column."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN106BB
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp\"\>Optimal Column Width\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN106D2
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05120600.xhp\"\>Distribute Columns Evenly\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN106E9
msgid "Row Height"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN106EC
msgid "Opens the Row Height dialog where you can change the height of a row."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN106EF
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\"\>Optimal Row Height\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10706
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05110600m.xhp\"\>Distribute Rows Evenly\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1071D
msgid "Allow Row to Break Across Pages and Columns"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10720
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"21753\"\>Allows a page break within the current row.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN105FF
msgid "Heading Rows Repeat"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1072D
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"20520\"\>Repeats the table headers on subsequent pages if the table spans one or more pages.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10603
msgid "Convert"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1074C
msgid "Text to Table"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1074F
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Opens a dialog where you can convert the selected text to a table.\</ahelp\>Opens \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp\"\>a dialog\</link\> where you can convert the selected text to a table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10763
msgid "Table to Text"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10766
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\"\>Opens a dialog where you can convert the current table to text.\</ahelp\>Opens \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp\"\>a dialog\</link\> where you can convert the current table to text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10607
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp\"\>Sort\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1092F
msgid "Formula"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10933
msgid "Opens the \<link href=\"text/swriter/main0214.xhp\"\>Formula bar\</link\> to enter or edit a formula."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN1060F
msgid "Number Format"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN107AC
msgid "Opens \<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\"\>a dialog\</link\> where you can specifiy the format of numbers in the table."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10613
msgid "Table Boundaries"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN107CA
msgid "Shows or hides the boundaries around table cells. The boundaries are only visible on screen and are not printed."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0110.xhp#par_idN10617
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp\"\>Table Properties\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0200.xhp#tit
msgid "Toolbars"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0200.xhp#hd_id3145782.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"main0200\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0200.xhp\" name=\"Toolbars\"\>Toolbars\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0200.xhp#par_id3145481.2
msgid "This section provides an overview of the toolbars available in $[officename] Writer. \<embedvar href=\"text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#symbolleistenneu\"/\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#tit
msgid "Formatting Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#hd_id3154270.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0202.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Bar\"\>Formatting Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#par_id3147762.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEXT_TOOLBOX\"\>The Formatting bar contains several text formatting functions.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#hd_id3149593.9
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020200.xhp\" name=\"Font Color\"\>Font Color\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#hd_id3149887.10
msgid "Additional icons"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#hd_id0122200903085320
msgid "Increase Font"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#par_id0122200903085371
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Increases the font size of the selected text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#hd_id012220090308532
msgid "Reduce Font"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#par_id0122200903085351
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Reduces the font size of the selected text.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#par_id3149900.11
msgid "If \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ctl\" name=\"CTL\"\>CTL\</link\> support is enabled, two additional icons are visible."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#hd_id3149946.12
msgid "Left-To-Right"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#par_idN10784
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id8354747\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_paralefttoright.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id8354747\"\>left to right icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#par_id3149964.13
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ParaLeftToRight\"\>The text is entered from left to right.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#hd_id3147300.14
msgid "Right-To-Left"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#par_idN107DF
msgid "\<image id=\"img_id2405774\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_pararighttoleft.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"\>\<alt id=\"alt_id2405774\"\>right to left icon\</alt\>\</image\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0202.xhp#par_id3147625.15
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".uno:ParaRightToLeft\"\>The text formatted in a complex text layout language is entered from right to left.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0203.xhp#tit
msgid "Picture Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0203.xhp#hd_id3154263
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0203.xhp\" name=\"Picture Bar\"\>Picture Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0203.xhp#par_id3147756
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_GRAFIK_TOOLBOX\"\>The \<emph\>Picture\</emph\> Bar contains functions for formatting and positioning selected bitmap graphics.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0203.xhp#hd_id3145606
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Flip Vertically\"\>Flip Vertically\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0203.xhp#hd_id3145639
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Flip Horizontally\"\>Flip Horizontally\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0203.xhp#hd_id3145673
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060000.xhp\" name=\"Graphics Properties\"\>Graphics Properties\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0204.xhp#tit
msgid "Table Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0204.xhp#hd_id3145587.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0204.xhp\" name=\"Table Bar\"\>Table Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0204.xhp#par_id3154252.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_TABLE_TOOLBOX\"\>The \<emph\>Table \</emph\>Bar contains functions you need when working with tables. It appears when you move the cursor into a table.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0204.xhp#hd_id3147592.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05100100.xhp\" name=\"Merge Cells\"\>Merge Cells\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0204.xhp#hd_id3147820.9
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp\" name=\"Delete Row\"\>Delete Row\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0204.xhp#hd_id3147231.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp\" name=\"Delete Column\"\>Delete Column\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0204.xhp#hd_id943333820
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat\"\>AutoFormat\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0204.xhp#hd_id947820
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Table Properties\"\>Table Properties\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0204.xhp#hd_id94007820
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp\" name=\"Sort\"\>Sort\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0205.xhp#tit
msgid "Drawing Object Properties Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0205.xhp#hd_id3154275.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0205.xhp\" name=\"Drawing Object Properties Bar\"\>Drawing Object Properties Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0205.xhp#par_id3147578.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_DRAW_TOOLBOX\"\>You can see the \<emph\>Drawing Object Properties\</emph\> bar in Writer and Calc. Select the menu View - Toolbars - Drawing Object Properties. The controls are enabled when a drawing object is selected. You see some different icons by default, whether the current document is a text document or a spreadsheet.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0205.xhp#hd_id3147784.3
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05200100.xhp\" name=\"Line Style\"\>Line Style\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0205.xhp#hd_id3147818.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05200100.xhp\" name=\"Line Width\"\>Line Width\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0205.xhp#hd_id3147229.5
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05200100.xhp\" name=\"Line Color\"\>Line Color\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0205.xhp#hd_id3147280.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05210100.xhp\" name=\"Area Style/Filling\"\>Area Style/Filling\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0206.xhp#tit
msgid "Bullets and Numbering Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0206.xhp#hd_id3154256.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Bullets and Numbering Bar\"\>Bullets and Numbering Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0206.xhp#par_id3154277.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_TOOLBOX\"\>The \<emph\>Bullets and Numbering\</emph\> bar contains functions to modify the structure of numbered paragraphs, including changing the order of paragraphs and defining different paragraph levels.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#tit
msgid "Status Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#hd_id3153397.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0208.xhp\" name=\"Status Bar\"\>Status Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#par_id3153414.2
msgid "The Status Bar contains information about the current document and offers various buttons with special functions. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#hd_id9648731
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#par_id8193914
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Displays the language for the selected text. \<br/\>Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the current paragraph. \<br/\>Choose None to exclude the text from spellchecking and hyphenation. \<br/\>Choose Reset to Default Language to re-apply the default language for the selection or the paragraph. \<br/\>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#hd_id0821200911015962
msgid "Digital Signature"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#par_id0821200911015941
msgid "See also \<link href=\"text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp\"\>Digital Signatures\</link\>."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#hd_id8070314
msgid "Zoom & View Layout"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#par_id7723929
msgid "Three controls on the Writer Status Bar allow to change the zoom and view layout of your text documents. "
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#par_id3666188
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>The View Layout icons show from left to right: Single column mode. View mode with pages side by side. Book mode with two pages as in an open book.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0208.xhp#par_id8796349
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>Drag the Zoom slider to the left to show more pages, drag to the right to zoom into a page and show a smaller area of the page.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0210.xhp#tit
msgid "Page Preview"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0210.xhp#hd_id3145783.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"Page Preview\"\>Page Preview\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0210.xhp#par_id3154253.2
msgid "The \<emph\>Page Preview\</emph\> Bar appears when you view the current document in the page preview mode."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0213.xhp#tit
msgid "Rulers"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0213.xhp#hd_id3154201.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0213.xhp\" name=\"Rulers\"\>Rulers\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0213.xhp#par_id3154218.2
msgid "Rulers display the dimensions of the page, and the position of tabs, indents, borders and columns. You can modify all of these on the rulers using the mouse."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0213.xhp#par_id3154239.3
msgid "By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the \<emph\>Paragraph\</emph\> dialog and assign \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"direct paragraph formatting\"\>direct paragraph formatting\</link\> for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0214.xhp#tit
msgid "Formula Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0214.xhp#hd_id3145782.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"releistename\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0214.xhp\" name=\"Formula Bar\"\>Formula Bar\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0214.xhp#par_id3154254.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\".\"\>The \<emph\>Formula\</emph\> Bar allows you to create and insert calculations into a text document.\</ahelp\> To activate the \<emph\>Formula\</emph\> Bar, press F2."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#tit
msgid "Frame Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#hd_id3154251.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0215.xhp\" name=\"Frame Bar\"\>Frame Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#par_id3154272.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRAME_TOOLBOX\"\>When a frame is selected, the \<emph\>Frame \</emph\>Bar provides the most important functions for formatting and positioning the frame.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#hd_id3147403.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap Off\"\>Wrap Off\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#par_id3147419.5
msgid "\<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#keinumlauftext\"/\>You can also choose this setting on the \<emph\>Wrap\</emph\> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#hd_id3153388.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap On\"\>Wrap On\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#par_id3153405.7
msgid "\<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#seitenumlauftext\"/\>This icon represents the \<emph\>Page Wrap\</emph\> option on the \<emph\>Wrap\</emph\> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#hd_id3147782.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap Through\"\>Wrap Through\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#par_id3147799.9
msgid "\<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#durchlauftext\"/\>You can also define this setting on the \<emph\>Wrap\</emph\> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#hd_id3151285.15
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/02/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Background Color\"\>Background Color\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0215.xhp#hd_id3151320.14
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp\" name=\"Frame Properties\"\>Frame Properties\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0216.xhp#tit
msgid "OLE-Object Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0216.xhp#hd_id3150726.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0216.xhp\" name=\"OLE-Object Bar\"\>OLE-Object Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0216.xhp#par_id3150746.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_OLE_TOOLBOX\"\>The\<emph\> OLE-Object \</emph\>bar appears when objects are selected, and contains the most important functions for formatting and positioning objects.\</ahelp\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0216.xhp#hd_id3153377.4
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"No Wrap\"\>No Wrap\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0216.xhp#par_id3153394.5
msgid "\<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#keinumlauftext\"/\> You can also choose this setting on the \<emph\>Wrap\</emph\> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0216.xhp#hd_id3147766.6
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"\>Wrap\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0216.xhp#par_id3147782.7
msgid "\<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#seitenumlauftext\"/\> This icon corresponds to the \<emph\>Page Wrap\</emph\> option on the \<emph\>Wrap\</emph\> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0216.xhp#hd_id3147824.8
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap Through\"\>Wrap Through\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0216.xhp#par_id3147218.9
msgid "\<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp#durchlauftext\"/\> You can also achieve the same effect through the \<emph\>Wrap\</emph\> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0216.xhp#hd_id3151208.10
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05080000.xhp\" name=\"Object Properties\"\>Object Properties\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0220.xhp#tit
msgid "Text Object Bar"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0220.xhp#hd_id3155366.1
msgid "\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0220.xhp\" name=\"Text Object Bar\"\>Text Object Bar\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0220.xhp#par_id3155386.2
msgid "\<ahelp hid=\"HID_DRAW_TEXT_TOOLBOX\"\>Contains formatting commands for text that is contained in a draw object.\</ahelp\> The \<emph\>Text Object\</emph\> bar appears when you double-click inside a draw object."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0220.xhp#hd_id3153416.15
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Superscript\"\>Superscript\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0220.xhp#hd_id3147787.16
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Subscript\"\>Subscript\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0220.xhp#hd_id3147265.20
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/02090000.xhp\" name=\"Select All\"\>Select All\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0220.xhp#hd_id3145596.17
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020000.xhp\" name=\"Character\"\>Character\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0220.xhp#hd_id3145631.18
msgid "\<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"\>Paragraph\</link\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0220.xhp#par_id3145649.19
msgid "Here you can define the indents, spacing, alignment and line spacing for the paragraph currently selected."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#tit
msgid "$[officename] Writer Features"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#hd_id3154243.1
msgid "\<variable id=\"main0503\"\>\<link href=\"text/swriter/main0503.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] Writer Features\"\>$[officename] Writer Features\</link\>\</variable\>"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3154263.2
msgid "$[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF)."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#hd_id3147755.4
msgid "Writing"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3147768.5
msgid "$[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, \<link href=\"text/shared/guide/fax.xhp\" name=\"faxes\"\>faxes\</link\>, letters , resumes and \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\" name=\"merge documents\"\>merge documents\</link\>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3147797.29
msgid "$[officename] Writer also includes such useful features as a \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"spellchecker\"\>spellchecker\</link\>, a \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"thesaurus\"\>thesaurus\</link\>, \<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\" name=\"AutoCorrect\"\>AutoCorrect\</link\>, and \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\"\>hyphenation\</link\> as well as a variety of \<link href=\"text/shared/01/01010100.xhp\" name=\"templates\"\>templates\</link\> for almost every purpose. You can also create your own templates using the wizards."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#hd_id3147225.9
msgid "Designing and Structuring"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3147239.10
msgid "$[officename] offers a wide variety of options to design documents. Use the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\"\>Styles and Formatting window\</link\> to create, assign and modify styles for paragraphs, individual characters, frames and pages. In addition, the \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\"\>Navigator\</link\> helps you to quickly move around inside your documents, lets you look at your document in an outline view, and keeps track of the objects that you have inserted into your document."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3147272.12
msgid "You can also create various \<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp\" name=\"indexes and tables\"\>indexes and tables\</link\> in text documents. You can define the structure and appearance of the indexes and tables according to your individual needs. Live hyperlinks and bookmarks let you jump directly to the corresponding items in the text."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#hd_id3145596.30
msgid "Desktop Publishing with $[officename] Writer"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3145610.31
msgid "$[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"text frames\"\>text frames\</link\>, \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"graphics\"\>graphics\</link\>, \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"tables\"\>tables\</link\>, and other objects."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#hd_id3145649.13
msgid "Calculations"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3145663.14
msgid "Text documents in $[officename] have an integrated \<link href=\"text/swriter/main0214.xhp\" name=\"calculation function\"\>calculation function\</link\> that helps you execute sophisticated calculations or logical links. You can easily create a table in a text document in order to perform calculations."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#hd_id3151192.15
msgid "Creating Drawings"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3151206.16
msgid "The $[officename] Writer \<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"drawing tool\"\>drawing tool\</link\> lets you create drawings, graphics, legends, and other types of drawings directly in text documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#hd_id3151229.17
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3151243.18
msgid "You can insert pictures with \<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000020.xhp\" name=\"different formats\"\>different formats\</link\> into a text document, including graphics with a JPG or GIF format. In addition, the \<link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\"\>Gallery\</link\> provides a collection of clipart graphics, and the \<link href=\"text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp\"\>Fontwork Gallery\</link\> creates stunning font effects."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#hd_id3155084.21
msgid "Flexible Application Interface"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3155098.22
msgid "The program interface is designed so that you can configure it according to your preferences, including customizing icons and menus. You can position various program windows, such as the Styles and Formatting window or the Navigator as floating windows anywhere on the screen. You can also \<link href=\"text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp\" name=\"dock\"\>dock\</link\> some windows to the edge of the workspace."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#hd_id3155123.23
msgid "Drag&Drop"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3155137.24
msgid "The \<link href=\"text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp\" name=\"drag-and-drop\"\>drag-and-drop\</link\> feature enables you to work quickly and efficiently with text documents in $[officename]. For example, you can drag-and-drop objects, such as graphics from the Gallery, from one location to another in the same document, or between open $[officename] documents."
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#hd_id3155162.27
msgid "Help Functions"
msgstr ""
#: text/swriter/main0503.xhp#par_id3145675.28
msgid "You can use the \<link href=\"text/shared/05/00000110.xhp\" name=\"Help system\"\>Help system\</link\> as a complete reference for $[officename] applications, including \<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"instructions\"\>instructions\</link\> for simple and complex tasks."
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#02
msgid "Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0201
msgid "General Information and User Interface Usage"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0000.xhp
msgid "Welcome to the %PRODUCTNAME Writer Help"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0503.xhp
msgid "%PRODUCTNAME Writer Features"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp
msgid "Instructions for Using %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp
msgid "Shortcut Keys for %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp
msgid "Counting Words"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys (%PRODUCTNAME Writer Accessibility)"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0202
msgid "Command and Menu Reference"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#020201
msgid "Menus"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0100.xhp
msgid "Menus"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0101.xhp
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0102.xhp
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0103.xhp
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0104.xhp
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0105.xhp
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0106.xhp
msgid "Tools"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0107.xhp
msgid "Window"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#020202
msgid "Toolbars"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0200.xhp
msgid "Toolbars"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0202.xhp
msgid "Formatting Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0203.xhp
msgid "Picture Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0204.xhp
msgid "Table Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0205.xhp
msgid "Drawing Object Properties Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0206.xhp
msgid "Bullets and Numbering Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0208.xhp
msgid "Status Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0210.xhp
msgid "Page Preview"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0213.xhp
msgid "Rulers"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0214.xhp
msgid "Formula Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0215.xhp
msgid "Frame Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0216.xhp
msgid "OLE-Object Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/main0220.xhp
msgid "Text Object Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#shared/text/shared/main0201.xhp
msgid "Standard Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#shared/text/shared/main0209.xhp
msgid "Hyperlink Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#shared/text/shared/main0212.xhp
msgid "Table Data Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#shared/text/shared/main0213.xhp
msgid "Form Navigation Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#shared/text/shared/main0214.xhp
msgid "Query Design Bar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#shared/text/shared/main0226.xhp
msgid "Form Design Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0203
msgid "Creating Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0204
msgid "Graphics in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgid "Inserting Graphics From %PRODUCTNAME Draw or Impress"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp
msgid "Inserting a Horizontal Line"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0205
msgid "Tables in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp
msgid "Inserting Tables"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Table"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0206
msgid "Objects in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp
msgid "Positioning Objects"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0207
msgid "Sections and Frames in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp
msgid "Using Sections"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp
msgid "Editing Sections"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp
msgid "Inserting Sections"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0208
msgid "Tables of Contents and Indexes"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0209
msgid "Fields in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp
msgid "About Fields"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0210
msgid "Navigating Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0211
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0212
msgid "Formatting Text Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#021201
msgid "Templates and Styles"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp
msgid "Templates and Styles"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp
msgid "Landscape or Portrait Pages"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp
msgid "Hiding Text"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp
msgid "Rotating Text"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0213
msgid "Special Text Elements"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp
msgid "Adding Captions"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp
msgid "Conditional Text"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp
msgid "Animating Text"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0214
msgid "Automatic Functions"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp
msgid "Using AutoText"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp
msgid "Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/select_language.xhp
msgid "Checking Spelling in Other Languages"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0215
msgid "Numbering and Lists"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgid "Adding Numbering"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgid "Adding Bullets"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0216
msgid "Spellchecking, Thesaurus, and Languages"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp
msgid "Thesaurus"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgid "Checking Spelling Manually"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0218
msgid "Troubleshooting Tips"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/link_edit.xhp
msgid "Editing Hyperlinks"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0219
msgid "Loading, Saving, Importing, and Exporting"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0220
msgid "Master Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp
msgid "Using Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0221
msgid "Links and References"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0222
msgid "Printing"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#0223
msgid "Searching and Replacing"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#swriter/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#shared/text/shared/01/02100001.xhp
msgid "List of Regular Expressions"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#06
msgid "HTML Documents"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#shared/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp
msgid "%PRODUCTNAME HTML Templates"
msgstr ""
#: swriter.tree#shared/text/shared/02/01170700.xhp
msgid "HTML Filters and Forms"
msgstr ""